Abstract
To be observed and analyzed by the network of current gravitational-wave detectors (LIGO, Virgo, KAGRA), and in anticipation of future third generation ground-based (Einstein Telescope, Cosmic Explorer) and space-borne (LISA) detectors, inspiralling compact binaries—binary star systems composed of neutron stars and/or black holes in their late stage of evolution prior the final coalescence—require high-accuracy predictions from general relativity. The orbital dynamics and emitted gravitational waves of these very relativistic systems can be accurately modelled using state-of-the-art post-Newtonian theory. In this article we review the multipolar-post-Minkowskian approximation scheme, merged to the standard post-Newtonian expansion into a single formalism valid for general isolated matter system. This cocktail of approximation methods (called MPM-PN) has been successfully applied to compact binary systems, producing equations of motion up to the fourth-post-Newtonian (4PN) level, and gravitational waveform and flux to 4.5PN order beyond the Einstein quadrupole formula. We describe the dimensional regularization at work in such high post-Newtonian calculations, for curing both ultra-violet and infra-red divergences. Several landmark results are detailed: the definition of multipole moments, the gravitational radiation reaction, the conservative dynamics of circular orbits, the first law of compact binary mechanics, and the non-linear effects in the gravitational-wave propagation (tails, iterated tails and non-linear memory). We also discuss the case of compact binaries moving on eccentric orbits, and the effects of spins (both spin-orbit and spin–spin) on the equations of motion and gravitational-wave energy flux and waveform.
Similar content being viewed by others
Avoid common mistakes on your manuscript.
1 Physical introduction
The theory of gravitational radiation from isolated sources, is a fascinating science that can be explored by means of the analytical (i.e., mathematical) resolution of partial differential equations. Indeed, the Einstein (1915) field equations of general relativity (GR), when use is made of the harmonic-coordinate conditions, take the form of a quasi-linear hyperbolic differential system of equations, involving the D’Alembert (1743) wave operator. The resolution of that system of equations constitutes a problème bien posé in the sense of Hadamard (1932), Bruhat (1962), and which is amenable to an analytic solution using approximation methods.
Nowadays, the importance of the field lies in the exciting comparison of the theory with contemporary astrophysical observations, of binary pulsars like the historical Hulse and Taylor (1975) pulsar PSR 1913+16, and of gravitational waves produced by massive and rapidly evolving systems of neutron stars and black holes. These are now routinely analyzed on Earth by the world-wide network of large-scale laser interferometers, comprising the interferometers LIGO, Virgo and KAGRA (with the smaller detector GEO in support). The first direct detection of the coalescence of two black holes has been achieved on September 14, 2015 by the Advanced LIGO detectors (Abbott et al. 2016c). Since 2017 joint observations were made by both LIGO and Virgo (with thus a good sky localization of the events), including the historical event of the merger of two neutron stars detected on August 17, 2017 (Abbott et al. 2017b), which constituted the start of multi messenger astronomy with gravitational waves, with the almost simultaneous detection of a \(\gamma \)-ray burst by the satellites Fermi and Integral (Abbott et al. 2017a). Further ahead, the space-based laser interferometer detector LISA—an outstanding mission of the European Space Agency to be launched in 2034—should be able to detect the collision and merger of supermassive black-hole binaries at cosmological distances, and learning about the formation of large scale structure, stellar evolution and the early Universe.
To prepare these experiments, the required theoretical work consists of carrying out a sufficiently general solution of the Einstein field equations, valid for a large class of matter systems, and describing the physical processes of the emission and propagation of the gravitational waves from the source to the distant detector, as well as their back-reaction onto the source. The solution should then be applied to specific sources like inspiralling compact binaries—i.e. binary sources loosing energy by gravitational waves prior to merger.
For general sources it is hopeless to solve the problem via a rigorous deduction within the exact theory of general relativity, and we have to resort to approximation methods. Of course the ultimate aim of approximation methods is to extract from the theory some firm predictions to be compared with the outcome of experiments. However, we have to keep in mind that such methods are often missing a clear theoretical framework and are sometimes not related in a very precise mathematical way to the first principles of the theory (Futamase and Schutz 1983; Rendall 1992).
The flagship of approximation methods is the post-Newtonian approximation, which has been developed from the early days of general relativity by Droste (1917), Lorentz and Droste (1937). This approximation is at the origin of many of the great successes of general relativity, and it gives wonderful answers to the problems of motion and gravitational radiation of systems of compact objects. Three crucial applications are:
-
1.
The motion of point-like objects at the first post-Newtonian approximation level (Einstein et al. 1938), is routinely taken into account to describe the solar system dynamics (motion of the centers of mass of planets);
-
2.
The gravitational radiation-reaction force, which appears in the equations of motion at the second-and-a-half post-Newtonian (2.5PN) order (Damour and Deruelle 1981a, b; Damour 1983a, b), has been experimentally verified by the observation of the secular acceleration of the orbital motion of the Hulse–Taylor binary pulsar (Taylor et al. 1979; Taylor and Weisberg 1982; Taylor 1993) and for instance the double pulsar (Kramer and Wex 2009);
-
3.
The analysis of gravitational waves emitted by inspiralling compact binaries—two neutron stars or black holes driven into coalescence by emission of gravitational radiation—necessitates the prior knowledge of the equations of motion and radiation field up to very high post-Newtonian order (Cutler et al. 1993a; Cutler and Flanagan 1994).
This article reviews the current status of the post-Newtonian approach to the problems of the motion of inspiralling compact binaries and their emission of gravitational waves. When the two compact objects approach each other toward merger, the post-Newtonian expansion will lose accuracy and should be taken over by numerical-relativity computations (Pretorius 2005; Campanelli et al. 2006; Baker et al. 2006b). We refer to review articles (Grandclément and Novak 2009; Faber and Rasio 2012; Lehner and Pretorius 2014; Duez and Zlochower 2018) for numerical-relativity methods. Despite very intensive developments of numerical relativity, the post-Newtonian approximation remains indispensable for describing the inspiral phase of compact binaries to high accuracy, and for providing a powerful benchmark against which the numerical computations are tested.
Section 2 of the article deals with general post-Newtonian matter sources. The exterior field of the source is investigated by means of a combination of analytic multipolar and post-Minkowskian (MPM) approximations. The physical observables in the far-zone of the source are described by a specific set of radiative multipole moments. By matching the exterior solution to the metric of the post-Newtonian (PN) source in the near-zone the explicit expressions of the source multipole moments are obtained. The relationships between the radiative and source moments involve many non-linear multipole interactions, among them those associated with the tails (and tails-of-tails, etc.) of gravitational waves. This is the so-called MPM-PN formalism.
Section 3 is devoted to the application to compact binary systems, with particular emphasis on black hole binaries with spins. We present the equations of binary motion, and the associated Lagrangian and Hamiltonian, at the fourth post-Newtonian (4PN) order beyond the Newtonian acceleration. The gravitational-wave energy flux, taking consistently into account the relativistic corrections in the binary’s moments as well as the various tail effects, is derived through 4PN order with respect to the quadrupole formalism. The binary’s orbital phase, whose prior knowledge is crucial for searching and analyzing the signals from inspiralling compact binaries, is deduced from an energy balance argument at the 4.5PN order (in the simple case of circular orbits).
1.1 Analytic approximations and wave-generation formalism
1.1.1 Cocktail of approximation methods
The basic problem we face is to relate the asymptotic gravitational-wave form \(h_{ij}\) generated by some isolated source (in a suitable asymptotic coordinate system), at the location of a detector in the wave zone of the source, to the material content of the source, i.e., its stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\), using approximation methods in general relativity.Footnote 1 Therefore, a general wave-generation formalism must solve the field equations, and the non-linearity therein, by imposing some suitable approximation series in one or several small physical parameters. Some important approximations that we shall use in this article are the post-Newtonian method (or non-linear 1/c-expansion), the post-Minkowskian method or non-linear iteration (G-expansion), the multipole decomposition in irreducible representations of the rotation group (or equivalently a-expansion in the source radius), the far-zone expansion (1/R-expansion in the distance to the source), and the perturbation in the small mass limit (\(\nu \)-expansion in the mass ratio of a binary system). In particular, the post-Newtonian expansion has provided us in the past with our best insights into the problems of motion and radiation. The most successful wave-generation formalisms make a gourmet cocktail of these approximation methods. For reviews on analytic approximations and applications to the motion and the gravitational-wave generation see Thorne (1983), Damour (1983a, 1987a, b), Thorne (1987), Will (1993), Blanchet (1997a, 2011b), Schäfer (2011), Maggiore (2008), Buonanno and Sathyaprakash (2015). For reviews on black-hole pertubations and the self-force approach see Poisson et al. (2011), Sasaki and Tagoshi (2003), Detweiler (2011), Barack (2011), Barack and Pound (2018).
The post-Newtonian approximation is valid under the assumptions of a weak gravitational field inside the source (we shall see later how to model neutron stars and black holes), and of slow internal motions.Footnote 2 The main problem with this approximation, is its domain of validity, which is limited to the near zone of the source—the region surrounding the source that is of small extent with respect to the wavelength of the gravitational waves. A serious consequence is the a priori inability of the post-Newtonian expansion to incorporate the boundary conditions at infinity, which determine the radiation reaction force in the source’s local equations of motion.
The post-Minkowskian expansion, by contrast, is uniformly valid, as soon as the source is weakly self-gravitating, over all space-time. In a sense, the post-Minkowskian method is more fundamental than the post-Newtonian one; it can be regarded as an “upstream” approximation with respect to the post-Newtonian expansion, because each coefficient of the post-Minkowskian series can in turn be re-expanded in a post-Newtonian fashion. Therefore, a way to take into account the boundary conditions at infinity in the post-Newtonian series is to control first the post-Minkowskian expansion. Notice that the post-Minkowskian method is also upstream (in the previous sense) with respect to the multipole expansion, when considered outside the source, and with respect to the far-zone expansion, when considered far from the source.
The most “downstream” approximation that we shall use in this article is the post-Newtonian one; therefore this is the approximation that dictates the allowed physical properties of our matter source. We assume mainly that the source is at once slowly moving and weakly stressed, and we abbreviate this by saying that the source is post-Newtonian. For post-Newtonian sources, the parameter defined from the components of the matter stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) and the source’s Newtonian potential U by
is much less than one. This parameter represents essentially a slow motion estimate \(\epsilon \sim v/c\), where v denotes a typical internal velocity. By a slight abuse of notation, following, we shall henceforth write formally \(\epsilon \equiv 1/c\), even though \(\epsilon \) is dimensionless whereas c has the dimension of a velocity. Thus, \(1/c \ll 1\) in the case of post-Newtonian sources. The small post-Newtonian remainders will be denoted \({\mathcal {O}}(1/c^n)\). Furthermore, following Chandrasekhar (1965), we shall refer to a small post-Newtonian term with formal order \({\mathcal {O}}(1/c^n)\) relative to the Newtonian acceleration in the equations of motion, as being “\(\frac{n}{2}\)PN”.
We have \(\vert U/c^2\vert ^{1/2} \ll 1/c\) for sources with negligible self-gravity, and whose dynamics are therefore driven by non-gravitational forces. However, we shall generally assume that the source is self-gravitating; in that case we see that it is necessarily weakly (but not negligibly) self-gravitating, i.e., \(\vert U/c^2\vert ^{1/2}={\mathcal {O}}(1/c)\).Footnote 3 Note that the adjective “slow-motion” is a bit clumsy because we shall in fact consider very relativistic sources such as inspiralling compact binaries, for which v/c can be as large as 50% in the last rotations, and whose description necessitates the control of high post-Newtonian approximations.
At the lowest-order in the Newtonian limit \(1/c\rightarrow 0\), the gravitational waveform of a post-Newtonian matter source is generated by the time variations of the quadrupole moment of the source. We shall review in Sect. 1.1.2 the utterly important “Newtonian” quadrupole moment formalism of Einstein (1918), Landau and Lifshitz (1971). Taking into account higher post-Newtonian corrections in a wave generation formalism will mean including into the waveform the contributions of higher multipole moments, beyond the mass quadrupole moment. Post-Newtonian corrections of order \({\mathcal {O}}(1/c^n)\) beyond the quadrupole formalism will still be denoted as \(\frac{n}{2}\)PN. But notice that the quadrupole formalism corresponds itself to a small radiation reaction effect of order 2.5PN \(={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^5)\) relative to the Newtonian acceleration. The lesson here is that building a post-Newtonian wave generation formalism must be concomitant to understanding the multipole expansion in general relativity.
The multipole expansion is one of the most useful tools of physics, but its use in general relativity is difficult because of the non-linearity of the theory and the tensorial character of the gravitational interaction. In the stationary case, the multipole moments are determined by the expansion of the metric at spatial infinity (Geroch 1970; Hansen 1974; Simon and Beig 1983), while, in the case of non-stationary fields, the moments, starting with the quadrupole, are defined at future null infinity. The multipole moments have been extensively studied in the linearized theory, which ignores the gravitational forces inside the source. Early studies have extended the Einstein quadrupole formula [given by Eq. (5) below] to include the current-quadrupole and mass-octupole moments (Papapetrou 1962, 1971), and obtained the corresponding formulas for linear momentum (Papapetrou 1962, 1971; Bekenstein 1973; Press 1977) and angular momentum (Peters 1964; Cooperstock and Booth 1969). The general structure of the infinite multipole series in the linearized theory was investigated by several works (Sachs and Bergmann 1958; Sachs 1961; Pirani 1965; Thorne 1980), from which it emerged that the expansion is characterized by two and only two sets of moments: Mass-type and current-type moments. Below we shall use a particular multipole decomposition of the linearized (vacuum) metric, parametrized by symmetric and trace-free (STF) mass and current moments, as given by Thorne (1980). The expressions of the multipole moments, valid in the linearized theory but irrespective of a slow motion hypothesis, have been worked out by Mathews (1962), Campbell and Morgan (1971), Campbell et al. (1977) and culminated with Damour and Iyer (1991a) obtaining the closed-form expressions of the time-dependent STF mass and current multipole moments as integrals over the source in linearized gravity.
In the full non-linear theory, the (radiative) multipole moments can be read off the coefficient of 1/R in the expansion of the metric when \(R\rightarrow +\infty \), with a null coordinate \(U = {\rm const}\). The solutions of the field equations in the form of a far-field expansion (power series in 1/R) have been constructed, and their properties elucidated, by Bondi et al. (1962) and Sachs (1962). The precise way under which such radiative space-times fall off asymptotically has been formulated geometrically by Penrose (1963), Penrose (1965), Geroch and Horowitz (1978) in the concept of an asymptotically simple space-time. The interest of this structure of the asymptotic field arises also from the fact that it is preserved under an infinite set of residual symmetries, the Bondi-Metzner-Sachs (BMS) group, generated by supertranslations and arbitrary diffeomorphisms on the two-sphere at infinity (see Ashtekar et al. 2018 for a review). The Bondi-Sachs-Penrose approach is very powerful, but it can answer a priori only a part of the problem, because it gives information on the field only in the limit where \(R\rightarrow +\infty \), which cannot be connected in a direct way to the actual matter content and dynamics of the source. In particular the multipole moments that one considers in this approach are those measured at infinity—we call them the radiative multipole moments. These moments are distinct, because of non-linearities, from some more natural source multipole moments, which are operationally given by explicit integrals extending over the matter and gravitational field of the source.
The problem of non-linearities can be attacked by the post-Minkowskian expansion, valid at once inside and outside the source (Thorne and Kovàcs 1975; Crowley and Thorne 1977). This approximation has been developed in the pionneering work of Bertotti and Plebański (1960). Ledvinka et al. (2008) obtained a closed form expression for the Hamiltonian of N particles in the first post-Minkowskian (1PM) approximation (see also Blanchet and Fokas 2018). The equations of motion of systems of particles were derived up to 2PM order by Westpfahl and Goller (1979), Westpfahl and Hoyler (1980), Bel et al. (1981), Westpfahl (1985). An important revival of the post-Minkowskian approximation took place recently using scattering amplitudes and the effective field theory (EFT): Bern et al. (2019a, b) derived the 3PM corrections to the conservative two-body Hamiltonian for spinless compact objects; this was extended to 4PM order by Bern et al. (2021), Dlapa et al. (2022) (but for the potential modes only). The problem of gravitational radiation has also progressed using the EFT post-Minkowskian method (Mougiakakos et al. 2021; Brandhuber et al. 2023; Herderschee et al. 2023; Elkhidir et al. 2023; Georgoudis et al. 2023). The amplitude-based derivation of the gravitational waveform generated by the scattering of two scalar black holes has been successfully compared to the result of the MPM-PN formalism up to 2.5PN order (Bini et al. 2023, 2024; Georgoudis et al. 2024a, b).
A different way of defining the multipole expansion within the complete non-linear theory was proposed by Blanchet and Damour (1986), Blanchet (1987), following works by Bonnor (1959), Bonnor and Rotenberg (1961), Bonnor and Rotenberg (1966), Hunter and Rotenberg (1969) and Thorne (1980). In this approach the basic multipole moments are the source moments, rather than the radiative ones.Footnote 4 In a first stage, the moments are left unspecified, as being some arbitrary functions of time, supposed to describe an actual physical source. They are iterated by means of a post-Minkowskian expansion of the vacuum field equations (valid in the source’s exterior). Technically, the post-Minkowskian approximation scheme is greatly simplified by the assumption of a multipolar expansion, as one can consider separately the iteration of the different multipole pieces composing the exterior field. In this multipolar-post-Minkowskian (MPM) formalism, which is physically valid over the entire weak-field region outside the source, and in particular in the wave zone (going up to future null infinity), the radiative multipole moments are obtained in the form of some non-linear functionals of the more basic source moments. A priori, the method is not limited to post-Newtonian sources; however, in practice, the closed-form expressions of the source multipole moments can be established only in the case where the source is post-Newtonian (Blanchet and Damour 1989; Blanchet 1995, 1998b). The reason is that in this case the domain of validity of the post-Newtonian iteration (viz. the near zone) overlaps the exterior weak-field region, so that there exists an intermediate zone in which the post-Newtonian and multipolar expansions can be matched together. This is an application of the method of matched asymptotic expansions in general relativity (Burke and Thorne 1970; Burke 1971; Anderson et al. 1982; Poujade and Blanchet 2002; Blanchet et al. 2005c). The previous MPM-PN construction, i.e., the MPM expansion and its asymptotic matching to the near zone of the PN source, constitutes a powerful gravitational-wave generation formalism for arbitrary isolated sources, able to take into account, in principle, any post-Newtonian correction in the waveform generated by the source. The relationships between the radiative moments and the source moments include many non-linear multipole interactions, as the source moments mix with each other as they “propagate” from the source to the detector. Such multipole interactions include the famous tail effect, corresponding to the coupling between the non-static moments with the mass of the source, and the non-linear memory effect (Blanchet and Damour 1988, 1992). Furthermore Blanchet (1987) proved that this construction, when considered in a neighbourhood of future null infinity, recovers the findings of the Bondi et al. (1962), Sachs (1962) approach to gravitational radiation.
A different wave-generation formalism has been devised by Will and Wiseman (1996) (see also Will 1999; Pati and Will 2000, 2002). This formalism, called “Direct Integration of the Relaxed Equations—DIRE”, has exactly the same scope as the MPM-PN method, i.e., it applies to any isolated post-Newtonian sources, in principle up to any PN order. However it differs in the definition of the source multipole moments, that are some well-defined (compact-support) versions of the Epstein and Wagoner (1975), Thorne (1980) moments rather than the Blanchet and Damour (1989) moments, and in the calculation of tails and related non-linear effects. In both formalisms the source multipole moments, which involve a whole series of relativistic PN corrections, must be coupled together in a complicated way in the true non-linear solution; such non-linear couplings form an integral part of the radiative moments at infinity and thereby of the observed signal. The equivalence, at the most general level, between the MPM-PN framework and the DIRE formalism, has been proved in Sect. 4.3 of Blanchet (2014).
1.1.2 The quadrupole moment formalism
The lowest-order wave generation formalism is the famous Einstein (1918) quadrupole moment formalism. In his original paper Einstein derived it in the case where the dynamics of the source is driven by non gravitational forces. However a simple derivation of the quadrupole formalism due to Landau and Lifshitz (1971) showed that it is actually also valid for self-gravitating sources, whose dynamics is due to the gravitational force—for instance a Newtonian binary star system.Footnote 5
The quadrupole formalism applies to a general isolated matter source which is post-Newtonian in the sense of existence of the small post-Newtonian parameter \(\epsilon \) defined by Eq. (1). However, the quadrupole formalism is valid in the Newtonian limit \(\epsilon \rightarrow 0\); it can rightly be qualified as “Newtonian” because the quadrupole moment of the matter source is Newtonian and its evolution obeys Newton’s laws of gravity. In this formalism the gravitational field \(h^{{\rm TT}}_{ij}\) (written here as a perturbation of the “gothic” spatial metric \({\mathfrak {g}}^{ij}\equiv \sqrt{-g}g^{ij}\)) is expressed in a transverse and traceless (TT) coordinate system covering the far zone of the source at retarded times,Footnote 6 as
where \(R=|{\varvec{X}}|\) is the distance to the source, \(T-R/c\) is the retarded time, \({\varvec{N}}={\varvec{X}}/R\) is the unit direction from the source to the far away observer, and
is the TT projection operator, with \(\perp _{ij} \,\equiv \, \delta _{ij}-N_iN_j\) being the projector onto the plane orthogonal to \({\varvec{N}}\). The source’s quadrupole moment takes the familiar Newtonian form (see the footnote 23 for further notation)
where \(\rho \) is the Newtonian (essentially baryonic) mass density, obeying the usual continuity equation \(\partial _t\rho +\partial _i(\rho v^i)=0\). The total gravitational power emitted by the source in all directions around the source is given by the Einstein quadrupole formula
Our notation \({\mathcal {F}}\) stands for the total gravitational energy flux or gravitational “luminosity” of the source. Similarly, the total angular momentum flux is (Papapetrou 1971; Thorne 1980)
where \(\epsilon _{abc}\) denotes the standard Levi-Civita symbol with \(\epsilon _{123}=1\). We shall give in Eqs. (35)–(36) the related fluxes of linear momentum and position of the center of mass.
Associated with the latter energy and angular momentum fluxes, there is also a quadrupole formula for the radiation reaction force, which reacts on the source’s dynamics in consequence of the emission of waves. This force will inflect the time evolution of the orbital phase of the binary pulsar and is responsible for the inspiral of compact binaries. At the position \(({\textbf{x}},t)\) in a particular coordinate system covering the source, the reaction force density can be written as (Burke and Thorne 1970; Burke 1971; Misner et al. 1973)
This is the gravitational analogue of the damping force of electromagnetism. However, notice that gravitational radiation reaction is inherently coordinate dependent, so the expression of the force depends on the coordinate system which is used. Consider now the energy and angular momentum of an isolated matter system made of some perfect fluid, say
The specific internal energy of the fluid is denoted \(\varPi \), and obeys the usual thermodynamic relation \({\rm d}\varPi =-P{\rm d}(1/\rho )\) where P is the pressure; the gravitational potential obeys the Poisson equation \(\varDelta U = -4\pi G \rho \). We compute the mechanical losses of energy and angular momentum from the time derivatives of \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}_i\). We employ the Eulerian equation of motion \(\rho \,{\rm d}v^i/{\rm d}t = -\partial _i P + \rho \partial _i U + F_i^{\text {reac}}\) and continuity equation \(\partial _t\rho +\partial _i(\rho \,v^i)=0\). Note that we add the small dissipative radiation-reaction contribution \(F_i^{\text {reac}}\) in the equation of motion but neglect all conservative post-Newtonian corrections. The result is
where one recognizes the fluxes at infinity given by Eqs. (5)–(6), and where the second terms denote some total time derivatives made of quadratic products of derivatives of the quadrupole moment. Looking only for secular effects, we apply an average over time on a typical period of variation of the system; the latter time derivatives will be in average numerically small in the case of quasi-periodic motion (Breuer and Rudolph 1981). Hence we obtain
where the brackets denote the time averaging over an orbit.Footnote 7 These balance equations encode the secular decreases of energy and angular momentum by gravitational radiation emission.
The cardinal virtues of the Einstein (1918), Landau and Lifshitz (1971) quadrupole formalism are: Its generality—the only restrictions are that the source be Newtonian and bounded; its simplicity, as it necessitates only the computation of the time derivatives of the Newtonian quadrupole moment (using the Newtonian laws of motion); and, most importantly, its agreement with the observation of the dynamics of the binary pulsar PSR 1913+16 by Taylor et al. (1979), Taylor and Weisberg (1982), Taylor (1993). Indeed let us apply the balance equations (10) to a system of two point masses moving on an eccentric orbit modelling the binary pulsar—the classic references are Peters and Mathews (1963), Peters (1964); see also Dyson (1963), Esposito and Harrison (1975), Wagoner (1975). We use the binary’s Newtonian energy and angular momentum,
where a and e are the semi-major axis and eccentricity of the orbit and \(m_1\) and \(m_2\) are the two masses. From the energy balance equation (10a) (averaged over the orbital period P) we obtain first the secular evolution of a; next changing from a to the orbital period P using Kepler’s third law,Footnote 8 we get the secular evolution of the orbital period P as
The last factor, depending on the eccentricity, comes out from the orbital average and is known as the Peters and Mathews (1963) “enhancement” factor,Footnote 9 so designated because in the case of the binary pulsar, which has a rather large eccentricity \(e\simeq 0.617\), it enhances the effect by a factor \(\sim 12\). Numerically, one finds \(\langle {\rm d}P/{\rm d}t\rangle = - 2.4\times 10^{-12}\), a dimensionless number in excellent agreement with the observations of the binary pulsar (Taylor et al. 1979; Taylor and Weisberg 1982; Taylor 1993). More recently even more impressive tests were performed with the double pulsar (Kramer and Wex 2009; Kramer et al. 2021). On the other hand the secular evolution of the eccentricity e is deduced from the angular momentum balance equation (10b) [together with the previous result (12)], as
Interestingly, the system of equations (12)–(13) can be thoroughly integrated in closed analytic form. This yields the law of evolution of the eccentricity e(t) in terms of the period P(t) at any instant (Peters 1964):
where \(c_0\) denotes an integration constant to be determined by the initial conditions at the start of the binary evolution. When \(e\ll 1\) the latter relation gives approximately \(e^2\simeq c_0\,P^{19/9}\).
Inspiralling compact binaries, containing neutron stars and/or black holes, constitute the bread-and-butter sources of gravitational waves for the detectors LIGO, Virgo and KAGRA on ground. The two compact objects steadily lose their orbital binding energy by emission of gravitational radiation; as a result, the orbital separation between them decreases, and the orbital frequency increases. Thus, the frequency of the gravitational-wave signal, which equals twice the orbital frequency for the dominant harmonics, “chirps” in time (i.e., the signal becomes higher and higher pitched) until the two objects collide and merge.
The orbit of most inspiralling compact binaries can be considered to be circular, apart from the gradual inspiral, because the gravitational radiation reaction forces tend to rapidly circularize the motion. This effect is due to the emission of angular momentum by gravitational waves, resulting in a secular decrease of the eccentricity of the orbit, which has been computed within the quadrupole formalism in Eq. (13). For instance, suppose that the inspiralling compact binary was long ago (a few hundred million years ago) a system similar to the binary pulsar system, with an orbital frequency \(\varOmega _0\equiv 2\pi /P_0\sim 10^{-4}\,{\rm rad}/{\rm s}\) and a rather large orbital eccentricity \(e_0\sim 0.6\). When it becomes visible by the detectors on ground, i.e., when the gravitational-wave signal frequency reaches about \(f\equiv \varOmega /\pi \sim 10\mathrm {\ Hz}\), the eccentricity of the orbit should be \(e \sim 10^{-6}\) according to the formula (14). This is a very small eccentricity, even when compared to high-order relativistic corrections. Only non-isolated binary systems could have a non negligible eccentricity. For instance, the von Zeipel (1910), Lidov (1962), Kozai (1962) (ZLK) mechanismFootnote 10 is one important scenario that produces eccentric binaries and involves the interaction between the binary and the environment of the dense cores of globular clusters (Miller and Hamilton 2002). If the mutual inclination angle of the inner compact binary is strongly tilted with respect to the outer compact star (in a “hierarchical” triplet), then a resonance occurs and can increase the eccentricity of the inner binary to large values. This is one motivation for looking at the waves emitted by inspiralling binaries in non-circular, quasi-elliptical orbits (see Sect. 3.5).
For a long while, it was thought that the quadrupole formula would be sufficient for sources of gravitational radiation to be observed directly on Earth—as it had proved to be amply sufficient in the case of the binary pulsar. However, the work of Cutler et al. (1993a)Footnote 11 showed that this is not true, as one has to include post-Newtonian corrections up to high order beyond the quadrupole formula in order to prepare for the data analysis of future detectors. This expectation has been confirmed by many measurement-analyses (Cutler et al. 1993b; Finn and Chernoff 1993; Cutler and Flanagan 1994; Tagoshi and Nakamura 1994; Poisson 1995; Poisson and Will 1995; Królak et al. 1995; Damour et al. 1998, 2000a, 2002, 2003; Buonanno et al. 2003a, b; Ajith et al. 2005; Arun et al. 2005; Buonanno et al. 2009a) which have demonstrated that the post-Newtonian precision needed for the LIGO/Virgo detectors corresponds at least, in the case of neutron-star binaries, to the 3PN \(\sim 1/c^6\) approximation beyond the quadrupole formula.
In practice, the post-Newtonian prediction for the inspiral phase has to be matched to numerical-relativity results for the subsequent merger and ringdown phases. The match proceeds essentially through two routes: Either the effective-one-body (EOB) waveform (Buonanno and Damour 1999, 2000; Damour et al. 2000c; Damour and Nagar 2011) that builds on post-Newtonian results and extend their domain of validity to facilitate the comparison with numerical relativity (Buonanno et al. 2009b; Pan et al. 2010), or the Hybrid waveform obtained by direct matching between the PN expanded prediction and the numerical computations (Ajith et al. 2008; Santamaría et al. 2010).
Strategies to detect and analyze the very weak signals from compact binary inspiral are based on the standard matched filtering technique. The raw output of the detector o(t) consists of the superposition of the real gravitational-wave signal \(h_{{\rm real}}(t)\) and of noise n(t). The noise is assumed to be a stationary Gaussian random variable, with zero expectation value, and with (supposedly known) frequency-dependent power spectral density \(S_n(\omega )\). The experimenters construct the correlation between o(t) and a filter q(t), i.e.,
and divide c(t) by the square root of its variance, or correlation noise. The expectation value of this ratio defines the filtered signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). Looking for the useful signal \(h_{{\rm real}}(t)\) in the detector’s output o(t), the data analysists adopt the Wiener (1942) filter
where \({\tilde{q}} (\omega )\) and \({\tilde{h}} (\omega )\) are the Fourier transforms of q(t) and of the theoretically computed template h(t). By the matched filtering theorem, (16) maximizes the SNR if \(h(t)=h_{{\rm real}}(t)\). The maximum SNR is then the best achievable with a linear filter. In practice, because of systematic errors in the theoretical modelling, the template h(t) will not exactly match the real signal \(h_{{\rm real}} (t)\); however if the template is to constitute a realistic prediction the errors will be small. This is of course the motivation for computing high order post-Newtonian templates, in order to reduce as much as possible the systematic errors. As we shall see, the signal at such high PN order contains the signature of several non-linear effects which are specific to general relativity. We thus have the possibility of probing, via matched filtering, some aspects of the non-linear structure of Einstein’s theory (Blanchet and Sathyaprakash 1994, 1995; Arun et al. 2006a, b). See Fig. 1.
1.1.3 Influence of the internal structure of compact bodies
The main point about modelling the inspiralling compact binary is that a model made of two structureless point particles, characterized solely by mass parameters \(m_{{\rm a}}\) and possibly the spins \(S_{{\rm a}}\) (with \(\text {a}\) labelling the particles), is sufficient in first approximation. Indeed, most of the non-gravitational effects usually plaguing the dynamics of binary star systems, such as the effects of a magnetic field, of an interstellar medium, of the internal structure of extended bodies, are dominated by gravitational effects. In particular the effects due to the finite size of the compact bodies are small, although not negligibly small.
Consider the influence of the Newtonian quadrupole moments \(q^{ij}_{{\rm a}}\) through the tidal interaction between extended neutron stars without spins during the inspiral phase. It is known that for inspiralling compact binaries the neutron stars are not co-rotating because the tidal synchronization time is much larger than the time left till the coalescence. As shown by Kochanek (1992) the best models for the fluid motion inside the two neutron stars are the so-called Roche–Riemann ellipsoids, which have tidally locked figures (the quadrupole moments facing each other at any instant during the inspiral), but for which the fluid motion has zero circulation in the inertial frame.
Here we perform a simple calculation to Newtonian order within such a model. The equations of motion of N extended spinless bodies, to linear order in the quadrupole moments, are (with \(\text {a},\text {b}=1,\ldots , N\))
where \(m_{{\rm a}}\) are the masses, and we denote the position and velocity of the center of mass of the bodies by \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}(t)\) and \({\varvec{v}}_{{\rm a}}(t)={\rm d}{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}/{\rm d}t\), with the Euclidean separation between centers of mass being \(r_{{\rm ab}}=\vert {\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}-{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\vert \). The quadrupole moments of the bodies, supposed to be made of a perfect fluid, read
with \({\mathcal {V}}_{{\rm a}}\) the volume of the body, \({\varvec{z}}_{{\rm a}}={\textbf{x}}-{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}(t)\) the distance between a generic point \({\textbf{x}}\) inside the body and the center of mass, \(\rho _{{\rm a}}=\rho ({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}+{\varvec{z}}_{{\rm a}},t)\) the Newtonian mass density of the body, \(\rho ({\textbf{x}},t)\) being the usual Eulerian density. The mass-centred condition reads
The conserved energy of the N-body system is the sum of the internal (Newtonian) energies \(e_{{\rm a}}\) and of the orbital contributions, including the effect of the quadrupoles:
where we have introduced the tidal field acting on body \(\text {a}\) and due to the other bodies \(\text {b} \not = \text {a}\):
Posing \({\varvec{w}}_{{\rm a}}={\rm d}{\varvec{z}}_{{\rm a}}/{\rm d}t\) for the internal velocity field of body \(\text {a}\), \(\varPi _{{\rm a}}=\varPi ({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}+{\varvec{z}}_{{\rm a}},t)\) for the specific internal energy satisfying the thermodynamical relation \({\rm d}\varPi =- P\,{\rm d}(1/\rho )\) (with P the pressure), and \(u_{{\rm a}}\) for the internal self-gravity given by the Poisson integral over the volume of the body, we have
The coupling of the quadrupole moment \(q_{{\rm a}}^{ij}\) with the external tidal field \({\mathcal {E}}_{{\rm a}}^{ij}\) of the other bodies implies a variation of the internal energy given by
We consider the case where the quadrupole moment is induced by the tidal field of the other bodies. To linear order, we can introduce a coefficient \(\lambda _{{\rm a}}\) characterizing the response of the body under the influence of the external field, such that
In the case of the induced quadrupole moments (24), the total energy of the system becomes
The response coefficient \(\lambda _{{\rm a}}\) is conventionally written as \(\lambda _{{\rm a}}=\frac{2}{3\,G} \,k_{{\rm a}} r_{{\rm a}}^5\), where \(r_{{\rm a}}\) is the radius of the body and \(k_{{\rm a}}\) is the body’s dimensionless second Love (1911) number which depends on the internal structure of the body, and is, typically, of the order unity. Next we characterize the internal structure by the dimensionless “deformability” or “polarizability” parameter
where the dimensionless ratio \(K_{{\rm a}} \equiv \frac{G m_{{\rm a}}}{r_{{\rm a}} c^2}\) is the “compactness” parameter and typically equals \(\sim 0.2\) for neutron stars (depending on their equation of state).
Consider a compact binary system (\(N=2\)) moving on an exact circular orbit. From Eq. (24) we see that the two quadrupole moments face each other, and remain constant along the circular orbit. The equation of the relative motion reduces to \({\rm d}{\varvec{v}}/{\rm d}t=-\varOmega ^2 {\varvec{x}}\), where \({\varvec{x}}={\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2\) and \({\varvec{v}}={\rm d}{\varvec{x}}/{\rm d}t\) (with \(r \equiv r_{12}\)). We find from (17) the orbital frequency
We pose \(X_{{\rm a}}=m_{{\rm a}}/m\) with \(m=m_1+m_2\) so that \(\nu =X_1 X_2\) is the symmetric mass ratio (353), denote \(\gamma =\frac{G m}{r c^2}\) and employ the notation (26). In turn the conserved energy (25) for circular orbits reduces to
As the effect of the deformation of the bodies computed here is purely “Newtonian”, we see that the c’s we have introduced into our definitions naturally cancel out in Eqs. (27) and (28).
The above dynamics is conservative, as we have neglected the dissipative radiation reaction effect on the orbit. This effect is taken into account when we impose the flux-balance equation (10a); there is no need to impose the angular momentum balance equation (10b) for circular orbits. The total quadrupole moment of the system is the sum of the orbital one and of the intrinsic moments of the bodies, given by (18), hence
Plugging this into the flux formula (5), computing the time derivatives using the equations of motion including the contributions from the quadrupole moments, see Eq. (27), and keeping only the terms linear in these quadrupoles, yields the flux (still for exact circular orbits) as
Next we reexpress the invariants \({\rm E}\) and \({\mathcal {F}}\) in terms of the orbital frequency \(\omega \) instead of the coordinate-dependent separation distance r using Eq. (27). Posing \(x=(G m \varOmega /c^3)^{2/3}\) we obtain
At this stage we can draw a firm conclusion: The effect of the internal structure of non-spinning bodies is proportional to \(x^5\), and is thus comparable to a relativistic effect occuring at the 5PN order. This is a higher post-Newtonian order than the one at which we shall obtain the phasing formula in Sect. 3.4.4. Therefore, in that sense the internal structure of the two compact bodies is “effaced” and their dynamics and radiation depend only, in first approximation, on the masses and possibly the spins (Damour 1983a).
But the numerical value of the coefficient involving the \(\varLambda _{{\rm a}}\)’s is to be taken into account. For instance \(\frac{G m_{{\rm a}}}{c^2 r_{{\rm a}}}\sim 0.15\) for neutron stars (hence \(x^5\sim 8\,10^{-5}\) at the merger), and the numerical estimates of the Love numbers for neutron stars are of the order of one or say, a tenth (Hinderer 2008; Damour and Nagar 2009; Binnington and Poisson 2009). Therefore the deformability parameters (325) for compact bodies should be of the order of \(\varLambda _{{\rm a}} \sim 1000\), depending on the equation of state, see Fig. 2.
The phase and frequency evolution follow from the balance equation (447) (without need to average), where both \({\rm E}\) and \({\mathcal {F}}\) have been computed for the conservative dynamics in Eqs. (31). This approximation is justified as we are interested in the secular, adiabatic evolution of the orbit over a radiation reaction time scale. The secular variation of the energy \({\rm E}\) is immediately deduced from (31a) as
Combining this with (31b), we get an ordinary differential equation for x. Solving for x(t) and the phase evolution \(\phi =\int {\rm d}t\,\varOmega (t)\), we thereby obtain the quadrupole finite size effect due to the internal structure as (Flanagan and Hinderer 2008; Damour et al. 2012; Favata 2014)Footnote 12
where \(\tau =\frac{\nu c^3}{5G m}(t_0-t)\) and \(t_0\) is the instant of coalescence. The effect depends on the following combination of the two deformability parameters:
so normalized that in the case of two identical neutron stars (with the same mass, \(X_1=X_2=\frac{1}{2}\), and the same equation of state) it reduces to \({\tilde{\varLambda }}=\varLambda _1=\varLambda _2\). The 5PN finite size effect (33)–(34) is to be contrasted with the point-mass result, ignoring the internal structure, which will be obtained in Sect. 3.4.4. Remarkably, it has been possible to put a bound on the tidal deformability of neutron stars, and a constraint on several possible equations of state, with the binary neutron star event GW170817 (Abbott et al. 2017b), see Fig. 2.
1.1.4 The recoil by gravitational waves
A related topic is the loss of linear momentum by gravitational radiation and the resulting gravitational recoil (or “kick”) of black-hole binary systems. This phenomenon has potentially important astrophysical consequences (Merritt et al. 2004). In models of formation of massive black holes involving successive mergers of smaller “seed” black holes, a recoil with sufficient velocity could eject the system from dwarf galaxies or globular clusters and terminate the process. Even in galaxies whose potential wells are deep enough to confine the recoiling system, displacement of the system from the center could have important dynamical consequences for the galactic core.
To compute the recoil we need the flux formula for the linear momentum. Integrating the leading 2.5PN radiation-reaction force (7) over the source results in a total time derivative, so there is no net recoiling force at that order, and the effect is a subdominant 3.5PN one. We have (Bonnor and Rotenberg 1961; Peres 1962; Papapetrou 1962, 1971; Bekenstein 1973; Thorne 1980)
where the Newtonian source moments are \({\rm Q}_{ij}=\int {\rm d}^3{\varvec{x}}\,\rho \,{\hat{x}}_{ij}\) (mass quadrupole), \({\rm O}_{ijk}=\int {\rm d}^3{\varvec{x}}\,\rho \,{\hat{x}}_{ijk}\) (mass octupole) and \(C_{ij}=\int {\rm d}^3{\varvec{x}}\,\rho \,\epsilon _{ab\langle i}{\hat{x}}_{j\rangle a}v_b\) (current quadrupole); see the footnote 23 for notation. Furthermore, besides the fluxes associated to energy \({\rm E}\), angular momentum \({\rm J}_i\) and linear momentum \(P_i\), there is also a flux associated to the center of mass \({\rm G}_i = {\rm P}_i\,t + {\rm Z}_i\), where \({\rm Z}_i\) denotes the initial “position” of the center of mass. The effect is also subdominant at 3.5PN order and reads (Kozameh and Quirega 2016; Kozameh et al. 2018; Nichols 2018; Blanchet and Faye 2019; Compère et al. 2020)Footnote 13
The meaning of the latter flux formulas is that the secular evolution by gravitational wave emission of the linear momentum \({\varvec{{\rm P}}}\) and of the center-of-mass position \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}\) attributable to an isolated (post-Newtonian) system obey
where \({\varvec{{\mathcal {F}}}}_{\rm P}\) and \({\varvec{{\mathcal {F}}}}_{\rm G}\) are the fluxes given by (35) and (36). Consider the case where the source is stationary before some instant \(t_0\), then emits a pulse of gravitational waves with finite duration between times \(t_0\) and \(t_1\), and finally comes back to a stationary state at later times \(t>t_1\). In this situation, it is straightforward to find the form of the solution to Eqs. (37). Initially, the linear momentum is constant, so that, by applying a Lorentz boost, we can put ourselves in the rest frame of the system, thus achieving \({\varvec{{\rm P}}}_0=0\) (for \(t<t_0\)). Furthermore, we can translate the origin of our coordinate system in such a way that it coincides with the center of mass of the system, hence \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}_0=0\) initially. Then, by integrating (37), we get (for \(t_0<t<t_1\))
After the period of emission (for \(t>t_1\)), the source is again stationary but has acquired a net constant linear momentum \({\varvec{{\rm P}}}_1\), and the motion of its center of mass is uniform, \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}_1={\varvec{{\rm P}}}_1\,t+{\varvec{{\rm Z}}}_1\). We find
The final value of the linear momentum \({\varvec{{\rm P}}}_1\) yields the total gravitational recoil velocity of the source as measured in the asymptotic Minkowskian frame. On the other hand, the cumulative effect of the center-of-mass flux \({\varvec{{\mathcal {F}}}}_{\rm G}\) results in a modification of the position \({\varvec{{\rm Z}}}_1\) of the center of mass after the GW emission.
Consider the case of a Newtonian binary system with no spins and moving on a quasi-circular orbit. The right-side of the linear momentum flux equation (37a) is straightforward to evaluate with result (Fitchett 1983)
Here \(m=m_1+m_2\) and \(\nu =m_1m_2/m^2\), assuming \(m_1\geqslant m_2\) (thus \(\varDelta =\frac{m_1-m_2}{m}=\sqrt{1-4\nu }\)), the orbital frequency of the circular orbit is \(\varOmega =\sqrt{G m/r^3}\), and the unit vector \({\varvec{\lambda }}\) is orthogonal to the orbital separation \({\varvec{n}}=({\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2)/r\) in the orbital plane, such that \(\dot{{\varvec{n}}}=\varOmega {\varvec{\lambda }}\) and \(\dot{{\varvec{\lambda }}}=-\varOmega {\varvec{n}}\). The relation (40) holds at any time along the orbit and can be integrated, yielding
We assume from now on that a Lorentz boost and a shift of the origin of the coordinate system have been applied to set \({\varvec{{\rm P}}}\) and \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}\) to zero when averaged over an orbit (neglecting the radiation-reaction decay). Then, we use the center-of-mass balance equation (37b), which leads to
Combining the results (41)–(42) and integrating (Blanchet and Faye 2019),
The results give the instantaneous values of the linear momentum and center-of-mass position of a circular binary (neglecting the orbital decay); these are equal to minus those that can be attributed to the gravitational wave field.
The recoil of binary black hole systems has been estimated by Fitchett (1983), Wiseman (1992), Kidder (1995), Blanchet et al. (2005d), Racine et al. (2009), Le Tiec et al. (2010) using post-Newtonian methods,Footnote 14 and by Oohara and Nakamura (1983), Fitchett and Detweiler (1984), Nakamura et al. (1987), Favata et al. (2004) using perturbation methods. In parallel the problem of gravitational recoil of coalescing binaries has attracted considerable attention from the numerical relativity community. The numerical computations led to increasingly accurate estimates of the kick velocity from the merger along quasicircular orbits of binary black holes without spins (Campanelli 2005; Baker et al. 2006a) and with spins (Campanelli et al. 2007). In particular they revealed the interesting result that very large kick velocities can be generated in the case of spinning black holes for particular spin configurations.
Unfortunately the post-Newtonian approach is not ideally suited for this problem because most of the recoil is generated in the strong field regime close to the merger. As a result the contribution of the “plunge” (difficult to model by post-Newtonian theory) dominates over that of the inspiral phase, as shown by the curve “up to the ISCO” in Fig. 3. The post-Newtonian corrections in the recoil formula, up to 2PN order beyond the dominant 3.5PN effect given by Eq. (40), have been computed using the gravitational-wave generation formalism of Sect. 2, with result [where \(x\equiv (\frac{G m \varOmega }{c^3})^{2/3}\)] (Blanchet et al. 2005d)
This result has been extended to 2.5PN order by Mishra et al. (2012).
The recoil of non-spinning black-hole binaries generated by the inspiral and merger phases to 2PN relative order is shown in Fig. 3. The final result, however, must include also the recoil generated during the ringdown phase, and is presented in Fig. 4. The result is in good agreement with numerical computations for non-spinning black hole binaries (Campanelli 2005; Baker et al. 2006a; Herrmann et al. 2007; González et al. 2007, 2009). See notably the sequence of dots and accompanying dashed lines in Fig. 4 (in blue), which are from an exhaustive series of numerical simulations by González et al. (2007), González et al. (2009). Also shown in Fig. 4 are the comparisons with other analytic or semi-analytic methods: an application of the effective-one-body formalism (Damour and Gopakumar 2006); a close-limit calculation with Bowen–York type initial conditions (Sopuerta et al. 2006). An empirical fit to the final result from Le Tiec et al. (2010) in Fig. 4 is
where the leading \(\varDelta \,\nu ^2\) dependence on the mass ratio comes from the lowest-order “Newtonian” expression, see Eq. (44).
1.2 Overview on motion and radiation
1.2.1 Post-Newtonian equations of motion
By equations of motion we mean the explicit expression of the accelerations of the bodies in terms of the positions and velocities. In Newtonian gravity, writing the equations of motion for a system of N particles is trivial; in general relativity, even writing the equations in the case \(N=2\) is difficult. The first relativistic terms, at the 1PN order, were derived by Droste (1917), Lorentz and Droste (1937). Subsequently, Einstein et al. (1938) obtained the 1PN corrections by means of their famous “surface-integral” method, in which the equations of motion are deduced from the vacuum field equations, and are therefore applicable to any compact objects (be they neutron stars, black holes, or, perhaps, naked singularities). The 1PN-accurate equations were also obtained, for the motion of the centers of mass of compact bodies, by Fock (1939) (see also Petrova 1949; Papapetrou 1951a).
The 2PN approximation was tackled by Ohta et al. (1973), Okamura et al. (1973), Ohta et al. (1974a, b), who considered the post-Newtonian iteration of the Hamiltonian of point-particles. We refer here to the Hamiltonian as a “Fokker-type” Hamiltonian, which is obtained from the matter-plus-field Arnowitt–Deser–Misner (ADM) Hamiltonian by eliminating the field degrees of freedom. The 2.5PN equations of motion were obtained in harmonic coordinates by Damour and Deruelle (1981a, b), Damour (1982), Damour (1983a), building on a non-linear (post-Minkowskian) iteration of the metric of two particles initiated by Bel et al. (1981). The corresponding result for the ADM-Hamiltonian of two particles at the 2PN order was given by Damour and Schäfer (1985) (see also Schäfer 1985, 1986). The 2.5PN equations of motion have also been derived in the case of two extended compact objects by Kopeikin (1985), Grishchuk and Kopeikin (1986). The 2.5PN equations of two point masses as well as the near zone gravitational field in harmonic-coordinate were computed by Blanchet et al. (1998).
Up to the 2PN level the equations of motion are conservative. Only at the 2.5PN order does the first non-conservative effect appear, associated with the gravitational radiation emission. The equations of motion up to that level have been used for the study of the radiation damping of the binary pulsar—its orbital \({\dot{P}}\) (Damour 1983a, b; Damour and Taylor 1991). The result is in agreement with the prediction of the quadrupole formalism given by Eq. (12). An important point is that the 2.5PN equations of motion have been proved to hold in the case of binary systems of strongly self-gravitating bodies (Damour 1983a). This is via the effacing principle for the internal structure of the compact bodies. As a result, the equations depend essentially only on the “Schwarzschild” masses \(m_{{\rm a}}\) of the neutron stars (and their spins). Notably the compactness parameters \(K_{{\rm a}}=\frac{G m_{{\rm a}}}{r_{{\rm a}} c^2}\) do not enter the equations of motion before the 5PN level (see the discussion in Sect. 1.1.3). This fact has been explicitly verified up to the 2.5PN order by Kopeikin (1985), Grishchuk and Kopeikin (1986), who made a physical computation à la Fock, taking into account the internal structure of two self-gravitating extended compact bodies. The 2.5PN equations of motion have also been obtained by Itoh et al. (2000, 2001) in harmonic coordinates, using a variant (but, much simpler and more developed) of the surface-integral approach of Einstein et al. (1938), that is valid for compact bodies, independently of the strength of the internal gravity.
At the 3PN order the equations of motion have been worked out by several groups, using different methods, and with equivalent results:
-
1.
Jaranowski and Schäfer (1998, 1999, 2000), Damour et al. (2000d, 2001a, b), employ the ADM-Hamiltonian canonical formalism of general relativity;
-
2.
Blanchet and Faye (2000a, b, 2001a, b); de Andrade et al. (2001); Blanchet and Iyer (2003); Blanchet et al. (2004a) compute directly the equations of motion (instead of a Hamiltonian) in harmonic coordinates;
-
3.
Itoh and Futamase (2003), Itoh (2004), Futamase and Itoh (2007) obtain the complete 3PN equations of motion in harmonic coordinates, without need of a self-field regularization;
-
4.
Foffa and Sturani (2011) derive the 3PN Lagrangian in harmonic coordinates within the effective field theory.
The 3PN equations of motion contained, at some point, some unspecified numerical coefficient, called an “ambiguity”, which is due to an incompleteness of the Hadamard self-field (ultra-violet, UV) regularization method, see Sect. 3.1.1. This coefficients has been fixed by means of dimensional regularization, both within the ADM-Hamiltonian formalism (Damour et al. 2001a), and the harmonic-coordinates equations of motion (Blanchet et al. 2004a), while dimensional regularization is routinely employed by the effective field theory (Foffa and Sturani 2011). All these works have demonstrated the power of dimensional regularization and its adequateness to the problem of interacting point masses in classical general relativity. By contrast, notice, interestingly, that the surface-integral method (Itoh and Futamase 2003; Itoh 2004) by-passes the need of a UV regularization. The regularizations—both UV and infra-red (IR)—are reviewed in Sect. 3.1.
The effective field theory (EFT) approach—sometimes coined the non-relativistic general relativity (NRGR)—to the problems of motion and radiation of compact binaries, has been pioneered by Goldberger and Rothstein (2006) and extensively developed since then (see Foffa and Sturani 2014; Porto 2016; Levi 2020 for reviews). It borrows techniques from quantum field theory and treats the gravitational interaction between point particles as a classical limit of a quantum field theory, i.e., in the “tree level” approximation. The theory is based on the effective action, defined from a Feynman path integral that integrates over the degrees of freedom that mediate the gravitational interaction. The phase factor in the path integral is built from the standard Einstein–Hilbert action for gravity, augmented by a harmonic gauge fixing term and by the action of particles. The Feynman diagrams naturally show up as a perturbative technique for solving iteratively the Green’s functions.
By itself, computing the equations of motion and radiation field using Feynman diagrams in classical general relativity is not a new idea: Bertotti and Plebański (1960) defined the diagrammatic tree-level perturbative expansion of the Green’s functions in classical general relativity; Hari Dass and Soni (1982)Footnote 15 showed how to derive the classical energy-loss formula at Newtonian approximation using tree-level propagating gravitons; Feynman diagrams have been used for the equations of motion up to 2PN order in general relativity (Ohta et al. 1973; Okamura et al. 1973; Ohta et al. 1974a, b) and in scalar-tensor theories (Damour and Esposito-Farèse 1996). Nevertheless, the systematic EFT treatment has proved to be powerful and innovative for the field, e.g., with the introduction of a decomposition of the metric into “Kaluza-Klein type” potentials (Kol and Smolkin 2008), the interesting link with the renormalization group equation (Goldberger and Ross 2010; Goldberger et al. 2014), and the systematization of the generation of diagrams in high PN approximations (Foffa and Sturani 2011).
The 3.5PN terms in the equations of motion correspond to the 1PN relative corrections in the radiation reaction force. They were derived by Iyer and Will (1993, 1995) for point-particle binaries in a general gauge and center-of-mass frame, relying on energy and angular momentum balance equations and the known expressions of the 1PN fluxes. These works have been extended to 2PN order (Gopakumar et al. 1997) and to include the leading spin-orbit effects (Zeng and Will 2007). The result has been established from “first principles” (i.e., not relying on balance equations) in various works at 1PN order (Jaranowski and Schäfer 1997; Pati and Will 2002; Königsdörffer et al. 2003; Nissanke and Blanchet 2005; Itoh 2009) and 2PN order (Leibovich et al. 2023). The 1PN radiation reaction force has also been obtained for general extended fluid systems in the extended Burke and Thorne (1970), Burke (1971) gauge by Blanchet (1993, 1997b). Known also is the contribution of gravitational-wave tails in the equations of motion, which arises at the 4PN order and contains both a conservative part and a 1.5PN relative modification of the radiation damping force (Blanchet and Damour 1988). This 4PN tail-induced correction to the equations of motion has also been derived within the EFT approach (Foffa and Sturani 2013; Galley et al. 2016).
The state-of-the-art on equations of motion is the 4PN approximation, with result in complete mutual agreement between the different derivations:
-
1.
After partial results have been reported by Jaranowski and Schäfer (2012, 2013, 2015) using the ADM Hamiltonian formalism, and by Foffa and Sturani (2012) using the EFT, the first derivation of the complete 4PN dynamics was obtained by Damour et al. (2014), combining the local contributions with the non-local (in time) term due to gravitational-wave tails (Blanchet and Damour 1988). However this calculation contains one “ambiguity” parameter, due to the absence of control of the IR divergences, which has been fixed by matching the near-zone computation to auxiliary results imported from the gravitational self-force (GSF) theory (Bini and Damour 2013, see also Bini et al. 2016; Kavanagh et al. 2015; Hopper et al. 2016). The non-local 4PN Hamiltonian has been transformed into a local one using an order reduction and the dynamics has been transcribed into the effective one-body (EOB) formalism (Damour et al. 2015);
-
2.
The 4PN equations of motion were obtained independently by Bernard et al. (2016, 2017a, b), Marchand et al. (2018), Bernard et al. (2018) using the Fokker (1929) Lagrangian approach in harmonic coordinates. This second derivation was actually the first one to derive the result from scratch without ambiguity parameter and without resorting to an auxiliary GSF calculation. This was achieved by using the dimensional regularization for both the UV and IR type divergences.Footnote 16 The invariants of the motion (including periastron advance) and radiation-reaction terms were given by Bernard et al. (2018);
-
3.
The effective field theory (EFT) approach also obtained the complete, first-principle and ambiguity-free results at 4PN order (Foffa and Sturani 2012, 2013; Galley et al. 2016; Foffa et al. 2017; Porto and Rothstein 2017; Foffa and Sturani 2019; Foffa et al. 2019; Blümlein et al. 2020a).
Much efforts have been spent trying to extend the validity of the equations of motion beyond the 4PN order. The EFT approach in harmonic coordinates has been pushed to 5PN and even 6PN orders (including tails and hereditary effects) using ab initio brute force calculations (Blümlein et al. 2020b, 2021, 2022), and, in particular, by exploiting some property of factorisation of Feynman diagrams (Foffa and Sturani 2020, 2021; Foffa et al. 2021; Almeida et al. 2023). On the other hand a new methodology for deriving the equations of motion was introduced by Bini et al. (2019), combining several formalisms: post-Newtonian, post-Minkowskian, multipolar-post-Minkowskian, gravitational self-force, and effective one-body. This method (coined as “Tutti-Frutti”) has been applied to the rederivation of the 3PM conservative Hamiltonian (Bern et al. 2019b) and to the computation of new coefficients in the equations of motion at 5PN and 6PN orders (Bini et al. 2020a, b, c, 2021). Unfortunately, despite these efforts the results are still incomplete: The 5PN Hamiltonian is determined except for two unknown numerical coefficients, in front of terms proportional to the square of the symmetric mass ratio \(\nu \) and to the fifth and sixth power of the gravitational constant G. Such undetermined terms \(\propto G^6\nu ^2\) and \(G^5\nu ^2\) thus belong to a high post-Minkowskian approximation, and at the same time cannot be determined from the comparison with linear GSF; one would need at least the second-order GSF which is the current challenge in self-force calculations (Pound et al. 2020; Warburton et al. 2021; Wardell et al. 2023). Similarly, at the 6PN order the Hamiltonian contains four unknown numerical coefficients in factor of terms \(\propto G^7\nu ^3\), \(G^7\nu ^2\), \(G^6\nu ^2\) and \(G^5\nu ^2\). More work should be done to compute these coefficients.
Most of the works reviewed in this article concern general relativity. However, let us mention that the equations of motion of compact binaries in scalar-tensor theories have been developed up to 3PN order (Mirshekari and Will 2013; Bernard 2018, 2019).
An important body of works in GR concerns the effects of spins on the equations of motion of compact bodies. The leading spin-orbit (SO) effect arises at the 1.5PN order while the leading spin–spin (SS) effect appears at 2PN order (see Sect. 3.6). They have been computed using the traditional PN approach by Kidder et al. (1993b), Kidder (1995). The next-to-leading SO effect, i.e., 1PN relative order corresponding to 2.5PN order, was obtained by Tagoshi et al. (2001), Faye et al. (2006). The results were also retrieved by two subsequent calculations, one using the ADM Hamiltonian (Damour et al. 2008) and the other with the EFT method (Levi 2010a; Porto 2010). The ADM calculation was generalized by Hartung and Steinhoff (2011a) to the N-body case and extended by Steinhoff et al. (2008a, b, c, ), Hergt et al. (2010), Hartung and Steinhoff (2011c) to the next-to-leading spin–spin effects, including both the coupling between different spins and spin square terms, and the next-to-next-to-leading SS interactions between different spins at the 4PN order was obtained by Hartung and Steinhoff (2011c). Using the EFT method the next-to-leading 3PN SS and spin-squared contributions were derived by Porto and Rothstein (2006, 2008a, b), Levi (2010b), Levi and Steinhoff (2015a), and the next-to-next-to-leading 4PN SS interactions for different spins by Levi (2012) and for spin-squared terms by Levi and Steinhoff (2016). The next-to-next-to-leading order SO effects, corresponding to 3.5PN order equivalent to 2PN relative order, were obtained in the ADM-coordinates Hamiltonian by Hartung and Steinhoff (2011b), Hartung et al. (2013) and in the harmonic-coordinates equations of motion by Marsat et al. (2013b), Bohé et al. (2013b), with complete equivalence between the results. Comparisons between the EFT and ADM Hamiltonian schemes for high-order SO and SS couplings can be found in Levi and Steinhoff (2014, 2015a, b). The next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order (NNNLO) has been worked out by Antonelli et al. (2020b) (SO) and Antonelli et al. (2020a) (SS for different spins) with traditional method, and by Kim et al. (2023b), Mandal et al. (2023b) (SO) and Kim et al. (2023a), Mandal et al. (2023a) (SS) from the EFT.
1.2.2 Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation
The problem of the computation of the gravitational waveform (and the energy flux) is solved by application of a wave generation formalism valid for general isolated matter systems (see Sect. 1.1.1). The earliest computation at the 1PN level beyond the quadrupole moment formalism was achieved by Wagoner and Will (1976),Footnote 17 based on the Epstein and Wagoner (1975) multipole moments, applied to compact binaries moving on eccentric orbits. This 1PN level calculation was redone and confirmed by Blanchet and Schäfer (1989) using the Blanchet and Damour (1986) multipole moments.
At the 1.5PN order in the radiation field (beyond the quadrupole formula), appears the first “hereditary” contribution, which is a priori sensitive to the entire past history of the source, i.e., depends on the source at all previous times up to \(-\infty \) in the past up to current time (Blanchet and Damour 1988, 1992). At 1.5PN order this hereditary term represents the dominant contribution of gravitational-wave tails in the wave zone—a quadratic coupling between the quadrupole moment and the static mass of the source. It has been evaluated for compact binaries by Poisson (1993) in the small mass ratio limit, and in the general case by Wiseman (1993), Blanchet and Schäfer (1993). The 1.5PN tail term (and the radiation reaction contribution therein) is also known from Foffa and Sturani (2013), Galley et al. (2016).
Applying the general multipole moments at 2PN level (Blanchet 1995), the energy flux of compact binaries was completed to the 2PN order by Blanchet et al. (1995a), Gopakumar and Iyer (1997), and, independently, by Will and Wiseman (1996), Will (1999), using the DIRE formalism; see Blanchet et al. (1995b) for the joint report of these calculations. The waveform to 2PN order has been computed by Blanchet et al. (1996). The energy flux and waveform have also been computed to 2PN order using the EFT approach, by Goldberger and Ross (2010), Leibovich et al. (2020) with results agreeing with those of “traditional” methods.
Higher-order tail effects arise at the 2.5PN and have been incorporated in the 2.5PN wave generation formalism (Blanchet 1996). In the waveform at this order appears the leading contribution of a different hereditary effect called the “non-linear memory” (Blanchet 1990; Christodoulou 1991; Wiseman and Will 1991; Thorne 1992; Blanchet and Damour 1992; Blanchet 1998c). The non-linearity is interpreted as due to the gravitational wave emission of gravitons themselves, following formulas for the emission by massless particles (Braginsky and Thorne 1987a; Thorne 1992). The non-linear memory takes the form of a simple anti-derivative of an “instantaneous” term, and therefore becomes instantaneous in the energy flux, involving the time derivative of the waveform. In principle the memory contribution must be computed using some model for the evolution of the binary system in the past. Because of the cumulative effect of integration over the whole past, the memory term, though originating from 2.5PN order, finally contributes in the waveform at Newtonian order (Wiseman and Will 1991; Arun et al. 2004). It represents a part of the waveform whose amplitude grows on a radiation reaction time scale, but is nearly constant over one orbital period; it is therefore essentially a zero-frequency effect (or DC effect). The non-linear memory in the waveform of inspiralling compact binaries has been computed to high post-Newtonian order by Favata (2009, 2011c). We give more details on this effect in Sect. 2.4.4.
At the 3PN order appears the first cubic process, which is due to tails generated by tails themselves—the so-called “tails of tails” (Blanchet 1998a; Almeida et al. 2021). The 3PN approximation also involves, besides the tails of tails, many non-tail contributions coming from the relativistic corrections in the (source type) multipole moments of the compact binary. The mass quadrupole moment at 3PN order has been obtained by Blanchet et al. (2002b), Blanchet and Iyer (2005), Blanchet et al. (2005a). This calculation crucially requires dimensional regularization for treating UV divergences, see Sect. 3.1.3. The wave generation from compact binaries is then complete to 3.5PN order (Blanchet et al. 2002a, 2004b). The formalism is valid for general orbits, but often for applications to compact binaries the results are presented for quasi-circular orbits. In the case of non-circular orbits the 3PN energy and angular momentum fluxes, and the associated balance equations, are known (Arun et al. 2008a, b, 2009a; Loutrel and Yunes 2017), as well as the gravitational-wave modes, taking into account memory and tail contributions (Ebersold et al. 2019; Boetzel et al. 2019). We discuss the problem of eccentric orbits in Sect. 3.5.
In recent years the gravitational wave generation by compact binaries was developed up to still higher 4.5PN order. A central part of this program is the control of the mass quadrupole moment of compact binaries (without spins) with 4PN precision. In a preliminary calculation at 4PN order by Marchand et al. (2020), the UV divergences were properly treated by means of dimensional regularization, but the IR ones were regularized with the Hadamard partie finie regularization. This calculation was then completed by Larrouturou et al. (2022a, b) with: (i) the contributions from the dimensional regularization of the IR divergences; (ii) the non-local (in time) effect in the source quadrupole moment, due to the radiation modes associated with propagating tails at infinity. The latter effect is the analogue of the 4PN tail term in the conservative equations of motion and Lagrangian, see Eq. (348). The 3PN mass octupole moment and 3PN current quadrupole moment were also needed and derived by Faye et al. (2015), Henry et al. (2021). By contrast, in scalar-tensor theory the waveform and flux have been so far developed to much lower order, see Lang (2014, 2015), Sennett et al. (2016), Bernard et al. (2022).
Interestingly, at the 4PN order in GR there is a new type of cubic effect, corresponding to the coupling between the static mass of the source and two varying quadrupole moments. Physically it can be seen as a combination between the tails produced by the non-linear memory and the memory associated with the tail; thus we coin this effect “tails-of-memory”. A thorough computation of the cubic tails of memory was performed by Trestini and Blanchet (2023) by means of the MPM formalism, together with a simpler cubic interaction between mass, spin and quadrupole moment, also arising at 4PN order. In particular it was shown that the tail of memory contains a DC contribution in perfect agreement with the general formalism for memory in Sect. 2.4.4. An essential feature of this calculation is that it uses the MPM algorithm in radiative, non-harmonic coordinates as described in Sect. 2.1.5. A minor price to be paid is that the multipole moments in the radiative MPM construction are to be properly adjusted with respect to those in the corresponding harmonic MPM algorithm (Trestini et al. 2023). Finally at the 4.5PN order there is the first quartic non-linear multipole interaction, between three static masses and the quadrupole; this effect, rightly called “tail-of-tail-of-tail” has been computed by Marchand et al. (2016), Messina and Nagar (2017).
These calculations lead to the complete 4.5PN energy flux for circular orbits, and the corresponding 4.5PN gravitational-wave frequency and phase evolution, reported in Sects. 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 following Blanchet et al. (2023b, c). Concerning the gravitational-wave modes (reported in Sect. 3.4.5), the dominant quadrupolar mode \((\ell ,m)=(2,2)\) is derived at 4PN order while, all the other modes are computed to 3.5PN order in the waveform (Blanchet et al. 2008; Henry 2023).
The post-Newtonian results for the waveform and energy flux are in complete agreement (up to the 4.5PN order) with the results given by the very different technique of linear black-hole perturbations, valid when the mass of one of the bodies is small compared to the other. Linear black-hole perturbations in the radiation field, triggered by the geodesic motion of the small particle around the black hole, have been applied to this problem by Poisson (1993) at the 1.5PN order (following pioneering work by Gal’tsov et al. 1980), by Tagoshi and Nakamura (1994) using a numerical code up to the 4PN order, and by Sasaki (1994), Tagoshi and Sasaki (1994), Tanaka et al. (1996) (see also Mino et al. 1997a), analytically up to the 5.5PN order. They have been generalized to a rotating black hole by Tagoshi et al. (1996). More recently the method has been improved and extended up to extremely high 22PN order by Fujita (2012a, b) using the Mano et al. (1996a, b) method for analytical solution of the homogeneous Teukolsky equation—but still for linear black-hole perturbations. The polarization modes and associated factorized resummed waveforms for circular orbits are known to 5.5PN order (Fujita and Iyer 2010). For eccentric orbits (still in the small mass ratio limit) the energy and angular momentum fluxes are known to 9PN order (Forseth et al. 2016; Munna et al. 2020).
The spins (SO and SS) affect the gravitational waves through a modulation of their amplitude, phase and frequency. The orbital plane precesses in the case where the spins are not aligned or anti-aligned with the orbital angular momentum (Apostolatos et al. 1994). The leading SO and SS contributions in the waveform and flux of compact binaries are known from Kidder et al. (1993b), Kidder (1995), Mikóczi et al. (2005); the next-to-leading SO terms at order 2.5PN were obtained by Blanchet et al. (2006) after a previous attempt by Owen et al. (1998); the 3PN SO contribution is due to tails and was computed by Blanchet et al. (2011), after intermediate results at the same order (but including SS terms) given by Porto et al. (2011). The next-to-next-to-leading SO contributions in the multipole moments and the energy flux, corresponding to 3.5PN order, and the next-to-leading SO tail corresponding to 4PN order, have been obtained by Bohé et al. (2013a), Marsat et al. (2013a), Cho et al. (2022a). The next-to-leading 3PN SS and spin-squared contributions in the radiation field were derived by Bohé et al. (2015), Cho et al. (2021). The SO and SS effects in the spherical harmonic modes for non-circular orbits with non-precessing components have been computed by Paul and Mishra (2023) through 2PN order. In Sect. 3.6 we shall give the results for the SO contributions up to the 4PN order, and for the SS contributions up to the 3PN order, in the energy flux and gravitational wave phase evolution.
2 Post-Newtonian isolated sources
2.1 Non-linear iteration of the field equations outside the source
2.1.1 Einstein’s field equations
The field equations of general relativity are obtained by varying the action
with respect to the space-time metric \(g_{\alpha \beta }\), where the first term is the famous Einstein–Hilbert action for the gravitational field, and the second term is the matter action. The field equations form a system of ten second-order partial differential equations obeyed by the metric,
where the Einstein curvature tensor \(G^{\alpha \beta }\equiv R^{\alpha \beta }-\frac{1}{2}R \, g^{\alpha \beta }\) is generated, through the gravitational coupling constant \(\kappa =8\pi G/c^4\), by the stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\equiv \frac{2}{\sqrt{-g}}\delta S_{m}/\delta g_{\alpha \beta }\) of the matter fields \(\varPsi \). Among these ten equations, four govern, via the contracted Bianchi identity, the evolution of the matter system, i.e. the covariant conservation of the matter stress-energy tensor,
The matter field equations can be obtained by varying the matter action \(S_{m}\) in (46) with respect to each of the matter fields \(\varPsi \). Satisfying the matter field equations implies the conservation law (48) for the matter stress-energy tensor. The space-time geometry is constrained by the six remaining equations, which place six independent constraints on the ten components of the metric \(g_{\alpha \beta }\), leaving four of them to be fixed by a choice of the coordinate system.
A widely adopted choice of coordinates are the so-called harmonic coordinates, also known as De Donder (1921) coordinates. We define, as a basic variable, the gravitational-field amplitude (or “gothic” metric deviation from Minkowski space-time) as
where \(g^{\alpha \beta }\) denotes the contravariant metric (satisfying \(g^{\alpha \mu }g_{\mu \beta }=\delta ^\alpha _\beta \)), where g is the determinant of the covariant metric, \(g \equiv {\rm det}(g_{\alpha \beta })\), and where \(\eta ^{\alpha \beta }\) represents an auxiliary Minkowskian metric \(\eta ^{\alpha \beta } \equiv \text {diag}(-1,1,1,1)\). The harmonic-coordinate condition, which accounts exactly for the four equations (48) corresponding to the conservation of the matter tensor, reads,Footnote 18
Equation (50) introduces into the definition of our coordinate system a preferred Minkowskian structure, with Minkowski metric \(\eta _{\alpha \beta }\). Of course, this is not contrary to the spirit of general relativity, where there is only one physical metric \(g_{\alpha \beta }\) without any flat prior geometry, because the coordinates are not governed by geometry (so to speak), but rather can be chosen at convenience, depending on physical phenomena under study. The coordinate condition (50) is especially useful when studying gravitational waves as perturbations of space-time propagating on the fixed background metric \(\eta _{\alpha \beta }\). This view is perfectly legitimate and represents a fruitful and rigorous way to think of the problem using approximation methods. Indeed, the metric \(\eta _{\alpha \beta }\), originally introduced in the coordinate condition (50), does exist at any finite order of approximation (neglecting higher-order terms), and plays the role of some physical “prior” flat geometry at any order of approximation. The harmonic gauge condition will be used for many investigations in this articleFootnote 19; however for some applications it should be avoided, see in particular Sect. 2.1.5.
The Einstein field equations for the gothic metric deviation (49) in a general coordinate system can be written in the following form,
where \(\Box \equiv \Box _\eta = \eta ^{\mu \nu }\partial _\mu \partial _\nu \) is the flat d’Alembertian operator, and we have posed as useful shorthand (where \(H^\alpha = \partial _\mu h^{\alpha \mu }\) is non-zero in general)
The source term \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) can rightly be interpreted as the stress-energy pseudo-tensor (actually, \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) is a Lorentz-covariant tensor) of the matter fields, described by \(T^{\alpha \beta }\), and the gravitational field, given by the gravitational source term \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }\), i.e.,
The pseudo-tensor is conserved in an ordinary sense as a consequence of the Einstein field equations (51), and this in turn is equivalent to the matter equations of motion (48). Applying an ordinary divergence on (51), and using the fact that \(\partial _\mu \partial H^{\alpha \mu }=\Box H^\alpha \), we obtain
The exact expression of \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }\) reads
where \( \varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_ {{\rm harm}}\) is the source term when assuming the harmonic gauge condition (50), and given, including all non-linearities, byFootnote 20
As is clear from its expression, \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }\) is made of terms at least quadratic in the gravitational-field strength h and its first and second space-time derivatives, while the left-hand side of (51) is linear in h. It looks hawkward, from a mathematical point of view, notably for setting the initial value problem, to include second order space-time (and in particular time) derivatives in the right-hand side of the differential equation (51). But of course this is because these second time derivatives appear in terms quadratic in h and can be treated perturbatively in the approximation scheme. In the following, for the highest post-Newtonian order that we shall consider, we will need the quadratic, cubic and quartic pieces of \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }\); with obvious notation, we can write them as
These various terms can be straightforwardly computed from expanding Eq. (56); The leading quadratic and cubic pieces are explicitly given byFootnote 21
In this article, we shall look for approximate solutions of the field equations (50)–(51) under the following four hypotheses:
-
1.
The matter stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) is of spatially compact support, i.e., can be enclosed into some time-like world tube, say \(r\leqslant a\), where \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \) is the coordinate radial distance. Outside the domain of the source, when \(r> a\), the gravitational source term, according to (54), is divergence-free,
$$\begin{aligned} \partial _\mu \varLambda ^{\alpha \mu } = 0 \qquad (\text {when } r>a) ; \end{aligned}$$(59) -
2.
The matter distribution inside the source is smooth: \(T^{\alpha \beta }\in C^\infty ({{\mathbb {R}}}^3)\).Footnote 22 We have in mind a smooth hydrodynamical fluid system, without any singularities nor shocks (a priori), that is described by some Euler-type equations including high relativistic corrections. In particular, we a priori exclude the presence of any black hole singularities; however, we shall return to this question in Sect. 3 when we look for a model describing compact objects;
-
3.
The source is post-Newtonian in the sense of the existence of the small parameter defined by Eq. (1). For such a source we assume the legitimacy of the method of matched asymptotic expansions for identifying the inner post-Newtonian field and the outer multipolar decomposition in the source’s exterior near zone;
-
4.
The gravitational field has been independent of time (stationary) in some remote past, i.e., before some finite instant \(-{\mathcal {T}}\) in the past, namely
$$\begin{aligned} \frac{\partial }{\partial t} \left[ h^{\alpha \beta }({\textbf{x}}, t)\right] = 0 \quad \text {when}\quad t\leqslant -{\mathcal {T}}. \end{aligned}$$(60)
The latter condition is a means to impose, by “brute force”, the no-incoming radiation condition (Damour 1983a), ensuring that the matter source is isolated from the rest of the Universe and does not receive any radiation from infinity. Ideally, the no-incoming radiation condition should be imposed at past null infinity. As we shall see, this condition entirely fixes the radiation reaction forces inside the isolated source. We shall later argue (in Sect. 2.4.2) that the condition of stationarity in the past (60), although weaker than the ideal no-incoming radiation condition, does not entail essential physical restriction on the general validity of the formulas we derive. Furthermore, the condition (60) is actually better suited in the case of real astrophysical sources like inspiralling compact binaries, for which we do not know the details of the initial formation and remote past evolution. In practice the initial instant \(-{\mathcal {T}}\) can be set when the two supernovæ of the progenitor stars yielded two compact objects, perhaps right after the “common enveloppe” (CE) phase starting the close evolution of the compact binary system.
2.1.2 Linearized vacuum equations
In what follows we shall solve the field equations (51), in the vacuum region outside the compact-support source, in the form of a formal non-linearity or post-Minkowskian expansion, considering the field variable \(h^{\alpha \beta }\) as a non-linear metric perturbation of Minkowski space-time, and further assuming formal multipole expansions. At the linearized level (or first-post-Minkowskian approximation), we write:
where the subscript MPM refers to the formal multipolar-post-Minkowskian expansion, which is physically meaningful only in the exterior of the source, and where we have introduced Newton’s constant G as a book-keeping parameter, enabling one to label conveniently the successive post-Minkowskian approximations. Since \(h^{\alpha \beta }\) is a dimensionless variable, with our convention the linear coefficient \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)}\) in Eq. (61) has the dimension of the inverse of G (which should be a mass squared in a system of units where \(\hbar =c=1\)). In vacuum, further assuming the harmonic coordinate condition (50), the linearized metric coefficient \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)}\) satisfies
We want to solve those equations by means of an infinite multipolar series valid outside a time-like world tube containing the source. Indeed the multipole expansion is the appropriate method for describing the physics of the source as seen from its exterior (\(r>a\)). On the other hand, the post-Minkowskian series is physically valid in the weak-field region, which surely includes the exterior of any source, starting at a sufficiently large distance. For post-Newtonian sources the exterior weak-field region, where both multipole and post-Minkowskian expansions are valid, simply coincides with the exterior region \(r>a\). It is therefore quite natural, and even, one would say inescapable when considering general sources, to combine the post-Minkowskian approximation with the multipole decomposition. This is the original idea of the “double-expansion” series of Bonnor (1959), Bonnor and Rotenberg (1961), Bonnor and Rotenberg (1966), Hunter and Rotenberg (1969), which combines the G-expansion (or m-expansion in their notation) with the a-expansion (equivalent to the multipole expansion, since the \(\ell \)-th order multipole moment scales with the source radius like \(a^\ell \)).
The multipolar-post-Minkowskian (MPM) method will be implemented systematically, using symmetric-trace-free (STF) harmonics to describe the multipole expansion (Thorne 1980), and looking for a definite “algorithm” for implementing the approximation scheme (Blanchet and Damour 1986). The solution of the system of equations (62) takes the form of a series of retarded multipolar wavesFootnote 23
where \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \), and where the functions \({\rm K}_L^{\alpha \beta }\equiv {\rm K}_{i_1\cdots i_\ell }^{\alpha \beta }\) are smooth functions of the retarded time \(u\equiv t-r/c\) [i.e., \({\rm K}_L(u)\in C^\infty ({\mathbb {R}})\)], which become constant in the past, when \(t\leqslant -{\mathcal {T}}\), see Eq. (60). Since a monopolar wave satisfies \(\Box ({\rm K}_L (u) / r) = 0\) and the d’Alembertian commutes with the multi-derivative \(\partial _L\), it is evident that Eq. (63) represents the most general solution of the wave equation (62a); but see Sect. 2 of Blanchet and Damour (1986) for a rigorous proof based on the Euler-Poisson-Darboux equation. The gauge condition (62b), however, is not fulfilled in general, and to satisfy it we must algebraically decompose the set of functions \({\rm K}^{00}_L\), \({\rm K}^{0i}_L\), \({\rm K}^{ij}_L\) into ten tensors which are STF with respect to all their indices, including the spatial indices i, ij. Imposing the condition (62b) reduces the number of independent tensors to six, and we find that the solution takes an especially simple “canonical” form, parametrized by only two moments, plus some arbitrary linearized gauge transformation.
Theorem 1
(Sachs and Bergmann 1958; Pirani 1965; Thorne 1980; Blanchet and Damour 1986) The most general solution of the linearized field equations (62) outside some time-like world tube enclosing the source (\(r>a\)), and stationary in the past [see Eq. (60)], reads
The first term is referred to as a “canonical” solution and depends on two STF-tensorial multipole moments, \({\rm I}_L(u)\) and \({\rm J}_L(u)\), which are arbitrary functions of time except for the laws of conservation of the monopole: \({\rm I}= {\rm const}\), and dipoles: \({\rm I}_i = {\rm const}\), \({\rm J}_i = {\rm const}\). It is given by
The second term, \(\partial \varphi ^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)} \equiv \partial ^\alpha \varphi ^\beta _{(1)} + \partial ^\beta \varphi ^\alpha _{(1)} - \eta ^{\alpha \beta }\partial _\mu \varphi ^\mu _{(1)}\), represents a linearized gauge transformation, with gauge vector \(\varphi ^\alpha _{(1)}\) parametrized by four other multipole moments, say \({\rm W}_L(u)\), \({\rm X}_L(u)\), \({\rm Y}_L(u)\) and \({\rm Z}_L(u)\) [see Eqs. (66)].
The conservation of the lowest-order moments gives the constancy of the total mass of the source, \({\rm M}\equiv {\rm I}= {\rm const}\), center-of-mass position, \({\rm X}_i \equiv {\rm I}_i / {\rm I}= {\rm const}\), total linear momentum \({\rm P}_i \equiv {\rm I}_i^{(1)} = 0\),Footnote 24 and total angular momentum, \({\rm J}_i = {\rm const}\). It is always possible to achieve \({\rm X}_i=0\) by translating the origin of our coordinates to the center of mass. The total mass \({\rm M}\) is the ADM mass of the Hamiltonian formulation of general relativity. Note that the quantities \({\rm M}\), \({\rm X}_i\), \({\rm P}_i\) and \({\rm J}_i\) include the contributions due to the waves emitted by the source. They describe the initial state of the source, before the emission of gravitational waves.
The multipole functions \({\rm I}_L(u)\) and \({\rm J}_L(u)\), which thoroughly encode the physical properties of the source at the linearized level (because the other moments \({\rm W}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\) parametrize a gauge transformation), will be referred to as the mass-type and current-type source multipole moments. Beware, however, that at this stage the moments are not specified in terms of the stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) of the source: Theorem 1 follows merely from the algebraic and differential properties of the vacuum field equations outside the source.
For completeness, we give the expressions of the components of the gauge-vector \(\varphi ^\alpha _{(1)}\) entering Eq. (64):
Because the theory is covariant with respect to non-linear diffeomorphisms and not merely with respect to linear gauge transformations, the moments \({\rm W}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\) do play a physical role starting at the non-linear level, in the following sense. If one takes these moments equal to zero and continues the post-Minkowskian iteration [see Sect. 2.1.3] one ends up with a metric depending on \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) only, but that metric will not describe the same physical source as the one which would have been constructed starting from the six moments \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\) altogether. In other words, the two non-linear metrics associated with the sets of multipole moments \(\{{\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, 0, \ldots , 0\}\) and \(\{{\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, {\rm W}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\}\) are not physically equivalent—they are not isometric. We shall point out in Sect. 2.1.4 below that the full set of moments \(\{{\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, {\rm W}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\}\) is in fact physically equivalent to some other reduced set of moments \(\{{\rm M}_L, {\rm S}_L, 0, \ldots , 0\}\), but with some moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) that differ from \({\rm I}_L\), \({\rm J}_L\) by non-linear corrections, see e.g. Equation (251). The moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) are called “canonical” moments; they play an important role when describing the radiation emitted by the isolated source. All the multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\), \({\rm J}_L\), \({\rm W}_L\), \({\rm X}_L\), \({\rm Y}_L\), \({\rm Z}_L\) will be computed in Sect. 2.2.3.
2.1.3 The multipolar post-Minkowskian solution in harmonic coordinates
By Theorem 1 we know the most general solution of the linearized equations in the exterior of the source. We then tackle the problem of the post-Minkowskian iteration of that solution. We consider the full post-Minkowskian series
where the first term is composed of the result given by Eqs. (64)–(66). In this article, we shall always understand the infinite sums such as the one in Eq. (67) in the sense of formal power series, i.e., as an ordered collection of coefficients, \((h^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)})_{n\in {\mathbb {N}}}\). We do not attempt to control the mathematical nature of the series and refer to the mathematical-physics literature for discussion in the present context (Christodoulou and Schmidt 1979; Damour and Schmidt 1990; Rendall 1990, 1992, 1994).
We substitute the post-Minkowski ansatz (67) into the vacuum harmonic coordinate Einstein field equations (50)–(51), i.e., with \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) simply given by the gravitational source term \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }=\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_ {{\rm harm}}\), and we equate term by term the factors of the successive powers of our book-keeping parameter G. We get an infinite set of equations for each of the \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\)’s: namely, \(\forall n \geqslant 2\),
The right-hand side of the wave equation (68a) is obtained from inserting the previous iterations, known up to the order \(n-1\), into the gravitational source term. In more details, the series of equations (68a) reads
The quadratic and cubic pieces of \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_ {{\rm harm}}\) are defined by Eqs. (58).
Let us now proceed by induction. Some \(n\in {\mathbb {N}}\) being given, we assume that we succeeded in constructing, starting from the linearized solution \(h_{(1)}\), the sequence of post-Minkowskian solutions \(h_{(2)}, h_{(3)}, \ldots , h_{(n-1)}\), and from this we want to infer the next solution \(h_{(n)}\). The right-hand side of Eq. (68a), \(\varLambda _{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\), is known by induction hypothesis. Thus the problem is that of solving a flat wave equation whose source is given. The point is that this wave equation, instead of being valid everywhere in \({{\mathbb {R}}}^3\), is physically correct only outside the matter source (\(r>a\)), and it makes no sense to solve it by means of the usual retarded integral. Technically speaking, the right-hand side of Eq. (68a) is composed of the product of many multipole expansions, which are singular at the origin of the spatial coordinates \(r=0\), and which make the retarded integral divergent at that point. This does not mean that there are no solutions to the wave equation, but simply that the retarded integral does not constitute the appropriate solution in that context.
What we need is a solution which takes the same structure as the source term \(\varLambda _{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\), i.e., is expanded into multipole contributions, with a singularity at \(r=0\), and satisfies the d’Alembertian equation as soon as \(r>0\). Such a particular solution can be obtained by means of a mathematical trick, in which one first “regularizes” the source term \(\varLambda _{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) by multiplying it by the factor \(r^B\), where \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \) is the spatial radial distance and B is a complex number, \(B\in {\mathbb {C}}\) (Blanchet and Damour 1986).
Let us assume, for definiteness, that \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\) is composed of multipolar pieces with maximal multipolarity \(\ell _{\rm max}\). This means that we start the iteration from the linearized metric (64)–(66) in which the multipolar sums are actually finite.Footnote 25 The divergences when \(r\rightarrow 0\) of the source term are typically power-like, say \(1/r^k\) (there are also powers of the logarithm of r), and with the previous assumption there will exist a maximal order of divergency, say \(k_{\rm max}\). Thus, when the real part of B is large enough, i.e., \(\Re (B) > k_{\rm max}-3\), the “regularized” source term \(r^B \varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\) is regular enough when \(r\rightarrow 0\) so that one can perfectly apply the retarded integral operator. This defines the B-dependent retarded integral, when \(\Re (B)\) is large enough,
where the symbol \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) stands for the usual retarded d’Alembertian integral, extending over all space \({\textbf{x}}'\in {\mathbb {R}}^3\) and given by
Subject to the past-stationarity condition (60), it is clear that the retarded integral will always be convergent at infinity.
It is convenient to introduce together with the regularizing factor \(r^B\) some arbitrary constant length scale \(r_0\) in order to make it dimensionless. Everywhere in this article we pose
The fate of the constant \(r_0\) in a detailed calculation will be interesting to follow, as we shall see. Now the point for our purpose is that the function \({\mathcal {I}}^{\alpha \beta }(B)\) on the complex plane, which was originally defined only when \(\Re (B) > k_{\rm max}-3\), admits a unique analytic continuation to all values of \(B\in {\mathbb {C}}\) except at some integer values. Furthermore, the analytic continuation of \({\mathcal {I}}^{\alpha \beta }(B)\) can be expanded, when \(B\rightarrow 0\) (namely the limit of interest to us) into a Laurent expansion involving in general some multiple poles. The key idea, as we shall prove, is that the finite part, or the coefficient of the zeroth power of B in that expansion, represents the particular solution we are looking for. We write the Laurent expansion of \({\mathcal {I}}^{\alpha \beta }(B)\), when \(B\rightarrow 0\), in the form
where \(p\in {\mathbb {Z}}\), and the various coefficients \(I^{\alpha \beta }_p\) are functions of the field point \(({\textbf{x}}, t)\). When \(p_0\leqslant -1\) there are poles; and \(-p_0\), which depends on the post-Minkowskian order n, refers to the maximal order of these poles (we have \(p_0\rightarrow -\infty \) when \(n\rightarrow +\infty \)). By applying the d’Alembertian operator onto both sides of Eq. (73), and equating the different powers of B, we arrive at
As we see, the case \(p=0\) shows that the finite-part coefficient in Eq. (73), namely \(I^{\alpha \beta }_0\), is a particular solution of the requested equation: \(\Box I^{\alpha \beta }_0=\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\). Furthermore, we can prove that this solution, by its very construction, owns the same structure made of a multipolar expansion singular at \(r=0\) as the corresponding source.
Let us forget about the intermediate name \(I^{\alpha \beta }_0\), and denote, from now on, the latter solution by \(u^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\equiv I^{\alpha \beta }_0\), or, in more explicit terms,
where the finite-part symbol \(\mathop {{\rm FP}}_{B=0}\) means the previously detailed operations of considering the analytic continuation, taking the Laurent expansion, and picking up the finite-part coefficient when \(B\rightarrow 0\). The story is not complete, however, because \(u^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\) does not fulfill the constraint of harmonic coordinates (68b); its divergence, say \(w_{(n)}^\alpha =\partial _\mu u_{(n)}^{\alpha \mu }\), is different from zero in general. From the fact that the source term is divergence-free in vacuum, \(\partial _\mu \varLambda _{(n)}^{\alpha \mu }=0\) [see Eq. (59)], we find instead
The factor B comes from the differentiation of the regularization factor \({\widetilde{r}}^B\). So, \(w^\alpha _{(n)}\) is zero only in the special case where the Laurent expansion of the retarded integral in Eq. (76) does not develop any simple pole when \(B\rightarrow 0\). Fortunately, when it does, the structure of the pole is quite easy to control. We find that it necessarily consists of an homogeneous solution of the source-free d’Alembertian equation, and, what is more (as consequence of its stationarity in the past), that solution is a retarded one. Hence, taking into account the index structure of \(w^\alpha _{(n)}\), there must exist four STF-tensorial functions of \(u=t-r/c\), say \(N_L\), \(P_L\), \(Q_L\) and \(R_L\), such that
From that expression we are able to find a new object, say \(v_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\), which takes the same structure as \(w^\alpha _{(n)}\) (a retarded solution of the source-free wave equation) and, furthermore, whose divergence is exactly the opposite of the divergence of \(u_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\), i.e. \(\partial _\mu v_{(n)}^{\alpha \mu }=-w_{(n)}^\alpha \). Such a \(v_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) is not unique, but we shall see that it is just necessary to make a choice for \(v_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) (the simplest one) in order to obtain the general solution. The formulas that we adopt are
Notice the presence of anti-derivatives, denoted e.g. \(N^{(-1)}(u)=\int _{-\infty }^u {\rm d}v \,N(v)\); there is no problem with the limit \(v\rightarrow -\infty \) since all the corresponding functions are zero when \(t\leqslant -{\mathcal {T}}\). The choice made in Eqs. (78) is dictated by the fact that the 00 component involves only some monopolar and dipolar terms, and that the spatial trace ii is monopolar: \(v^{ii}_{(n)} = -3 r^{-1} P\). In the following we shall refer to the previous operation \(w_{(n)}^{\alpha } \longrightarrow v_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) as the “harmonicity” algorithm and denote it by \({\mathcal {V}}^{\alpha \beta }\) so that
Finally we see that we solve at once the d’Alembertian equation (68a) and the coordinate condition (68b) if we pose
That is, we have succeeded in finding a solution of the field equations at the n-th post-Minkowskian order. By induction the same method applies to any order n, and, therefore, we have constructed a complete post-Minkowskian series (67) based on the linearized approximation \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)}\) given by Eqs. (64)–(66). The previous procedure constitutes an algorithm, which has been implemented on a computer programme by Blanchet et al. (2008), Faye et al. (2012).
2.1.4 Source multipole moments versus canonical moments
The six sets of multipole moments \({\rm I}_L(u), \ldots , {\rm Z}_L(u)\) contain the physical information about any isolated source as seen in its exterior. Indeed we have the following result.
Theorem 2
(Blanchet and Damour 1986) The most general solution of the harmonic-coordinates Einstein field equations in the vacuum region outside an isolated source, admitting some post-Minkowskian and multipolar expansions, is given by the previous construction as
It depends on two sets of arbitrary STF-tensorial functions of time \({\rm I}_L(u)\) and \({\rm J}_L(u)\) (satisfying the conservation laws) defined by Eqs. (1), and on four supplementary functions \({\rm W}_L(u), \ldots , {\rm Z}_L(u)\) parametrizing the gauge vector (66).
The proof is quite easy. With Eq. (80) we obtained a particular solution of the system of equations (68). To it we should add the most general solution of the corresponding homogeneous system of equations, which is obtained by setting \(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}=0\) into Eqs. (68). But this homogeneous system of equations is nothing but the linearized vacuum field equations (62), to which we know the most general solution \(h_{(1)}^{\alpha \beta }\) given by Eqs. (64)–(66). Thus, we must add to our particular solution \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\) a general homogeneous solution that is necessarily of the type \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)}[\delta {\rm I}_L,\ldots ,\delta {\rm Z}_L]\), where \(\delta {\rm I}_L, \ldots , \delta {\rm Z}_L\) denote some corrections to the multipole moments at the n-th post-Minkowskian order (with the monopole \(\delta {\rm I}\) and dipoles \(\delta {\rm I}_i\), \(\delta {\rm J}_i\) being constant). It is then clear, since precisely the linearized metric is a linear functional of all these moments, that the previous corrections to the moments can be absorbed into a re-definition of the original ones \({\rm I}_L,\ldots ,{\rm Z}_L\) by posing
After re-arranging the metric in terms of these new moments, taking into account the fact that the precision of the metric is limited to the n-th post-Minkowskian order, and dropping the superscript “new”, we find exactly the same solution as the one we had before (indeed, the moments are arbitrary functions of time)—hence the proof.
However, it is always possible to find two, and only two, sets of STF multipole moments, \({\rm M}_L(u)\) and \({\rm S}_L(u)\), for parametrizing the most general isolated source as well. The route for constructing such a general solution is to get rid of the moments \({\rm W}_L,{\rm X}_L, {\rm Y}_L,{\rm Z}_L\) at the linearized level by performing the linearized gauge transformation \(\delta x^\alpha = \varphi ^\alpha _{(1)}\), where \(\varphi ^\alpha _{(1)}\) is the gauge vector given by Eqs. (66). So, at the linearized level, we have only the two types of moments \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\), parametrizing \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {can}\,(1)}\) by the same formulas as in Eqs. (1), hence the new “canonical” algorithm starts with
We must be careful to denote these moments with names different from \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) because \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\) will ultimately differ from \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) for a given physical source (see Theorem 3). Then we apply exactly the same post-Minkowskian algorithm, following the formulas (75)–(80) as we did above, but starting from the gauge-transformed linear metric \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {can}\,(1)}\) instead of \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)}\). That is, we successively define
where the source term \(\varLambda _{\text {can}\,(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) depends on previous iterations \(h_{\text {can}\,(m)}^{\alpha \beta }\) (with \(m\leqslant n-1\)), and where the harmonicity algorithm \({\mathcal {V}}^{\alpha \beta }\) is defined in Eq. (79).
Theorem 3
The most general solution of the Einstein field equations in the vacuum region outside an isolated source is given by
The metric (85) is isometric to the original one (81) (i.e., describe the same physical source) if and only if the canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\) are related to the source moments \({\rm I}_P,{\rm J}_P,\ldots ,{\rm Z}_P\) by non-linear (post-Minkowskian) relations
Obviously the canonical post-Minkowskian algorithm (85) yields some simpler calculations than the general algorithm (81) as we have only two multipole moments to iterate. We shall give in Eqs. (251)–(252) the most up to date relations between the canonical moments and source moments.
So why not consider from the start that the best description of the isolated source is provided by only the two types of multipole moments, \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\), instead of the six types, \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\)? The reason is that we shall determine in Theorem 7 the explicit closed-form expressions of the six source moments \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\), but that, by contrast, it seems to be impossible to obtain some similar closed-form expressions for the canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\). The only thing we can do is to write down the explicit non-linear algorithm that computes \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) starting from \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\), see Eqs. (3). In consequence, it is better to view the moments \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\) as more “fundamental” than \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\), in the sense that they appear to be more tightly related to the description of the source, since they admit closed-form expressions as some explicit integrals over the source. Hence, we choose to refer collectively to the six moments \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\) as the multipole moments of the source. This being said, the moments \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\) are generally very useful in practical computations, not only because they yield a simpler post-Minkowskian iteration but also because they are closely related to the two independent degrees of freedom of gravitational waves propagating at infinity from the source. Then, one can come back to the more fundamental source-rooted moments by using the relations (3), in particular the fact that \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\) differ from the corresponding \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) only by high-order post-Newtonian terms starting at 2.5PN order; see Eqs. (251)–(252) below. Indeed, this is to be expected because the physical difference between both types of moments stems only from non-linearities.
Finally, let us point out that in our presentation of the post-Minkowskian algorithms, either the general one (81) or the canonical one (85), we have for the moment omitted a crucial recursive hypothesis, which is required in order to prove that at each post-Minkowskian order n, the inverse d’Alembertian operator can be applied in the way we did—notably the fact that the B-dependent retarded integral can be analytically continued down to a neighbourhood of \(B=0\). This hypothesis is that the “near-zone” expansion, i.e., when \(r\rightarrow 0\), of each one of the post-Minkowskian coefficients \(h_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) [or \(h_{\text {can}\,(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\)] has a certain structure; this hypothesis is established as a theorem once the mathematical induction succeeds.
Theorem 4
(Blanchet and Damour 1986) The general structure of the expansion of the post-Minkowskian exterior metric in the near-zone (when \(r\rightarrow 0\)) is of the type: \(\forall N \in {\mathbb {N}}\),Footnote 26
where \(m\in {\mathbb {Z}}\), with \(m_0 \leqslant m \leqslant N\) (and \(m_0\) becoming more and more negative as n grows), \(p \in {\mathbb {N}}\) with \(p \leqslant n-1\). The functions \(F_{L, m, p, n}\) are multilinear functionals of the source multipole moments \({\rm I}_L, \cdots ,{\rm Z}_L\) or the canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) (depending on the construction under consideration, \(h_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) or \(h_{\text {can}\,(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\)).
As we see, the near-zone expansion involves, besides the simple powers of r, some integer powers of the logarithm of r, with a maximal power of \(n-1\). As a corollary of that theorem, we find, by restoring all the powers of c in Eq. (87) and using the fact that each r goes into the combination r/c, that the general structure of the post-Newtonian expansion (\(c\rightarrow +\infty \)) is of the type
where \(p\leqslant n-1\) (and \(q\geqslant 2\)). The post-Newtonian expansion proceeds not only with the normal powers of 1/c but also with powers of the logarithm of c. It is remarkable that the structure of the post-Newtonian expansion (at high orders) is not more complicated than (88); for instance there are no terms behaving like \(\sim \ln (\ln c)\).
2.1.5 The multipolar post-Minkowskian solution in radiative coordinates
We now tackle the important problem of the far-zone structure of this MPM construction and the link with observables quantities at infinity. Paralleling the structure of the near-zone expansion given by (87), we have a similar result concerning the far-zone expansion at Minkowskian future null infinity, i.e., when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(u=t-r/c= {\rm const}\): \(\forall N \in {\mathbb {N}}\),
where \(k, p\in {\mathbb {N}}\), with \(1\leqslant k\leqslant N\), and where, likewise in the near-zone expansion (87), some integer powers of logarithms, such that \(p \leqslant n-1\), appear.
The appearance of logarithms in the far-zone expansion of the harmonic-coordinates metric has been known since the work of Fock (1959). One knows also that this is a coordinate effect, because the study of the “asymptotic” structure of space-time at future null infinity has been consistently performed in a coordinate system that avoids the appearance of far zone logarithms (Bondi et al. 1962; Sachs 1962; Newman and Unti 1963). This asymptotic structure was further elucidated thanks to the tools of the Newman and Penrose (1962) formalism and conformal compactifications leading to the concept of asymptotically “simple” spacetimes in the sense of Penrose (1963, 1965). More generally, a large class of so-called radiative coordinate systems exist (Papapetrou 1969; Madore 1970a, b), in which the far-zone expansion of the metric proceeds with simple powers of the inverse radial distance. Hence, the logarithms are simply an artifact of the use of harmonic coordinates (Isaacson and Winicour 1968; Blanchet 1987). An algorithm to go from harmonic coordinates to Newman and Unti (1963) coordinates has been implemented by Blanchet et al. (2021, 2023a). The following theorem shows that general MPM construction of the metric in the exterior of the source, when developed at future null infinity, is consistent with the Bondi et al. (1962), Sachs (1962), Penrose (1963, 1965) approach to gravitational radiation.
Theorem 5
(Blanchet 1987) The most general multipolar-post-Minkowskian solution, stationary in the past [see Eq. (60)], admits some radiative coordinates \((T,{\textbf{X}})\), for which the expansion at future null infinity, \(R\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(U\equiv T-R/c= {\rm const}\), takes the form
The functions \(K_{L, k, n}^{\alpha \beta }\) are computable functionals of the source multipole moments. In radiative coordinates the retarded time U is a null coordinate in the asymptotic far zone limit. Furthermore the metric
is asymptotically simple in the sense of Penrose (1963, 1965), Geroch and Horowitz (1978),Footnote 27 perturbatively to any post-Minkowskian order.
The proof consists of performing the multipolar-post-Minkowskian construction directly in radiative coordinates, thus solving the Einstein field equations in vacuum, in a non-harmonic coordinate system:
The source term is defined by Eqs. (55)–(56). In radiative coordinates the retarded time coordinate \(u = t-r/c\) is null, i.e. satisfiesFootnote 28
or at least, becomes a null coordinate in the asymptotic limit \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(u=\) const. Even at the linearized level, it is necessary to correct the harmonic coordinate metric in order to satisfy the requirement of asymptotically null retarded time. Consequently, the radiative MPM algorithm starts by performing a linear gauge transformation of the harmonic-coordinate metric defined by Eq. (83). A crucial point is that the multipole moments that parametrize the radiative algorithm will differ from their counterparts in the harmonic algorithm (for a given physical source). Hence we construct the radiative metric using multipole moments \(\{\overline{{\rm M}}_L,\overline{{\rm S}}_L\}\) which differ from the canonical moments \(\{{\rm M}_L,{\rm S}_L\}\) used in harmonic coordinates.Footnote 29 At linear order we pose
where \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {can}\, (1)}\) takes the same functional form as in (1), but is now computed with the moments \(\{\overline{{\rm M}}_L,\overline{{\rm S}}_L\}\). The linear gauge transformation \(\partial \xi _{(1)}^{\alpha \beta }\) is defined by the gauge vector
where \({\rm M}\) is the total ADM mass, \(b_0\) denotes an arbitrary length scale, and we have \(\eta ^{0\alpha }=(-1,{\varvec{0}})\) with our signature.
The effect of this linear gauge transformation is to correct for the well-known logarithmic deviation of the retarded time in harmonic coordinates, with respect to the true light cone. After the change of gauge, the coordinate \(u=t-r/c\) coincides (asymptotically when \(r\rightarrow \infty \)) with a null coordinate at the linearized level. The linear radiative metric is no longer harmonic, since
Given any \(n\geqslant 2\), let us recursively assume that: (i) we have obtained all the previous radiative post-Minkowskian coefficients \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {rad}\, (m)}\) for any \(m\leqslant n-1\); (ii) all of them admit an expansion as \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(u=\) const in simple powers of 1/r (no logarithms); and (iii) all the previous coefficients satisfy the fall-off conditions (\(\forall \,m\leqslant n-1\))
where \(k^\alpha = \eta ^{\alpha \mu }k_\mu = (1, {\textbf{n}})\) denotes the outgoing Minkowskian null vector. Denoting \(z^{\alpha \beta }_{(m)}\) the leading 1/r coefficient of the metric when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \), i.e.
we see that the two conditions (97) say that \(k_\alpha k_\beta z^{\alpha \beta }_{(m)} = 0\) while \(k_\mu z^{\alpha \mu }_{(m)}\) is constant. For a stationary metric (independent of time) we know that the m-th post-Minkowskian coefficient decreases as \(1/r^m\) when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \). By our assumption of stationarity in the past, Eq. (60), this means that \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {rad}\, (m)} = {\mathcal {O}}(r^{-m})\) when \(t\leqslant -{\mathcal {T}}\), hence the latter constant is zero when \(m\geqslant 2\). Hence the recursive assumptions (97) are equivalent to
One can easily check that the condition is satisfied by the linear metric (94).
The dominant piece when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) of the non-linear source term at the n-th order will be of order \(1/r^2\) and will only be made of quadratic products of \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {rad}\, (m)}\), since each of the \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{\text {rad}\, (m)}\)’s behaves like 1/r. Under our recursive assumptions, in particular (99), and from the structure of the source term at quadratic order, see Eq. (58a), one can prove that the n-th post-Minkowskian source term takes the form at leading order when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \):
This is the form of the stress-energy tensor of massless particles, i.e. gravitons in our case, with \(\sigma _{(n)}\) being proportional to the n-th order contribution in the total power emitted by the massless radiation. The explicit expression in terms of the metric coefficient (98) is (the dot denoting the time derivative)
We know that logarithms in the asymptotic expansion when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) only arise due to the retarded integral of source terms that behave like \(1/r^2\) (see Appendix A of Blanchet 1998c). Hence the dominant term written in Eq. (100) is the only piece of \(\varLambda _{\text {rad}\, (n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) that can yield logarithms at order n; see indeed the integration formula (212), which behaves like \(\ln r/r\) at infinity. But now, thanks to the particular structure of this term in (100), which follows from our recursive assumptions, we can gauge it away, thus constructing a coordinate system valid at the n-th post-Minkowskian order which avoids the appearance of logarithms. We find that an adequate gauge vector is
The retarded integral is convergent at the bound \(r\rightarrow 0\) and so there is no need to include a finite part operation FP. With this choice of gauge vector, the logarithms that will be generated from the gauge transformation will cancel the logarithms coming from the retarded integral of the source term (100). Hence, similarly to the corresponding steps (84) in the harmonic algorithm, we construct the n-th post-Minkowskian metric by correcting for the new logarithms using the above gauge transformation:
Note that the combination \(u_{\text {rad}\, (n)}^{\alpha \beta }+v_{\text {rad}\, (n)}^{\alpha \beta }\) is divergenceless, so the radiative metric obeys by construction the non-harmonic gauge condition
and the Einstein field equations (92) are trivially satisfied to order n. The far-zone expansion of the full non-linear radiative metric constucted by virtue of this procedure is free of any logarithms, and the retarded time \(u=t-r/c\) in these coordinates tends asymptotically toward a null coordinate at future null infinity [i.e., satisfying (93)]. The property of asymptotic simplicity in the form given by Geroch and Horowitz (1978), is proved by introducing the conformal factor \(\varOmega =1/r\) in radiative coordinates (Blanchet 1987). Finally, as stated in Theorem 5, the metric, as a general functional of the moments \(\{\overline{{\rm M}}_L,\overline{{\rm S}}_L\}\), represents physically the most general solution to the vacuum field equations outside the source, as legitimate as the general harmonic-coordinate metric of Theorem 2.
Finally, having constructed the metric step by step in a radiative (or Bondi-type) coordinate system, we formally sum up the whole post-Minkowskian series from \(n=1\) up to \(+\infty \), thus defining
Posing then \(z^{\alpha \beta }\) to be the leading 1/R coefficient of the radiative metric [we restore the names \((T,{\varvec{X}})\) appropriate for radiative coordinates],
where \(z^{\alpha \beta }= \sum _{n\geqslant 1} G^n\,z_{(n)}^{\alpha \beta }\), we obtain after resummation the leading \(1/R^2\) coefficient of the source term in radiative coordinates as
where \(K^\alpha =(1,{\varvec{N}})\) and the resummed energy distribution reads
Reminding from (99) that \(K_\mu {\dot{z}}^{\alpha \mu } = 0\), an easy calculation gives the second and third equalities in (108), where \(\perp _{ijkl}({\varvec{N}})\) is the TT projection operator already introduced in Eq. (3), and we pose \({\dot{z}}^ {{\rm TT}}_{ij}=\perp _{ijab}{\dot{z}}_{ab}\). Finally the energy distribution in the waves is directly given by \(\sigma (U,{\varvec{N}})\) as
where \(h^ {{\rm TT}}_{ij} = \perp _{ijab} h_{\text {rad}\,ab}\) denotes the TT waveform. The energy (and angular momentum) in the waves can be defined using the Isaacson (1968) stress-energy tensor
where the brackets denote an average over the wavelength. This definition is general, and reduces asymptotically to
We systematically investigate the properties of the TT waveform in Sect. 2.4.
2.2 Matching to a post-Newtonian source
By Theorem 2 we control the most general class of solutions of the vacuum equations outside the source, in the form of non-linear functionals of the source multipole moments. For instance, these solutions can describe the Schwarzschild and Kerr solutions for black holes, as well as all their perturbations, and neutron stars with arbitrary internal structure. By Theorem 5 we learned how to control the far zone expansion of the solutions; this will yield the notion of radiative moments at infinity, which constitute the observables of the radiation field far from the source (see Sect. 2.4). We now want to understand how a specific choice of matter stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\), i.e., a specific choice of some physical model describing the material source, selects a particular physical exterior solution among our general class, and therefore a given set of multipole moments for the source.
2.2.1 The matching equation
We shall provide the answer to that problem in the case of a post-Newtonian source for which the post-Newtonian parameter \(\epsilon \sim 1/c\) defined by Eq. (1) is small. The fundamental fact that permits the connection of the exterior field to the inner field of the source is the existence of a “matching” region, in which both the multipole expansion and the post-Newtonian expansion are valid. This region is nothing but the exterior part of the near zone, such that \(r>a\) (exterior) and \(r\ll \lambda \) (near zone); it always exists around post-Newtonian sources whose radius is much less than the emitted wavelength, \(\frac{a}{\lambda }\sim \epsilon \ll 1\), hence \(a \ll \lambda \). In the present formalism the multipole expansion is defined by the multipolar-post-Minkowskian (MPM) solution; see Sect. 2.1. Matching together the post-Newtonian and MPM solutions in this overlapping region is an application of the method of matched asymptotic expansions, which has intensively been applied in the present context, both for radiation-reaction (Burke and Thorne 1970; Burke 1971; Anderson et al. 1982; Blanchet and Damour 1988; Blanchet 1993) and wave-generation (Blanchet and Damour 1989; Damour and Iyer 1991b; Blanchet 1995, 1998b) problems.
Let us denote by \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\) the multipole expansion of the true metric h, valid everywhere inside and outside the source.Footnote 30 By \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\) we really mean the MPM exterior metric that we have constructed in Sect. 2.1. Specifically we adopt the general metric of Theorem 2, see Eq. (81), which is parametrized by six types of source multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\), \({\rm J}_L\), \({\rm W}_L\), \({\rm X}_L\), \({\rm Y}_L\), \({\rm Z}_L\):
An important point about the multipole expansion (not always well appreciated) is that it is a formal solution of the vacuum equations which is defined for any radius \(r>0\). Of course, the true solution h agrees with its own multipole expansion in the exterior of the source, i.e.
By contrast, inside the source, h and \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\) disagree with each other because h is a fully-fledged solution of the field equations within the matter source, while \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\) is a vacuum solution becoming singular at \(r=0\). Note also that the multipole expansion, physically valid when \(r > a\), is to be distinguished from the far zone expansion of the field, valid when \(r \gg \lambda \).
Now let us denote by \({{\overline{h}}}\) the post-Newtonian expansion of h. We have already anticipated the general structure of this expansion which is given in Eq. (88). In the matching region, where both the multipolar and post-Newtonian expansions are valid, we can write the numerical equality
This “numerical” equality is viewed here in a sense of formal expansions, as we do not control the convergence of the series. In fact, we should be aware that such an equality, though quite natural and even physically obvious, has not really been justified mathematically within the approximation scheme, and we simply take it here as part of our fundamental assumptions.
We now transform Eq. (114) into a matching equation, by replacing in the left-hand side \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\) by its near-zone re-expansion \(\overline{{\mathcal {M}}(h)}\), and in the right-hand side \({{\overline{h}}}\) by its multipole expansion \({\mathcal {M}}({{\overline{h}}})\). The structure of the near-zone expansion (\(r\rightarrow 0\)) of the exterior multipolar field has been found in Theorem 4, see Eq. (87). We denote the corresponding infinite series \(\overline{{\mathcal {M}}(h)}\) with the same overbar as for the post-Newtonian expansion because it is really an expansion when \(r/c\rightarrow 0\), equivalent to an expansion when \(c\rightarrow \infty \). Concerning the multipole expansion of the post-Newtonian metric, \({\mathcal {M}}({{\overline{h}}})\), we simply postulate for the moment its existence, but we shall show later how to construct it explicitly. Therefore, the matching equation is the statement that
by which we really mean an infinite set of functional identities, valid \(\forall ({\textbf{x}}, t) \in {{\mathbb {R}}}^3_* \times {\mathbb {R}}\), between the coefficients of the series in both sides of the equation. Note that such a meaning is different from that of a numerical equality like Eq. (114), which is valid only when \({\textbf{x}}\) belongs to some limited spatial domain. The matching equation (115) tells us that the formal near-zone expansion of the multipole decomposition is identical, term by term, to the multipole expansion of the post-Newtonian solution. However, the latter expansion is nothing but the formal far-zone expansion, when \(r\rightarrow \infty \), of each of the post-Newtonian coefficients. Most importantly, it is possible to write down, within the present formalism, the general structure of these identical expansions as a consequence of Eq. (87):
where the functions \(F_{L, m, p} = \sum _{n\geqslant 1} G^n F_{L, m, p, n}\). The latter expansion can be interpreted either as the singular re-expansion of the multipole decomposition when \(r\rightarrow 0\)—i.e., the first equality in Eq. (116), or the singular re-expansion of the post-Newtonian series when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \)—the second equality.
We recognize the beauty of singular perturbation theory, where two asymptotic expansions, taken formally outside their respective domains of validity, are matched together. Of course, the method works because there exists, physically, an overlapping region in which the two approximation series are expected to be numerically close to the exact solution. As we shall detail in Sects. 2.2.2 and 2.3.2, the matching equation (115), supplemented by the condition of no-incoming radiation [say in the form of Eq. (60)], permits determining all the unknowns of the problem: On the one hand, the external multipolar decomposition \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\), i.e., the explicit expressions of the multipole moments therein (see Sects. 2.2.2 and 2.2.3); on the other hand, the terms in the inner post-Newtonian expansion \({\overline{h}}\) that are associated with radiation-reaction effects, i.e., those terms which depend on the boundary conditions of the radiative field at infinity, and which correspond in the present case to a post-Newtonian source which is isolated from other sources in the Universe; see Sect. 2.3.2.
2.2.2 General expression of the multipole expansion
Theorem 6
(Blanchet 1995, 1998b) Under the hypothesis of matching, Eq. (115), the multipole expansion of the solution of the Einstein field equation outside a post-Newtonian source reads
where the “multipole moments” are given by
Here, \({{{\overline{\tau }}}}^{\alpha \beta }\) denotes the post-Newtonian expansion of the stress-energy pseudo-tensor in harmonic coordinates as defined by Eq. (53).
First notice where the physical restriction of considering a post-Newtonian source enters this theorem: The multipole moments (118) depend on the post-Newtonian expansion \({{{\overline{\tau }}}}^{\alpha \beta }\) of the pseudo-tensor, rather than on \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) itself. Consider \(\varDelta ^{\alpha \beta }\), namely the difference between \(h^{\alpha \beta }\), which is a solution of the field equations everywhere inside and outside the source, and the first term in Eq. (117), namely the finite part of the retarded integral of the multipole expansion \({\mathcal {M}}(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta })\):
Now the true solution \(h^{\alpha \beta }\), subject to the past-stationarity condition (60), is given by the retarded integral of the pseudo-tensor \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\),
where we recall that the retarded inverse d’Alembertian operator is defined by Eq. (71). So we have,
In the second term the finite part plays a crucial role because the multipole expansion \({\mathcal {M}}(\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta })\) is singular at \(r=0\). By contrast, the first term in Eq. (121), as it stands, is well-defined because we are considering only some smooth matter distribution: \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\in C^\infty ({{\mathbb {R}}}^4)\). There is no need to include the finite part regularization in the first term, but a contrario there is no harm to add one in front of it, because for convergent integrals the finite part simply gives back the value of the integral. The advantage of adding artificially the finite part in the first term is that we can re-write Eq. (121) into the more interesting form
in which we have also used the fact that \({\mathcal {M}} (\varLambda ^{\alpha \beta })=\frac{16\pi G}{c^4} {\mathcal {M}}(\tau ^{\alpha \beta })\) because \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) has a compact support. The interesting point about Eq. (122) is that \(\varDelta ^{\alpha \beta }\) appears now to be the (finite part of a) retarded integral of a source with spatially compact support. This follows from the fact that the pseudo-tensor agrees numerically with its own multipole expansion when \(r>a\) [by the same equation as Eq. (114)]. Therefore, \({\mathcal {M}}(\varDelta ^{\alpha \beta })\) can be obtained from the known formula for the multipole expansion of the retarded solution of a wave equation with compact-support source. This formula, given in Appendix B of Blanchet and Damour (1989), yields the second term in Eq. (117),
but in which the moments do not yet match the result (118); instead,
The reason is that we have not yet applied the assumption of a post-Newtonian source. Such sources are entirely covered by their own near zone (i.e., \(a\ll \lambda \)), and, in addition, for them the integral (124) has a compact support limited to the domain of the source. In consequence, we can replace the integrand in Eq. (124) by its post-Newtonian expansion, valid over all the near zone:
Strangely enough, we do not get the expected result because of the presence of the second term in Eq. (125). Actually, this term is a bit curious, because the object \(\overline{{\mathcal {M}}(\tau ^{\alpha \beta })}\) it contains is only known in the form of the formal series whose structure is given by the first equality in Eq. (116) (indeed \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) and \(h^{\alpha \beta }\) have the same type of structure). Happily—because we would not know what to do with this term in practice—we are going to prove that the second term in Eq. (125) is identically zero. The proof is based on the properties of the analytic continuation as applied to the formal structure (116) of \(\overline{{\mathcal {M}}(\tau ^{\alpha \beta })}\). Each term of this series yields a contribution to Eq. (125) that takes the form, after performing the angular integration, of the integral \(\mathop {{\rm FP}}_{B=0}\int _0^{+\infty } {\rm d}r \, r^{B+b} (\ln r)^p\), and multiplied by some function of time. We want to prove that the radial integral \(\int _0^{+\infty } {\rm d}r \, r^{B+b} (\ln r)^p\) is zero by analytic continuation (\(\forall B\in {\mathbb {C}}\)). First we can get rid of the logarithms by considering some repeated differentiations with respect to B; thus we need only to consider the simpler integral \(\int _0^{+\infty } {\rm d}r \, r^{B+b}\). We split the integral into a “near-zone” integral \(\int _0^{\mathcal {R}} {\rm d}r \, r^{B+b}\) and a “far-zone” one \(\int _{\mathcal {R}}^{+\infty } {\rm d}r \, r^{B+b}\), where \({\mathcal {R}}\) is some constant radius. When \(\Re (B)\) is a large enough positive number, the value of the near-zone integral is \({\mathcal {R}}^{B+b+1}/(B+b+1)\), while when \(\Re (B)\) is a large negative number, the far-zone integral reads the opposite, \(-{\mathcal {R}}^{B+b+1}/(B+b+1)\). Both obtained values represent the unique analytic continuations of the near-zone and far-zone integrals for any \(B\in {\mathbb {C}}\) except \(-b-1\). The complete integral \(\int _0^{+\infty } {\rm d}r \, r^{B+b}\) is equal to the sum of these analytic continuations, and is therefore identically zero (\(\forall B\in {\mathbb {C}}\), including the value \(-b-1\)). At last we have completed the proof of Theorem 6:
The latter proof makes it clear how crucial the analytic-continuation finite part regularization is, which we recall is the same as in our iteration of the exterior post-Minkowskian field [see Eq. (75)]. Without a finite part, the multipole moment (126) would be strongly divergent, because the pseudo-tensor \({{{\overline{\tau }}}}^{\alpha \beta }\) has a non-compact support owing to the contribution of the gravitational field, and the multipolar factor \(x_L\) behaves like \(r^\ell \) when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \). The latter divergence has plagued the field of post-Newtonian expansions of gravitational radiation for many years. In applications such as in Sect. 3 of this article, we must carefully follow the rules for handling the FP regularization.
The two terms in the right-hand side of Eq. (117) depend separately on the length scale \(r_0\) that we have introduced into the definition of the finite part, through the analytic-continuation factor \({\widetilde{r}}^B=(r/r_0)^B\) introduced in Eq. (72). However, the sum of these two terms, i.e., the exterior multipolar field \({\mathcal {M}}(h^{\alpha \beta })\) itself, is independent of \(r_0\). To see this, the simplest way is to differentiate formally \({\mathcal {M}}(h^{\alpha \beta })\) with respect to \(r_0\); the differentiations of the two terms of Eq. (117) cancel each other. The independence of the field upon \(r_0\) is quite useful in applications, since in general many intermediate calculations do depend on \(r_0\), and only in the final stage does the cancellation of \(r_0\) occurs.
2.2.3 The source multipole moments
In principle, the bridge between the exterior gravitational field generated by the post-Newtonian source and its inner field is provided by Theorem 6; however, we still have to make the connection with the explicit construction of the general multipolar-post-Minkowskian metric in Sect. 2.1. Namely, we must find the expressions of the six STF source multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\), \({\rm J}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\) parametrizing the linearized metric (64)–(66) at the basis of that construction. Recall that in actual applications we need mostly the mass-type moment \({\rm I}_L\) and current-type one \({\rm J}_L\), because the other moments parametrize a linearized gauge transformation and give contributions to high PN order.
To do this we first find the equivalent of the multipole expansion given in Theorem 6, which was parametrized by non-trace-free multipole functions \({\mathcal {H}}^{\alpha \beta }_L\), in terms of new multipole functions \({\mathcal {F}}^{\alpha \beta }_L\) that are STF in all their indices L. The result is (introducing the intermediate notation \(u^{\alpha \beta }\) for convenience)
where the STF multipole functions (witness the multipolar factor \({\hat{x}}_L\equiv {\rm STF}[x_L]\) therein) read
Notice the presence of an extra integration variable z, ranging from \(-1\) to 1. The z-integration involves the weighting function
which approaches the Dirac delta-function (hence its name) in the limit of large multipolarities, i.e. \(\lim _{\ell \rightarrow +\infty }\delta _\ell (z)=\delta (z)\), and is normalized such that
The next step is to impose the harmonic-gauge conditions (50) onto the multipole decomposition (127b), hence \({\mathcal {M}}(\partial _\mu h^{\alpha \mu })=0\). This implies
with STF multipole functions therein given by
Note the explicit factor B in front of the integral, so that \({\mathcal {G}}^{\alpha }_L\) is actually zero unless the integral develops a pole when \(B\rightarrow 0\).
The final step is to decompose the multipole functions \({\mathcal {F}}^{\alpha \beta }_L(u)\) and \({\mathcal {G}}^{\alpha }_L(u)\) into STF irreducible pieces with respect to both L and their spatial indices contained into \(\alpha \beta =00,0i,ij\) or \(\alpha =0,i\). This technical part of the calculation is identical to the one of the STF irreducible multipole moments of linearized gravity (Damour and Iyer 1991a). Thus the formulas needed in this decomposition read
where the ten tensors \(R_L, {}^{(+)}T_{L+1}, {}^{(0)}T_{L}, \ldots , {}^{(-2)}U_{L-2}, V_L\) are STF, and can be uniquely given in terms of the \({\mathcal {F}}^{\alpha \beta }_L\)’s by some inverse formulas. Similarly, with four suplementary STF tensors \(P_L, \ldots , {}^{(-1)}Q_{L-1}\), we have
Finally, the latter decompositions yield the following.
Theorem 7
(Blanchet 1998b) The STF multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) of a post-Newtonian source are given, formally up to any post-Newtonian order, by (\(\ell \geqslant 2\))Footnote 31
These moments are the ones that are to be inserted into the linearized metric \(h^{\alpha \beta }_{(1)}\) which represents the lowest approximation to the post-Minkowskian field \(h_{\rm MPM}^{\alpha \beta }=\sum _{n\geqslant 1}G^nh^{\alpha \beta }_{(n)}\) defined in Eq. (81).
In Eqs. (7) some convenient source densities are defined from the post-Newtonian expansion (denoted by an overbar) of the pseudo-tensor \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) by
(where \({\overline{\tau }}^{ii} \equiv \delta _{ij}{{\overline{\tau }}}^{ij}\)). As indicated in Eqs. (7) all these quantities are to be evaluated at the spatial point \({\textbf{x}}\) and at time \(u+z r/c\). Since the source densities (136) have a non-compact spatial support (because of the gravitational field contribution in the pseudo-tensor) the FP regularization in (7) plays a crucial role in curing IR type divergences.
The source moments \({\rm I}_L(u)\) and \({\rm J}_L(u)\) are physically valid for post-Newtonian sources and make sense only in the form of a post-Newtonian expansion, so in practice we need to know how to expand the z-integrals as series when \(c\rightarrow +\infty \). Here is the appropriate formula:
Since the right-hand side involves only even powers of 1/c, the same result holds equally well for the advanced variable \(u+z r/c\) or the retarded one \(u-z r/c\). Of course, in the Newtonian limit, the moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) reduce to the standard Newtonian expressions. For instance, \({\rm I}_{ij}(u) = {\rm Q}_{ij}(u) + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) recovers the Newtonian quadrupole moment (4); similarly for the current quadrupole \({\rm J}_{ij} = {\rm C}_{ij} + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) and mass octupole \({\rm I}_{ijk} = {\rm O}_{ijk} + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) appearing in Eq. (35).
An interesting fact is that at the 1PN order the mass type source moments \({\rm I}_L\) extend up only over the compact support of the source, hence we do not need the FP regularization in this case. We have (Blanchet and Damour 1989)
where \(\sigma \) and \(\sigma _i\) (and later \(\sigma _{ij}\)) denote the compact-support parts of the source densities (136), i.e. defined from the matter stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) alone:
(with \(T^{ii} \equiv \delta _{ij}T^{ij}\)). Only from the 2PN order will the mass moments acquire some non-compact supported contributions—i.e., with some integrals extending up to infinity (Blanchet 1995). Concerning the current type moments \({\rm J}_L\), they are given at Newtonian order by
and the non compactness appearing already at the next 1PN order (Damour and Iyer 1991b; Blanchet 1995).
For completeness, we give also the formulas for the four auxiliary source moments \({\rm W}_L, \ldots , {\rm Z}_L\), which parametrize the gauge vector \(\varphi ^\alpha _{(1)}\) as defined in Eqs. (66):
As discussed in Sect. 2.4.6, one can always find two intermediate “packages” of multipole moments, namely the canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\), which are some non-linear functionals of the source moments (7) and (141), and such that the exterior field depends only on them, modulo a change of coordinates. However, the canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) do not admit general closed-form expressions like (7)–(141).Footnote 32
Needless to say, the formalism becomes prohibitively difficult to apply at very high post-Newtonian approximations. Some PN order being given, we must first compute the relevant relativistic corrections to the pseudo stress-energy-tensor \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\); this necessitates solving the field equations inside the matter source, which we shall investigate in the next Sect. 2.3. Then \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\) is to be inserted into the source moments (7) and (141), where the formula (137) permits expressing all the terms up to that post-Newtonian order by means of more tractable integrals extending over \({{\mathbb {R}}}^3\). Given a specific model for the matter source we then have to find a way to compute all these spatial integrals; this is done in Sect. 3.4.1 for the case of point-mass binaries. Next, we must substitute the source multipole moments into the linearized metric (64)–(66), and iterate them until all the necessary multipole interactions taking place in the radiative moments \({\rm U}_L\) and \({\rm V}_L\) are under control. We shall work out these multipole interactions for general sources in Sect. 2.4.5 up to the 4.5PN order for the flux of circular orbits, and 4PN order for the dominant gravitational-wave (2, 2) mode. Only at this point does one have the physical radiation field at infinity, from which we can build the templates for the detection and analysis of gravitational waves. We advocate here that the complexity of the formalism simply reflects the complexity of the Einstein field equations. It is probably impossible to devise a different formalism, valid for general sources a priori devoid of symmetries, that would be substantially simpler.
2.3 Interior field of a post-Newtonian source
Theorem 7 solves the question of the generation of gravitational waves by extended post-Newtonian matter sources. However, notice that this result has still to be completed by the precise procedure, i.e., an explicit “algorithm”, for the post-Newtonian iteration of the near-zone field, analogous to the multipolar-post-Minkowskian algorithm we defined in Sect. 2.1. Such procedure will permit the systematic computation of the source multipole moments, which contain the full post-Newtonian expansion of the pseudo-tensor \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\), and of the radiation reaction effects occurring within the matter source.
Before proceeding, let us recall that the “standard” post-Newtonian approximation, as it was used until, say, the early 1980s,Footnote 33 was plagued with some apparently inherent difficulties, which croped up at some high post-Newtonian order. Historically, these difficulties, even appearing at higher approximations, have cast a doubt on the actual soundness, from a theoretical point of view, of the post-Newtonian expansion. Practically speaking, they posed the question of the reliability of the approximation, when comparing the theory’s predictions with very precise experimental results. This was one of the reason for the “radiation-reaction controversy” raging at the time of the binary pulsar data (Ehlers et al. 1976; Walker and Will 1980).
One can distinguish two main issues:
-
1.
The first issue is that in higher approximations some divergent Poisson-type integrals appear. Indeed the post-Newtonian expansion replaces the resolution of a hyperbolic-like d’Alembertian equation by a perturbatively equivalent hierarchy of elliptic-like Poisson equations. Rapidly it is found during the post-Newtonian iteration that the right-hand side of the Poisson equations acquires a non-compact support (it is distributed all over space \({\mathbb {R}}^3\)), and that as a result the standard Poisson integral diverges at the bound of the integral at spatial infinity, i.e., when \(r\equiv |{{\textbf{x}}}|\rightarrow +\infty \), with \(t={\rm const}\)—an IR problem;
-
2.
The second issue is related to the limitation of the post-Newtonian approximation to the near zone—the region surrounding the source of small extent with respect to the wavelength of the emitted radiation: \(r\ll \lambda \). As we have seen, the PN expansion assumes from the start that all retardations r/c are small, so it can rightly be viewed as a formal near-zone expansion, when \(r\rightarrow 0\). Note that the fact which makes the Poisson integrals to become typically divergent, namely that the coefficients of the post-Newtonian series blow up at spatial infinity, when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \), has nothing to do with the actual behaviour of the field at infinity. However, the serious consequence is that it is a priori impossible to implement within the post-Newtonian scheme alone the physical information that the matter system is isolated from the rest of the Universe. Most importantly, the no-incoming radiation condition, imposed at past null infinity, cannot be taken directly into account, a priori, into the post-Newtonian scheme. In this sense the post-Newtonian approximation is not “self-supporting”, because it necessitates some information taken from outside its own domain of validity.
The divergencies are linked to the fact that the PN expansion is actually a singular perturbation, in the sense that the coefficients of the successive powers of 1/c are not uniformly valid in space, since they typically blow up at spatial infinity like some powers of r. For instance the post-Newtonian metric cannot be “asymptotically flat” starting at the 2PN or 3PN level, depending on the adopted coordinate system (Rendall 1992). The consequence is that the standard Poisson integrals are in general badly-behaving at infinity. Trying to solve the post-Newtonian equations by means of the Poisson integral does not make sense. However, this does not mean that there are no solutions to the problem, but simply that the Poisson integral does not constitute the appropriate solution of the Poisson equation in the PN context.
Here we review a solution of both issues (Poujade and Blanchet 2002; Blanchet et al. 2005c), in the form of a general expression for the near-zone gravitational field, developed to any post-Newtonian order, which is determined as a solution of the matching equation (115). This solution is free of the divergences of Poisson-type integrals (issue 1), and yields, in particular, some general expression, valid up to any order, for the terms associated with the gravitational radiation reaction force inside the PN source (issue 2).
Other methods are possible in order to resolve the problems of the PN approximation. Notably, an alternative solution to the problem of divergencies has been proposed by Futamase and Schutz (1983), Futamase (1983), based on the initial-value formulation. In this method the problem of the appearance of divergencies is avoided because of the finiteness of the causal region of integration, between the initial Cauchy hypersurface and the considered field point. On the other hand, a different approach to the problem of radiation reaction, which does not use a matching procedure, is to work only within a post-Minkowskian iteration scheme without expanding the retardations, and thus to naturally incorporate the correct boundary conditions at infinity (Chicone et al. 2001).
2.3.1 Post-Newtonian iteration in the near zone
We perform the post-Newtonian iteration of the field equations in harmonic coordinates in the near zone of an isolated matter distribution. We deal with a general hydrodynamical fluid, whose stress-energy tensor is smooth, i.e., \(T^{\alpha \beta }\in C^\infty ({\mathbb {R}}^4)\). Thus the scheme a priori excludes the presence of singularities and black holes; these will be dealt with in Sect. 3 of this article.
We shall now prove that the post-Newtonian expansion can be indefinitely iterated without divergences. Like in Eq. (118) we denote by means of an overline the formal (infinite) post-Newtonian expansion of the field inside the source’s near-zone. The general structure of the post-Newtonian expansion is denoted as
The m-th post-Newtonian coefficient is naturally the factor of the m-th power of 1/c. However, we know from restoring the factors c’s in Theorem 4 [see Eq. (87)], that the post-Newtonian expansion also involves powers of the logarithm of c; these are included for convenience here into the definition of the coefficients \(\mathop {{\overline{h}}}_{m}\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\).Footnote 34 For the stress-energy pseudo-tensor appearing in Eq. (118) we have the same type of expansion,
with the expansion starting with a term of order \(c^2\) corresponding to the rest mass-energy (\({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\) has the dimension of an energy density). As usual we shall understand the infinite sums such as (142)–(143) in the sense of formal series, i.e., merely as an ordered collection of PN coefficients. Because of our consideration of regular extended matter distributions the post-Newtonian coefficients are smooth functions of space-time, i.e., \(\mathop {{\overline{h}}}_{m}\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }({{\textbf{x}}},t)\in C^\infty ({\mathbb {R}}^4)\).
Inserting the post-Newtonian ansatz (142) into the harmonic-coordinates Einstein field equation (50)–(51) and equating together the powers of 1/c, results is an infinite set of Poisson-type equations (\(\forall m\geqslant 2\)),
where the second term comes from the split of the d’Alembertian operator into a Laplacian and a second time derivative: \(\Box =\varDelta -\frac{1}{c^2}\partial _t^2\) (this term is zero when \(m=2\) and 3). We proceed by induction, i.e., we work at some given but arbitrary post-Newtonian order m, assume that we succeeded in constructing the sequence of previous coefficients \(\mathop {{\overline{h}}}_{p}\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\) (\(\forall p\leqslant m-1\)), and from that show how to infer the next-order coefficient \(\mathop {{\overline{h}}}_{m}\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\).
To cure the problem of divergencies we introduce a generalized solution of the Poisson equation with non-compact support source, in the form of an appropriate finite part of the usual Poisson integral obtained by regularization of the bound at infinity by means of the specific FP regularization process. For any source term like \(\mathop {{\overline{\tau }}}_{m}\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\), we multiply it by the regularization factor \({\widetilde{r}}^B\) already extensively used in the construction of the exterior field, thus \(B\in {\mathbb {C}}\) and \({\widetilde{r}}=r/r_0\) as given by (72). Only then do we apply the usual Poisson integral, which therefore defines a certain function of B. The well-definedness of that integral heavily relies on the behaviour of the integrand at the bound at infinity. There is no problem with the vicinity of the origin inside the source because of the smoothness of the pseudo-tensor. Then the latter function of B generates a (unique) analytic continuation down to a neighbourhood of the value of interest \(B=0\), except at \(B=0\) itself, at which value it admits a Laurent expansion with multiple poles up to some finite order (but growing with the post-Newtonian order m). Then, we consider the Laurent expansion of that function when \(B\rightarrow 0\) and pick up the finite part, or coefficient of the zero-th power of B, of that expansion. This defines our generalized Poisson integral:
The integral extends over all three-dimensional space but are endowed with the latter finite-part regularization. The main properties of this generalized Poisson operator is that it solves the Poisson equation,
and that the solution \(\varDelta ^{-1}{\overline{\tau }}_m\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\) owns the same properties as its source \({\overline{\tau }}_m\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\), i.e., the smoothness and the same type of behaviour at infinity, as given by Eq. (116). Similarly, we define the generalized iterated Poisson integral as
The most general solution of the Poisson equation will be obtained by application of the previous generalized Poisson operator to the right-hand side of Eq. (144), and augmented by the most general homogeneous solution of the Poisson equation. Thus, we can write
The last term represents the most general solution of the Laplace equation that is regular at the origin \(r=0\). It can be written in STF guise as a multipolar series of terms of the type \({\hat{x}}_L\), and multiplied by arbitrary STF-tensorial functions of time \({}_m{\mathcal {B}}_L\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }(t)\). These functions will be associated with the radiation reaction of the field onto the source; they will depend on which boundary conditions are to be imposed on the field at infinity from the source.
It is now trivial to iterate the process. We substitute for \({\overline{h}}_{m-2}\!\!\!\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\) in the right-hand side of Eq. (148) the same expression but with m replaced by \(m-2\), and similarly come down until we stop at either one of the coefficients \({\overline{h}}_0\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }=0\) or \({\overline{h}}_1\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }=0\). At this point \({\overline{h}}_m\!\!\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\) is expressed in terms of the previous \({\overline{\tau }}_p\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\)’s and \({}_{p}{\mathcal {B}}_L\!\!{}^{\alpha \beta }\)’s with \(p\leqslant m-2\). To finalize the process we introduce what we call the operator of the “instantaneous” potentials and denote it by \(\Box ^{-1}_{\text {inst}}\). Our notation is chosen to contrast with the standard operator of the retarded potentials \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) defined by Eq. (71). However, beware of the fact that unlike \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) the operator \(\Box ^{-1}_{\text {inst}}\) will be defined only when acting on a post-Newtonian series such as \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\). Indeed, we pose
where the k-th iteration of the generalized Poisson operator is defined by Eq. (147). This operator is “instantaneous” in the sense that it does not involve any integration over time. It is readily checked that in this way we have a solution of the d’Alembertian equation,
On the other hand, the homogeneous solution in Eq. (148) will yield by iteration an homogeneous solution of the d’Alembertian equation that is necessarily regular at the origin. Hence it should be of the anti-symmetric type, i.e., be made of the difference between a retarded multipolar wave and the corresponding advanced wave. We shall therefore introduce a new definition for some STF-tensorial functions \({\mathcal {A}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(t)\) parametrizing those advanced-minus-retarded free waves. It is very easy to relate if necessary the post-Newtonian expansion of \({\mathcal {A}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(t)\) to the functions \({}_m {\mathcal {B}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(t)\) previously introduced in Eq. (148). Finally the most general post-Newtonian solution, iterated ad infinitum and without any divergences, is obtained into the form
We shall refer to the \({\mathcal {A}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(t)\)’s as the radiation-reaction functions. If we stay at the level of the post-Newtonian iteration which is confined into the near zone we cannot do more than Eq. (151): There are no means to compute the radiation-reaction functions \({\mathcal {A}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(t)\). We are here touching the second problem faced by the standard post-Newtonian approximation.
2.3.2 Post-Newtonian metric and radiation reaction effects
As we have understood this problem is that of the limitation to the near zone. Such limitation can be circumvented to the lowest post-Newtonian orders by considering retarded integrals that are formally expanded when \(c\rightarrow +\infty \) as series of “instantaneous” Poisson-like integrals, see e.g., Anderson and DeCanio (1975). This procedure works well up to the 2.5PN level and has been shown to correctly fix the dominant radiation reaction term at the 2.5PN order (Ehlers 1980; Kerlick 1980a, b; Papapetrou and Linet 1981). Unfortunately the procedure assumes fundamentally that the gravitational field, after expansion of all retardations \(r/c\rightarrow 0\), depends on the state of the source at a single time t, in keeping with the instantaneous character of the Newtonian interaction. However, we know that the post-Newtonian field (as well as the source’s dynamics) will cease at some stage to be given by a functional of the source parameters at a single time, because of the imprint of gravitational-wave tails in the near zone field, in the form of an hereditary contribution (including a modification of the radiation reaction force) at the 4PN relative order (Blanchet and Damour 1988). Thus the formal post-Newtonian expansion of retarded Green functions is no longer valid starting at the 4PN order.
The solution of the problem resides in the matching of the near-zone field to the exterior field. We have already seen in Theorems 6 and 7 that the matching equation (115) yields the expression of the multipole expansion in the exterior domain. Now we prove that it also permits the full determination of the post-Newtonian metric in the near-zone, i.e., the radiation-reaction functions \({\mathcal {A}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) which have been left unspecified in Eq. (151). As a result we find that the functions \({\mathcal {A}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) are composed of the multipole moment functions \({\mathcal {F}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) defined by Eq. (128), which will characterize “linear-order” radiation reaction effects starting at 2.5PN order, and of an extra piece \({\mathcal {R}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\), which will be due to non-linear effets in the radiation reaction (arising from radiative modes propagating at infinity) and turn out to arise at the 4PN order. Thus,
The piece \({\mathcal {R}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) is obtained from the multipole expansion of the pseudo-tensor \({\mathcal {M}}(\tau ^{\alpha \beta })\).Footnote 35 Hence the radiation-reaction functions do depend on the behaviour of the field far away from the matter source (as physical intuition already told us). The explicit expression reads (Poujade and Blanchet 2002)
The fact that the multipolar expansion \({\mathcal {M}}(\tau ^{\alpha \beta })\) is the source term for the function \({\mathcal {R}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) is the consequence of the matching equation (115). The specific contributions due to \({\mathcal {R}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) in the post-Newtonian metric (151) are associated with gravitational wave tails. Notice that the FP regularization deals with the bound of the integral at \(r=0\) in Eq. (153), while in Eq. (128) it deals with the bound at \(r=+\infty \). The weighting function \(\gamma _\ell (z)\) therein, where z extends up to infinity in contrast to the analogous function \(\delta _\ell (z)\) in Eq. (128), is simply related to it by \(\gamma _\ell (z)\equiv -2\delta _\ell (z)\); such definition is motivated by the fact that the integral of that function is normalized to one: \(\int _1^{+\infty } {\rm d}z\,\gamma _\ell (z) = 1\).Footnote 36 The post-Newtonian metric (151) is now fully determined. However, let us now prove an interesting alternative formulation of the metric.
Theorem 8
(Blanchet et al. 2005c) The expression of the post-Newtonian field in the near zone of a post-Newtonian source, satisfying correct boundary conditions at infinity (no incoming radiation), reads
The first term represents a particular solution of the hierarchy of PN equations, while the second one is a homogeneous multipolar solution of the wave equation, of the “anti-symmetric” type that is regular at the origin \(r=0\) located inside the source, and parametrized by the multipole-moment functions (153).
Let us be more precise about the meaning of the first term in Eq. (154). Indeed such term is made of the formal expansion of the standard retarded integral (71) when \(c\rightarrow \infty \), but acting on a post-Newtonian source term \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\),
We emphasize that (155) constitutes the definition of a (formal) PN expansion, each term of which being built from the post-Newtonian expansion of the pseudo-tensor. Crucial in the present formalism, is that each of the terms is regularized by means of the FP operation in order to deal with the bound at infinity at which the post-Newtonian expansion is singular. Because of the presence of this regularization, the object (155) should carefully be distinguished from the “global” solution \(\Box _{{\rm ret}}^{-1}[\tau ^{\alpha \beta }]\) defined by Eq. (71), with global non-expanded pseudo-tensor \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\).
The definition (155) is of interest because it corresponds to what one would intuitively think as the natural way of performing the PN iteration, i.e., by formally Taylor expanding the retardations in Eq. (71), as advocated by Anderson and DeCanio (1975). Moreover, each of the terms of the series (155) is mathematically well-defined thanks to the finite part operation, and can therefore be implemented in practical computations. The point is that Eq. (155) solves the wave equation in a perturbative post-Newtonian sense,
so constitutes a good prescription for a particular solution of the wave equation—as legitimate as the solution (149). Therefore the two solutions should differ by an homogeneous solution of the wave equation which is necessarily of the anti-symmetric type (regular inside the source). Detailed investigations yield
where the homogeneous solution is parametrized by the multipole-moments \({\mathcal {F}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(t)\). By combining Eqs. (154) and (157), we indeed become reconciled with the previous expression of the post-Newtonian field found in Eq. (151).
For computations limited to the 3.5PN order (level of the 1PN correction to the radiation reaction force), the first term in Eq. (154) with the “intuitive” prescription (155) is sufficient. But because of the second term in (154) there is a fundamental breakdown of this scheme at the 4PN order where it becomes necessary to take into account non-linear radiation effects associated with tails. The second term in (154) constitutes a generalization of the tail-transported radiation mode arising at 4PN order (Blanchet and Damour 1988). In particular, the tail-transported radiation reaction is required by energy conservation and the propagation of tails in the wave zone. The usual radiation reaction terms, up to 3.5PN order, are contained in the first term of Eq. (154), and are parametrized by the same multipole-moment functions \({\mathcal {F}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\) as the exterior multipolar field, as Eq. (157) explicitly shows. In Sect. 2.3.4 we shall give an explicit expression of the radiation reaction force showing the usual radiation reaction terms to 3.5PN order, issued from \({\mathcal {F}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\), and exhibiting the above tail-induced 4PN effect, issued from \({\mathcal {R}}_L^{\alpha \beta }\).
Finally note that the post-Newtonian solution, in either (151) or (154) form, has been obtained without imposing the condition of harmonic coordinates (50) in an explicit way. We have simply matched together the PN and multipolar expansions, satisfying the “relaxed” Einstein field equations (51) in their respective domains, and found that the matching determines uniquely the solution. An important check in Poujade and Blanchet 2002; Blanchet et al. 2005c, is to verify that the harmonic coordinate condition (50) is indeed satisfied as a consequence of the conservation of the pseudo-tensor (54), so that we really grasp a solution of the full Einstein field equations.
2.3.3 The 3.5PN metric for general matter systems
The detailed calculations that are called for in applications necessitate having at one’s disposal some explicit expressions of the metric coefficients \(g_{\alpha \beta }\), in harmonic coordinates, at the highest possible post-Newtonian order. The 3.5PN metric that we present below can be viewed as an application of the formalism of the previous section. It is expressed by means of some particular retarded-type potentials, V, \(V_i\), \({\hat{W}}_{ij}\), \(\cdots \), whose main advantages are to somewhat minimize the number of terms, so that even at the 3.5PN order the metric is still tractable, and to delineate the different problems associated with the computation of different categories of terms. Of course, these potentials have no direct physical significance by themselves, but they offer a convenient parametrization of the 3.5PN metric.
The idea of this post-Newtonian parametrization comes from the following simple expression of the metric at the 1PN order.
Theorem 9
(Blanchet and Damour 1989) The post-Newtonian metric in harmonic coordinates at the 1PN order is described by a scalar potential V and a vector potential \(V_i\) as
The potentials represent some retarded versions of the gravito-electric (Newtonian) and gravito-magnetic potentials,
and the components of the matter stress-energy tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) are encoded into the convenient definitions [recalling Eqs. (139)],
(where \(T^{ii} \equiv \delta _{ij}T^{ij}\)). In particular \(\sigma \) agrees up to 1PN order with the Tolman (1962) mass density valid for stationary systems.
The generalization to 3PN order—actually 3.5PN since the radiation-reaction odd parity terms are included into the definition of the potentials—reads (Blanchet and Faye 2001a)
In addition to (159), from the 2PN order we have the potentials
As we see, some parts of these potentials are directly generated by compact-support matter terms, while other parts are made of non-compact-support products of V-type potentials. There exists also an important cubically non-linear term generated by the coupling between \({\hat{W}}_{ij}\) and V, see the second term in the \({\hat{X}}\)-potential. Note the important point that here and below the retarded integral operator \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) is really meant to be the one given by Eq. (155); thus it involves in principle the finite part regularization FP to deal with (IR-type) divergences occurring at high PN orders for non-compact-support integrals. For instance, such finite part regularization is important to take into account in the computation of the near zone metric at the 3PN order and for the radiation field at the 4PN order (Blanchet et al. 2010b, 2023b).
At the next level, 3PN, we have the even more complicated potentials
These involve many types of compact-support contributions, as well as quadratic-order and cubic-order parts; but, surprisingly, there are no quartically non-linear terms. Indeed it has been possible to “integrate directly” all the quartic contributions in the 3PN metric; see the terms composed of \(V^4\) and \(V{\hat{X}}\) in the first of Eqs. (161).
Note that the 3PN metric (161) does represent the inner post-Newtonian field of an isolated system, because it contains, to this order, the correct radiation-reaction terms corresponding to outgoing radiation. These terms come from the expansions of the retardations in the retarded potentials (159)–(163); we elaborate more on radiation-reaction effects in Sect. 2.3.4.
The above potentials are not independent: They are linked together by some differential identities issued from the harmonic gauge conditions, which are equivalent, via the Bianchi identities, to the equations of motion of the matter fields; see Eq. (54). These identities read
The above 3PN metric and differential identities have been generalized to 4PN order in the Appendix A of Marchand et al. (2020).
For later applications to systems of compact objects, let us give the geodesic equations of a particle moving in the 3.5PN metric (161). Of course the geodesic equations are appropriate for the motion of particles without spins nor internal structure; for spinning particles one has also to take into account the coupling of the spin to the space-time curvature, see the Mathisson-Papapetrou equations (574). It is convenient to write the geodesic equations in the form (where \(t=x^0/c\) is the coordinate time)
where the “linear momentum density” \(P_i\) and the “force density” \(F_i\) of the particle are given by
where \(v^\mu =(c, v^i)\) with \(v^i={\rm d}x^i/{\rm d}t\) being the particle’s ordinary coordinate velocity, and where the metric components and their gradients are taken at the location of the particle. Notice that we are viewing here the particle as moving in the fixed background metric (161). In Sect. 3, the metric will be generated by the system of particles itself, and we shall see that the same equations still hold in this case, provided that we supplement the computation of the metric at the location of one of these particles by a suitable self-field regularization.
Further denoting \(P_i=v_i+{\hat{P}}_i\) the equations give the ordinary acceleration \(a^i={\rm d}v^i/{\rm d}t\) as
where the expressions of \(F_i\) and \({\hat{P}}_i\) in terms of the non-linear potentials follow from insertion of the 3.5PN metric coefficients (161). We obtain
Note that all the accelerations appearing in the potentials and in the final expression of the equations of motion should be order-reduced by means of the equations of motion themselves. For instance, we see that when computing the time-derivative of \({\hat{P}}_i\) we shall meet some accelerations at 1PN order which are therefore to be replaced by the explicit 2.5PN equations of motion. The order-reduction is a crucial aspect of the post-Newtonian method. It is justified by the fact that the matter equations of motion, say \(\nabla _\mu T^{\alpha \mu }=0\), represent four out of the ten Einstein field equations, see Sect. 2.1.1 for discussion. In the harmonic-coordinate approach the equations of motion are equivalent to the harmonic gauge conditions \(\partial _\mu h^{\alpha \mu }=0\). Post-Newtonian predictions based on such consistent PN order-reduction have been very successful. Note, however, that the operation of order-reduction is illicit at the level of the Lagrangian. The elimination of accelerations in a Lagrangian by substituting the equations of motion derived from that Lagrangian, results in a different Lagrangian whose equations of motion differ from those of the original Lagrangian by a gauge transformation (Schäfer 1984).
2.3.4 Radiation reaction potentials
We said that the metric (161) contains the correct radiation-reaction terms appropriate for an isolated system up to the 3.5PN level included. As we shall see the metric can even be generalized to include the piece of the radiation reaction which occurs at the 4PN order, and which is due to gravitational wave tails. In Sect. 1.1.2 we already discussed a particular non-harmonic coordinate system which is very convenient to describe the radiation reaction terms. In this Burke and Thorne (1970), Burke (1971) coordinate system, the radiation reaction force at the lowest 2.5PN order takes the simple form of Eq. (7), which involves only a scalar potential \(V^{\text {reac}}\) so that
At such dominant 2.5PN level (“Newtonian” radiation reaction) the source quadrupole moment is given by the usual Newtonian expression (4).
Let us first emphasize that the Burke–Thorne expression (169) of the radiation reaction force is not unique as it depends on the coordinate system (Schäfer 1981, 1982). The first complete derivation of the radiation reaction force for general systems at the lowest 2.5PN order was done by Chandrasekhar and Esposito (1970)Footnote 37 who obtained a different expression valid in a different coordinate system. In harmonic coordinates the radiation reaction force reads
where we have introduced the “super-potential” \(\chi \) of the Newtonian potential U, such that \(\varDelta \chi = 2U\) and \(\varDelta U = -4\pi G \rho \).Footnote 38 Repeating the analysis (9)–(10) with the different expression of the radiation reaction force (170) we recover the total energy flux given by the quadrupole formula (5); the only difference is that the total time derivatives in (9) will be different, with f and \(g_i\) corresponding to harmonic coordinates. The different forms of the radiation reaction force were a source of confusion in the 1970s and fed the so-called radiation-reaction controversy at that time (Ehlers et al. 1976; Walker and Will 1980); see Kennefick (2007) for an historical account.
The novel feature when one extends the Newtonian radiation reaction (169) to include the 1PN corrections is that it is no longer composed of a single scalar depending on the mass-type multipole moments, but involves also a vectorial component depending in particular on the current-type quadrupole moment. This was noticed in the physically restricted case where the dominant quadrupolar radiation from the source is suppressed (Blanchet and Damour 1984). The vectorial component of the reaction force could be important in some astrophysical situations like rotating neutron stars undergoing gravitational instabilities. Here we report the results of the extension to 1PN order (and even 1.5PN) of the lowest-order Burke–Thorne (BT) scalar radiation reaction potential (169), in some appropriate coordinate system, which can be called extended BT coordinate system (Blanchet 1993, 1997b).
At that level (corresponding to 3.5PN order in the metric), and in the extended BT coordinate system, it suffices to incorporate some radiation-reaction contributions into the scalar and vectorial potentials which parametrize the 1PN metric in Eq. (9). We thus pose
Then the metric in extended BT coordinates, accurate to 3.5PN order regarding the radiation-reaction contributions and to 1PN order for the conservative effects—we indicate this by using the symbol \({\mathcal {O}}^{\text {reac}}\) for the remainders—takes the same form as the harmonic-coordinates 1PN metric (9),
The other contributions, which are conservative (i.e., non radiative), are given up to 3PN order by the metric (161) in which all the potentials take the same form as in Eqs. (159)–(163), but where one neglects all the retardations, which means that the retarded integral operator \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) should be replaced by the operator of the “instantaneous” potentials \(\Box ^{-1}_{\text {inst}}\) defined by Eq. (149). As such the conservative parts of the potentials (171) are defined by
Up to 3.5PN order, the effect of all these retardations gets replaced by the effect of the radiation-reaction potentials \(V^{\text {reac}}\) and \(V_i^{\text {reac}}\). These are explicitly given by (Blanchet 1993, 1997b)Footnote 39
where the multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) denote the source multipole moments defined in a general way by Eqs. (7). The scalar potential \(V^{\text {reac}}\) will obviously reproduce Eq. (169) at the dominant order. However, note that it is crucial to include in Eq. (174a) the 1PN correction in the source quadrupole moment. Following (138) the mass-type quadrupole moment \({\rm I}_{ij}\) to 1PN order involves only compact support contributions and reads
where the compact-support matter source densities \(\sigma \) and \(\sigma _i\) are given in Eqs. (160). Obviously to this order the other moments are Newtonian, \({\rm I}_L = \int {\rm d}^3 {\textbf{x}} \,{\hat{x}}_L \sigma + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) and \({\rm J}_L = \int {\rm d}^3 {\textbf{x}}\,\epsilon _{ab<i_\ell } \,{\hat{x}}_{L-1>a} \,\sigma _b + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\).
The 3.5PN radiation reaction force in the equations of motion of compact binary systems has been derived by Iyer and Will (1993, 1995) in an arbitrary gauge, in the frame of the center of mass, assuming the validity of the flux-balance equations for energy and angular momentum at the relative 1PN order. Their result is presented in terms of a set of arbitrary parameters reflecting the arbitrariness in the choice of the coordinate system. Iyer and Will (1995) have shown that the extended BT coordinate system indeed corresponds to a unique set of these parameters. Pati and Will (2002), Nissanke and Blanchet (2005), Itoh (2009) obtained the 1PN radiation in harmonic coordinates (again, corresponding to a unique set of Iyer-Will parameters) and Königsdörffer et al. (2003) obtained it in ADM coordinate (corresponding to another unique set of parameters). The method of balance equations has been extended to the 4.5PN order corresponding to 2PN relatively to lowest order by Gopakumar et al. (1997). To date the only calculation of radiation reaction from first principle to relative 2PN order was done using the EFT by Leibovich et al. (2023), however restricted to the center-of-mass frame [they match the Gopakumar et al. (1997) parameters].
The previous formalism can be extended to 4PN order (1.5PN beyond the leading radiation reaction). Indeed at this order there is a modification of the scalar radiation-reaction potential due to reaction to gravitational-wave tails propagating at infinity. The tail term is a hereditary integral characterized by a logarithmic kernel (we shall discuss thoroughly the tails in Sect. 2.4.2) and we have (Blanchet 1997b)Footnote 40
which has to be added to Eq. (174a) in order to complete the radiation reaction to 4PN order (in the extended BT gauge).
With the radiation-reaction potentials in hands, one can prove the flux-balance equation for energy up to 1.5PN order, namely
where E denotes a functional of the matter in the source made of conservative terms and also, consistently with the approximation, of 2.5PN, 3.5PN and 4PN dissipative terms. The constant 11/12 depends on the gauge and corresponds to a total time-derivative in the right-hand side of (177), which can thus be transferred to the left-hand side. In the right-hand side one recognizes (minus) the positive-definite expression for the energy flux at 1.5PN order. Indeed, as we shall prove in 2.4.2 [see Eqs. (239) and (251)], the effective quadrupole moment which appears in the parenthesis of (177) agrees with the tail-modified radiative quadrupole moment \({\rm U}_{ij}\) parametrizing the field in the far zone.
2.4 Asymptotic gravitational waveform
2.4.1 The radiative multipole moments
In Theorem 5 we constructed the metric in a radiative (or Bondi-type) coordinate system \((T,{\textbf{X}})\), such that the retarded time U becomes asymptotically a null coordinate at future null infinity (Papapetrou 1969; Madore 1970a, b). The leading-order term 1/R (when \(R\rightarrow +\infty \)) yields the operational definition of two sets of STF radiative multipole moments, mass-type \({\rm U}_L(U)\) and current-type \({\rm V}_L(U)\), where \(U\equiv T-R/c\). The radiative moments are defined from the spatial components ij of the metric in a transverse-traceless (TT) radiative coordinate system. By definition, we have (Thorne 1980)
The metric is written here as a perturbation of the “gothic” metric \(\sqrt{-g}g^{ij}\); a change of sign is required when considering a perturbation of the ordinary metric \(g_{ij}\). As before we denote for instance \(N_{L-2} = N_{i_1}\cdots N_{i_{\ell -2}}\) and so on, where \(N_i=({\varvec{N}})_i\) and \({\varvec{N}}={\varvec{X}}/R\), and the TT algebraic projection operator \(\perp _{ijab}\) is given by Eq. (3). Obviously the multipole decomposition (178) represents the generalization of the quadrupole moment formalism. Notice that the meaning of Eq. (178) is for the moment rather empty, because we do not yet know how to relate the radiative moments to the actual source parameters. Only at the Newtonian level do we know this relation, which is \({\rm U}_{ij}(U) = {\rm Q}_{ij}^{(2)}(U) + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\), where \({\rm Q}_{ij}\) is the Newtonian quadrupole moment (4). We shall relate below the radiative moments to the source moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) obtained in Theorem 7.
Associated to the asymptotic waveform (178) we can compute by standard methods the total energy flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) and angular momentum flux \({\mathcal {G}}_i\) in gravitational waves (see Table 1),
For instance the energy flux is readily obtained by plugging (178) into (109) and integrating over angles. The above fluxes satisfy the time-averaged flux-balance equations [already used in Eqs. (10)]
Similarly one can compute the linear momentum flux \({\mathcal {P}}_i\) which is responsible for the GW recoil of the source (see Sect. 1.1.4), as well as the flux associated to the center of mass position \({\rm G}_i\). For a conservative system (for instance, stationary), there are ten Noetherian conserved invariants associated with the ten symmetries of the Poincaré group. In addition to \({\rm E}\), \({\rm J}_i\) and \({\rm P}_i\), there is also the initial “position” of the center of mass, say \({\rm Z}_i = {\rm G}_i - {\rm P}_i\,t\), where \({\rm G}_i\) denotes the position of the center of mass multiplied by the total (constant) mass. The conservation of \({\rm Z}_i\) is due to the invariance of the dynamics under Lorentz boosts. For self-gravitating systems, \({\rm G}_i\) coincides with the mass-type dipole moment \({\rm I}_i\). We have the fluxes
which enter the following time-averaged flux-balance equations
While the general multipole expansions of the fluxes for energy, angular momentum and linear momentum in terms of radiative moments are well known (see notably Thorne 1980), the flux associated to the position of the center of mass has been computed more recently (Kozameh and Quirega 2016; Kozameh et al. 2018; Nichols 2018; Blanchet and Faye 2019; Compère et al. 2020).Footnote 41 The coefficients in the flux formulas (179) and (181) are given in Table 1.
Next we introduce two unit polarization vectors \({\varvec{P}}\) and \({\varvec{Q}}\), orthogonal and transverse to the direction of propagation \({\varvec{N}}\), such that \(({\varvec{N}}, {\varvec{P}}, {\varvec{Q}})\) forms an oriented orthonormal triad (hence \(N_iN_j+P_iP_j+Q_iQ_j=\delta _{ij}\)). Our convention for the choice of \({\varvec{P}}\) and \({\varvec{Q}}\) is clarified in the footnote 90. Then the two “plus” and “cross” polarization states of the asymptotic waveform are defined by
Although the multipole decomposition (178) is completely general, it will also be important, having in view the comparison between the post-Newtonian and numerical results, to consider separately the various modes \((\ell ,m)\) of the asymptotic waveform as defined with respect to a basis of spin-weighted spherical harmonics of weight \(-2\). Those harmonics are function of the spherical angles \((\theta ,\phi )\) defining the direction of propagation \({\varvec{N}}\), and given by
where \(k_1={\rm max}(0,m-2)\) and \(k_2={\rm min}(\ell +m,\ell -2)\). We thus decompose \(h_+\) and \(h_\times \) onto the basis of such spin-weighted spherical harmonics, which means (Buonanno et al. 2007; Kidder 2008)
Using the orthonormality properties of these harmonics we can invert the latter decomposition and obtain the separate modes \(h^{\ell m}\) from a surface integral,
where the overline refers to the complex conjugation. On the other hand, we can also relate \(h^{\ell m}\) directly to the radiative multipole moments \({\rm U}_L\) and \({\rm V}_L\). The result is
where \({\rm U}^{\ell m}\) and \({\rm V}^{\ell m}\) denote the radiative mass and current moments in standard (non-STF) guise. These are related to the STF moments by
Here \(\alpha _L^{\ell m}\) denotes the STF tensor connecting the usual basis of spherical harmonics \(Y^{\ell m}(\theta ,\phi )\) to the set of STF tensors \({\hat{N}}_L=N_{\langle i_1}\cdots N_{i_\ell \rangle }\) with \(N_i=(\sin \theta \cos \phi ,\sin \theta \sin \phi ,\cos \theta )\), where the brackets indicate the STF projection. Indeed both \(Y^{\ell m}\) and \({\hat{N}}_L\) are basis of an irreducible representation of weight \(\ell \) of the rotation group; the two basis are related byFootnote 42
The STF tensorial coefficient \(\alpha _L^{\ell m}\) can be computed as \(\alpha _L^{\ell m} = \int {\rm d}\varOmega \,{\hat{N}}_L\,{\overline{Y}}^{\,\ell m}\). To present it in the best way we introduce the orthonormal triad \(({\varvec{i}},{\varvec{j}},{\varvec{k}})=(\delta ^1_i,\delta ^2_i,\delta ^3_i)\) such that \({\varvec{N}}={\varvec{i}}\sin \theta \cos \phi +{\varvec{j}}\sin \theta \sin \phi +{\varvec{k}}\cos \theta \). Posing \({\varvec{{\mathfrak {m}}}}=({\varvec{i}}+ {\rm i}\,{\varvec{j}})/\sqrt{2}\) we have \({\varvec{{\mathfrak {m}}}}\cdot {\varvec{{\mathfrak {m}}}}=0\), \({\varvec{{\mathfrak {m}}}}\cdot \overline{{\varvec{{\mathfrak {m}}}}}=1\) and \({\varvec{{\mathfrak {m}}}}\cdot {\varvec{k}}=0\). The indices \(L=i_1\cdots i_\ell \) can be split into \(M=i_1\cdots i_m\) and the complementary \(L-M=i_{m+1}\cdots i_\ell \), and the result reads (with explicit STF projection)Footnote 43
for \(m\geqslant 0\), and \(\alpha _L^{\ell m}=(-)^m\,{\overline{\alpha }}_L^{\ell \vert m\vert }\) for \(m<0\). Note that we have the normalization condition
In Sect. 3.4.5 we shall present the dominant mode \((\ell ,m)=(2,2)\) of gravitational waves from non spinning inspiralling compact binaries up to 4PN order, and all the other sub-dominant modes to 3.5PN order.
2.4.2 Gravitational-wave tails and tails of tails
We learned from Theorem 5 the general method which permits the computation of the radiative multipole moments \({\rm U}_L\), \({\rm V}_L\) in terms of the source parameters. In the general case those are described by the six types of source moments \({\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L\) and \({\rm W}_L, {\rm X}_L, {\rm Y}_L, {\rm Z}_L\) given by (7) and (141). However we also pointed out that an equally general description of the source is by two sets of canonical moments \({\rm M}_L, {\rm S}_L\). We shall now show that the relation between \({\rm U}_L\), \({\rm V}_L\) and \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) includes some hereditary tail effects starting at the relative 1.5PN order. The different sets of moments \(\overline{{\rm M}}_L\), \(\overline{{\rm S}}_L\) used in the radiative construction of the metric are connected to the moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) in the harmonic metric, see Eq. (5.4) of Trestini et al. (2023). All the results below are given for the moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\).
Tails are due to the back-scattering of multipolar waves off the Schwarzschild curvature generated by the total mass monopole \({\rm M}\) of the source. They correspond to the non-linear interaction between \({\rm M}\) and the multipole moments \({\rm M}_L\) and \({\rm S}_L\) for \(\ell \geqslant 2\), and are given by some “hereditary” or non-local-in-time integrals, extending over the past history of the source. The effect arises at the 1.5PN order and we have (Blanchet and Damour 1992)
where the constant length scale \(b_0\) parametrizes the gauge transformation between radiative and harmonic coordinates, see Eq. (194), and the constants \(\kappa _\ell \) and \(\pi _\ell \) are given by (Blanchet 1995; Almeida et al. 2021)
where \(H_p=\sum _{k=1}^{p}\frac{1}{k}\) denotes the harmonic number.
From the expression of the linearized gauge vector \(\xi ^\alpha _{(1)}\) in Eq. (95) the retarded time \(U = T-R/c\) in radiative coordinates is related to the retarded time \(u = t-r/c\) in harmonic coordinates by
Changing \(b_0\) simply means shifting the origin of time of the radiative coordinates with respect to that of the harmonic coordinates, which has clearly no physical implication. Inserting U into Eqs. (192) we obtain the radiative moments expressed in terms of “source-rooted” harmonic coordinates, i.e.
and similarly for \({\rm V}_L\). This expression no longer depends on the arbitrary constant \(b_0\), i.e., we find that \(b_0\) gets replaced by r, so it behaves logarithmically when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \). If we now replace the harmonic coordinates (t, r) to some new ones, like for instance “Schwarzschild” coordinates \((t', r')\) such that \(t'=t\) and \(r'=r+G{\rm M}/c^2\) (and \(u'=u-G{\rm M}/c^3\)), we get
where \(\kappa '_\ell =\kappa _\ell +1/2\). This shows that the constant \(\kappa _\ell \) (and \(\pi _\ell \) as well) depends on the choice of source-rooted coordinates (t, r): For instance, we have \(\kappa _2=11/12\) in harmonic coordinates from Eq. (193), but \(\kappa '_2=17/12\) in Schwarzschild coordinates (Poisson 1993).
The tail integrals in Eqs. (192) involve all the instants from \(-\infty \) in the past up to the current retarded time U. However, strictly speaking, they do not extend up to infinite past, since we have assumed in Eq. (60) that the metric is stationary before the date \(-{\mathcal {T}}\). The range of integration of the tails is therefore limited a priori to the time interval \([-{\mathcal {T}}, U]\). But now, once we have derived the tail integrals, thanks to the latter technical assumption of stationarity in the past, we can argue that the results are in fact valid in more general situations for which the field has never been stationary. We have in mind the case of two bodies moving initially on some unbound (hyperbolic-like) orbit, and which, because of the loss of energy by gravitational radiation, will capture each other to form a gravitationally bound system around time \(-{\mathcal {T}}\), entering then into the inspiral regime till the final merger.
In this situation let us check, using a simple Newtonian model for the behaviour of the multipole moment \({\rm M}_L(U-\tau )\) in the past, when \(\tau \rightarrow +\infty \), that the tail integrals, when assumed to extend over the whole time interval \([-\infty , U]\), remain perfectly well-defined (i.e., convergent) at the integration bound \(\tau =+\infty \). Indeed it was shown by Eder (1983) that the motion of initially free particles interacting gravitationally is given by \(x^i(U-\tau )=V^i\tau +W^i\ln \tau +X^i+o(1)\), where \(V^i\), \(W^i\) and \(X^i\) denote constant vectors, with \(W^i= G m V^i/V^3\), and \(o(1)\rightarrow 0\) when \(\tau \rightarrow +\infty \).Footnote 44 From that physical assumption we find that the multipole moments behave when \(\tau \rightarrow +\infty \) like
where \(A_{L}\), \(B_{L}\) and \(C_{L}\) are constant tensors. We used the fact that the moment \({\rm M}_{L}\) will agree at the Newtonian level with the standard expression for the \(\ell \)-th mass multipole moment. The appropriate time derivatives of the moment appearing in Eq. (192a) are therefore dominantly like
which ensures that the tail integral is convergent. This fact can be regarded as an a posteriori justification of our a priori too restrictive assumption of stationarity in the past. Thus, this assumption does not seem to yield any physical restriction on the applicability of the final formulas. However, once again, we emphasize that the past-stationarity is appropriate for real astrophysical sources of gravitational waves which have been formed and started to emit at a finite instant in the past.
The formulas (192) can be generalized to include two mass monopoles \({\rm M}\) interacting with the varying moments \({\rm M}_L\) or \({\rm S}_L\). We coin such cubic interactions as “tails-of-tails”. They arise at the 3PN order in the waveform. For the mass moments, including the 1.5PN tail and 3PN tail-of-tail, we have (Blanchet 1998a; Faye et al. 2015)
The novel feature at this order is that there is a dependence not only on the pure gauge constant \(b_0\), but also on the regularization scale \(r_0\) which was introduced in the regulator (72) of the MPM algorithm. The constant \(r_0\) cannot be removed by a coordinate transformation, but it must disappear from the radiative moments (and hence from the physical waveform) once the moments \({\rm M}_L\) are explicitly related to the parameters of the matter source, e.g. the masses, trajectories and velocities of the particles in a binary system.Footnote 45
Exactly as we have done for the tail term in Eq. (195), we can remove all the \(b_0\)’s by inserting (194) back into (199) and expanding the result keeping the necessary terms consistently. In the end we find that there remains a \(r_0\)-dependent term at the 3PN order, namely
plus terms that are independent of \(r_0\). It is known from Goldberger and Ross (2010), Goldberger et al. (2014), Almeida et al. (2021) that the scale \(r_0\) is a running scale in the sense of renormalization group theory. The coefficient in front of the logarithm \(\ln (r/r_0)\) in (200) is the beta-function coefficient \(\beta ^{(m)}_\ell \), where (m) stands for “mass-type”, which is associated to the renormalization of the mass-type multipole moment. The appearance of a logarithm and its associated constant \(r_0\) at the 3PN order was pointed out by Anderson et al. (1982). The beta coefficient for general \(\ell \) has been obtained from a long computation of the multipole interactions \({\rm M}\times {\rm M}\times {\rm M}_L\) by Blanchet and Damour (1988) [see Eq. (A6) there], with result
In particular, \(\beta ^{(m)}_2 = -\frac{214}{105}\) and \(\beta ^{(m)}_3 = -\frac{26}{21}\), see Eqs. (241) and (248c). This result has also been obtained using the EFT approach by Goldberger and Ross (2010), Goldberger et al. (2014) for \(\ell =2\) and by Almeida et al. (2021) for general \(\ell \). The apparent dependence of the radiative moment (200) on \(r_0\) should in fine disappear. The reason is that when we explicitly compute the mass moment \({\rm M}_L\) for a given matter source, we will find an extra contribution depending on \(r_0\) occurring at the 3PN order which will cancel out the one in Eq. (200). This contribution is contained into the source moment \({\rm I}_L\) defined in Theorem 7, where the FP regularization will produce a \(\ln r_0\) at the 3PN order. This has been explicitly verified for the quadrupole moment of compact binaries, and we observe on the result (448)–(449) below the requested terms depending on \(\ln r_0\). Now the canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\) differ from the source moments \({\rm I}_L\) by small 2.5PN and 3.5PN terms, see e.g. Equation (251), hence the statement that
plus terms independent of \(r_0\), where \(\mu \,{\hat{x}}_{L}\) is the binary’s Newtonian multipole moment, with \(r_{12}\) the orbital separation and m the total mass differing from the ADM mass \({\rm M}\) by small post-Newtonian corrections; so indeed the \(r_0\) cancels between (200) and (202).
Concerning current type moments \({\rm V}_L\) their expression in terms of \({\rm S}_L\) is the same as (199) with \(\pi _\ell \) in place of \(\kappa _\ell \), see Eq. (193), and with the general beta-function coefficient given by (Almeida et al. 2021)
with (c) meaning “current-type”. We have \(\beta ^{(c)}_2 = -\frac{214}{105}\), see Eq. (248f). The previous reasonings leading to Eqs. (200) and (202) apply as well for the current type moments. The cancellation of the renormalization scale \(r_0\) has been checked in the 3PN current quadrupole moment for compact binaries (Henry et al. 2021).
The quartic tails-of-tails-of-tails terms arising at the order 4.5PN in the radiative mass quadrupole moment will be given in Eq. (246) below.
2.4.3 Formulas to integrate non-linearities
To obtain the explicit results like (192) and (199), we must implement the MPM algorithm presented in Sect. 2.1.3, together with some practical formulas for integrating the wave equation when the source term is a complicated (in general non-local) functional of the multipole moments. Without loss of generality we can consider the wave equation whose source term has a given multipolarity \(\ell \) in STF guise, thus takes the form
where S(r, u) is a function of \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \) and \(u=t-r/c\) which verifies straightforward smoothness properties, is zero when \(u\leqslant -{\mathcal {T}}\) [cf. the hypothesis of stationarity in the past, Eq. (60)] and diverges along the set of scale functions \((\ln r)^q/r^p\) (\(p, q\in {\mathbb {N}}\)) when \(r\rightarrow 0\). To deal with the divergence when \(r\rightarrow 0\) we multiply the right side of (204) by the regulator \({\widetilde{r}}^B\equiv (r/r_0)^B\), apply the retarded d’Alembertian operator \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) and select the finite part (FP) in the Laurent expansion when \(B\rightarrow 0\); remind Eq. (75). Hence
which is the unique solution of (204), valid in the sense of distributions and stationary in the past, thus satisfying the no-incoming radiation condition when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(t+r/c=\) const.
Theorem 10
(Blanchet and Damour 1986) The solution (205), endowed with definite multipolarity \(\ell \), can be explicitly written as
in which we define the auxiliary B-dependent function
where the regulator is \({\widetilde{\sigma }}^B = (\sigma /r_0)^B\) and the analytic continuation in \(B\in {\mathbb {C}}\) is understood throughout.
The function defined in (207) depends also on the lower bound of the integral denoted \(\alpha \); however \(\alpha \) can be chosen to be an arbitrary function of t and s because the full solution \(\varPsi _L\) in (206) is actually independent of \(\alpha \). This can be seen from the following alternative form of the solution, which is obtained by plugging Eq. (207) into (206)Footnote 46:
However, the form of the solution given by (206)–(207) is generally the best in practical applications.
At the quadratic non-linear level we have to consider the simple case where the source term is of the type \(S(r,u)={\rm F}(u)/r^k\). Here \({\rm F}(u)\) will be a product of two time derivatives of mutipole moments \({\rm M}_L(u)\) and/or \({\rm S}_L(u)\). The first case of interest is when the source term has \(k=2\); this corresponds to the leading behaviour when \(r\rightarrow \infty \), \(u=\) const. In this case it is easy to check that the retarded integral is convergent—see the standard form (71) of the integral—therefore the limit \(B\rightarrow 0\) must be finite. Working out this limit one gets (using footnote 46)
where we have removed the reference to the finite part at \(B=0\), and we note that the length scale \(r_0\) drops from the result. The expression (209) is clearly non-local in time, or “hereditary”, and typically describes the tails. There is an interesting connection to the Legendre function of the second kind \(Q_{\ell }(x)\),Footnote 47 since we can rewrite the previous expression as
We have also the following alternative expression, valid for any function \({\rm F}({\varvec{n}}, u)\) (not only with pure multipolarity \(\ell \)), and which can be retrieved directly from the retarded integral in its usual form (71),
The expansion at retarded infinity \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(u=\) const exhibits the usual logarithmic behaviour of harmonic coordinates (see Sect. 2.1.5), namely
where the remainder is indicated as o(1/r) rather than \({\mathcal {O}}(1/r^2)\) because it contains powers of the logarithm of r; it could be more accurately written as \(o(r^{\epsilon -2})\) for some \(\epsilon \ll 1\). The result (213) gives directly the tail integral in the form met in Eq. (195).
Consider next the source term \({\rm F}(u)/r^k\) with \(k\geqslant 3\). Two cases must be distinguished. When \(3\leqslant k\leqslant \ell +2\) (thus necessarily \(\ell \geqslant 1\) in this case), the limit \(B\rightarrow 0\) turns out to be finite and one obtains a local, “instantaneous” expression, again independent of the scale \(r_0\):
This expression can be checked by applying the d’Alembertian operator on both sides of (214). Then the case \(k\geqslant \ell +3\) is where the FP procedure shows its power and flexibility. In this case one obtains a non-local expression, which admits a logarithmic-free expansion at retarded infinity, but which depends on the arbitrary scale \(r_0\). We have (Blanchet 1998c)
In the first term the coefficients are given byFootnote 48
while in the second term we have introduced the modification of the Legendre function defined by \({\overline{Q}}_m(x,r) \equiv Q_m(x)-\frac{1}{2}P_m(x)\ln (\frac{r}{r_0})\), and which explicitly depends on the scale \(r_0\). The interest of this particular combination is that it does not produce any far zone logarithms when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) with \(u=\) const (Trestini et al. 2023); hence the solution (215) admits a far zone expansion in simple powers of 1/r, although it is still non-local in time and depends on the scale \(r_0\). This feature of the solution is very important in the construction of the metric in radiative coordinates, see Sect. 2.1.5.
The above formulas permit the control of any quadratic non-linear interactions (e.g., tails). To cubic order (e.g., tails-of-tails) one needs some more involved formulas. In particular we have to integrate the wave equation when the source term S(r, u) is itself a non-local integral of the type (211). Let us show the most difficult of the integration formulas needed for the calculation of tails-of-tailsFootnote 49:
More formulas, even more involved, are requested for the computation of the quartic tails-of-tails-of-tails and cubic tails-of-memory interactions; these can be found in Marchand et al. (2016), Trestini and Blanchet (2023).
2.4.4 The non-linear memory effect
The non-linear memory effect has its physical origin in the re-emission of gravitational waves by linearly generated waves (Blanchet 1990; Christodoulou 1991; Wiseman and Will 1991; Thorne 1992; Blanchet and Damour 1992).Footnote 50 It implies a permanent change in the wave amplitude from before to after the passage of a gravitational wave strain. The effect can be interpreted as due to a finite accumulation of the (mass type) radiative moments during the emission of gravitational waves, producing a transition between the initial and final asymptotic Bondi et al. (1962), Sachs (1962) (BMS) frames, which turn out to be related by a supertranslation (Newman and Penrose 1966; Strominger and Zhiboedov 2016).
During the construction of the radiative metric in Sect. 2.1.5, we found that the non-linear source term for the metric takes to leading order \(1/R^2\) in the distance the form of the stress-energy tensor for the massless gravitons, cf. (107). Therefore the radiative metric will contain a piece which is the retarded integral of the stress-energy tensor of gravitational waves, see Eqs. (110)–(111). This piece is at the origin of the memory-effect, hence we pose
where \(U=T-R/c\), \(K^\alpha =(1,{\varvec{N}})\) and we recall that the energy density in the waves is given by Eq. (108) and is related to the energy loss per steradian, see (109). Following the integration formula (212) we can write the memory term into the more explicit form
which involves the spherical average with respect to the “dummy” angles \({\varvec{n}}\) and we denote \(k^\alpha =(1,{\varvec{n}})\), while \({\varvec{N}}\) refers to the unit vector of the field point \({\varvec{X}}=R{\varvec{N}}\). As we know from from Sect. 2.4.3, the asymptotic expansion when \(R\rightarrow +\infty \), \(U={\rm const}\) of the retarded integral of a source with radial dependence \(R^{-2}\) involves some far-zone logarithms of R. But we proved in Sect. 2.1.5 that the logarithms can be gauged way, which permits to compute all observables in the asymptotic waveform (radiative moments). Here we shall treat the term (219) directly, following the method of Thorne (1992), Wiseman and Will (1991), which consists of applying first the TT projection operator onto (219). Because the TT projection kills any (linear) gauge term in the 1/R part of the metric, this method shortcuts the need of a transformation to radiative coordinates. However, one must be cautious in taking the limit \(R\rightarrow +\infty \), \(U=\)const using (219), as it is not allowed to work out a leading 1/R term from (219) because this term would involve a divergent integral, in accordance with the fact that the leading term is actually \(\ln R/R\). But, the divergent parts of the integral cancel out after application of the TT projection, and in the end one recovers the correct result. Thus, we computeFootnote 51
Next we insert the STF multipole decomposition \(\sigma ({\varvec{n}}, v) = \sum _{\ell \geqslant 0} n_L \sigma _L (v)\) [with STF coefficients \(\sigma _L(v)\)] and obtain
We decompose the product of unit vectors \(n_{abL}=n_a n_b n_L\) on the basis of STF tensors, we drop the terms having zero TT-projection, and we express the remaining terms using the Legendre function of the second kind \(Q_\ell \) using (210). Restoring the traces on the STF tensors, and droping further terms having zero TT-projection, we obtain
where \(Z_\ell \) denotes the combination of Legendre functions given by
The limit at future null infinity can now be applied. Indeed it suffices to insert the expansion of \(Q_\ell (x)\) when \(x\rightarrow 1^+\) as given in the footnote 47. As expected the limit is finite, because the terms \(\ln (x-1)/2\) in the expansions of the \(Q_\ell \)’s cancel out. We obtain \(Z_\ell =\frac{2}{(\ell +1)(\ell +2)}\) in the limit and this yields (Blanchet and Damour 1992; Blanchet 1998c)
Comparing with the TT waveform (178) we see that the memory effect enters as a modification of the mass-type radiative multipole moments
but does not contribute to the current-type moments, i.e. \({\rm V}_L^ {\rm mem}(U)=0\). It is to be remarked that the result (225) is exact; it gives the full memory contribution in non-linear GR without approximation (Favata 2009, 2011c).
The convergence of the integral (225) is ensured by the fact that the time derivatives of the moments are zero in the remote past, before the instant \(-{\mathcal {T}}\). The memory property is evident from (225). Even after the system has ceased to emit radiation, in the sense that the \((\ell +1)\)-th time derivative of the source moments tend to zero at late time, the emission of gravitational waves will produce a constant (DC) contribution to the gravitational wave amplitude. More explicitly, one reads off for the total GW emission (Blanchet and Damour 1992)
where the first term represents the possible contribution of the “linear” memory which has been discussed by Zel’dovich and Polnarev (1974), Braginsky and Thorne (1987b). Generically the linear memory is present if the source contains freely moving masses in its initial or final state (scattering situation).
Let us now derive an interesting alternative expression for the non-linear memory effect (224). We replace the \(\ell \)-th order STF coefficient \(\sigma _L\) by its expression in terms of the energy distribution using Eq. (109),
Hence we rewrite (224) in the following form, where the time integration has been explicitly performed,
We shall now show that the infinite multipole series in the formula (228) can be summed up in closed analytic form. Indeed consider the following TT projection with respect to the unit vector \({\varvec{N}}=(N_i)\):
where the TT projector is given by (3). We expand the denominator in (229) as a power series in \({\varvec{N}}\cdot {\varvec{n}}\) (which is convergent as soon as \({\varvec{N}}\cdot {\varvec{n}}<1\)):
The multi-index \(L-2\) contains \(\ell -2\) indices, namely \(i_1\cdots i_{\ell -2}\). Using Eq. (A.21a) of Blanchet and Damour (1986), we transform the ordinary product of unit vectors \(n_{abL-2}\) into a sum of STF products
The operation over indices \(\{\}\) is defined as the un-normalized sum over the smallest set of permutations of \(i_1\cdots i_\ell \) which makes the object symmetrical in \(L=i_1\cdots i_\ell \). The object \(\delta _{\{2K}\,{\hat{n}}'_{L-2K\}}\) contains \(\ell \) indices \(L=abL-2\) (with, say, \(a = i_\ell \) and \(b = i_{\ell -1}\)) of which 2k are displayed onto the product of k Kronecker symbols denoted \(\delta _{2K}\). As an example we have \(\delta _{\{ij}n_{k\}} \equiv \delta _{ij}n_k + \delta _{jk}n_i + \delta _{ki}n_j\).
The point is that, among all the terms composing \(\delta _{\{2K}\,{\hat{n}}_{L-2K\}}\), we can discard all those which contain either \(\delta _{ab}\), \(\delta _{a i_p}\) or \(\delta _{b i_q}\), since such terms will be cancelled by the TT projection. This is obvious for \(\delta _{ab}\); in the two other cases, this results from the fact that, after multiplication by \(N_{L-2}\) in Eq. (231a), \(\delta _{a i_p}\) or \(\delta _{b i_q}\) will yield some \(N_i\) or \(N_j\). So, we can rewrite the expression (231a) by excluding the indices ab from the operation \(\{\}\), which we indicate by underlining the two indices ab:
The next step is to notice from eq. (A.19) of Blanchet and Damour (1986) that the number of terms composing the object \(\delta _{\{2K}\,{\hat{n}}_{\underline{ab}L-2-2K\}}\) is \(\frac{(\ell -2)!}{2^k k!(\ell -2-2k)!}\). When contracted with \(N_{L-2}\), all these terms will merge into a single one for each values of \(\ell \) and k. Thus, we have
We change \(\ell \) into \(\ell +2k\) and rewrite the previous expression as
introducing the coefficient \(S_\ell \) which is given as an infinite series over all integer values of k. However, we find, using the expression of the coefficients \(\alpha _k^{\ell +2k}\) deduced from (231b), that this series can actually be re-summed in closed analytic form:
Hence we obtain the simple result
where we recognize the infinite multipolar sum in Eq. (228). Inserting thus the resummed form (229) into (228) we obtain
where the factor \(1/(1-{\varvec{N}}\cdot {\varvec{n}})\) is reminiscent of the Liénard–Wiechert potentials in the case of massless gravitons. The result (237), which exactly reproduces the result of Thorne (1992), constitutes the best interpretation of the non-linear memory effect as due to the re-radiation of gravitational waves by massless gravitons. Note that Eq. (237) describes the gravitational memory produced not only by a burst of gravitons, but also by a burst of any other type of massless particles, e.g. massless neutrinos (Epstein 1978).
2.4.5 Radiative versus canonical moments
We first give the result for the radiative quadrupole moment \({\rm U}_{ij}\) expressed as a functional of the intermediate canonical moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) up to 4PN order, plus a crucial hereditary contribution to 4.5PN order. Recalling that, at leading order, the radiative moments reduce to the \(\ell \)-th time derivatives of the canonical moments, we straightforwardly write
with small PN corrections up to 4.5PN, as indicated. Here \(U\equiv T-R/c\) is the retarded time in harmonic coordinates. The leading correction at 1.5PN order is the quadratic quadrupolar tail \({\rm M}\times {\rm M}_{ij}\) (see Sect. 2.4.2) given by
The length scale \(b_0\) is arbitrary and defined by Eq. (194). At the next 2.5PN order arises the leading non-local memory contribution (see Sect. 2.4.4) due to the interaction between two quadrupole moments \({\rm M}_{ij}\times {\rm M}_{kl}\), together with associated instantaneous terms (Blanchet 1998c):
At the 3PN order appears the first cubic correction, called the tail-of-tail and consisting of the interaction between two masses \({\rm M}\) and the quadrupole moment \({\rm M}_{ij}\):
We have discussed in Sect. 2.4.2 the occurence of the length scale \(r_0\) (to be distinguished from the gauge constant \(b_0\)), which plays the role of renormalization scale in the EFT approach (Goldberger and Ross 2010) and originates from the Hadamard regularization scheme in the traditional post-Newtonian calculation (Blanchet 1998a).
The next-order 3.5PN term has a structure similar to the 2.5PN one, i.e. with some memory type integrals and instantaneous terms. The interactions between moments, still of quadratic nature, are however more complicated:
At the 4PN order appear the tail-of-memory, made of a cubic interaction involving two time-varying quadrupole moments and the mass: \({\rm M}\times {\rm M}_{ij} \times {\rm M}_{kl}\), see Fig. 5. In principle it comes with a double time integration over the two varying quadrupole moments, but involves also many tail-looking interactions with only one integration over the quadrupole moments. In addition there is also a cubic interaction involving the constant angular momentum, i.e. \({\rm M}\times {\rm S}_i \times {\rm M}_{jk}\), see the last line of (243). We have (Trestini and Blanchet 2023)
It is important to verify that the first line of (243), which corresponds to the “genuine” tail-of-memory, with two integrations over the quadrupole moments, can be retrieved from the general formalism of Sect. 2.4.4. Indeed from Eq. (225) together with the general result \(\sigma = \frac{1}{2} \,{\dot{z}}^ {{\rm TT}}_{ij}{\dot{z}}^ {{\rm TT}}_{ij}\) where \(z^ {{\rm TT}}_{ij}\) is nothing but the 1/R coefficient in the asymptotic waveform, see Eqs. (108) and (109), we have
To lowest order \({\rm U}_{ij}\) agrees with \({\rm M}_{ij}^{(2)}\) hence (244) recovers the leading memory term displayed in (240). To the next order \({\rm U}_{ij}\) will be modified by the 1.5PN tail contribution, hence we have \({\rm U}_{ij} = {\rm M}_{ij}^{(2)} + {\rm U}_{ij}^ {\rm 1.5PN}\) where \({\rm U}_{ij}^ {\rm 1.5PN}\) is given by (239). Inserting this into (244) and keeping only the leading 4PN correction we obtain
where we have discarded the constant \(b_0\) and the 11/12 in Eq. (239), which are irrelevant here. It is straightforward to check that (after an integration by parts) the 4PN term in (245) agrees with the genuine tail-of-memory term given in the first line of (243).
At the next 4.5PN order only the hereditary, non-instantaneous quartic interaction \({\rm M}^3\times {\rm M}_{ij}\), naturally dubbed “tail-of-tail-of-tail”, is known, but it is sufficient to control the full 4.5PN term in the energy flux for compact binaries on quasi-circular orbits. The main reason is that the contributions of instantaneous interactions entering the flux at half-integer PN order (e.g. 4.5PN order) vanish for quasi-circular orbits. The tail-of-tail-of-tail term in the radiative quadrupole moment is given by (Marchand et al. 2016)
We shall use this expression to extend the flux at 4.5PN order for circular orbits in Sect. 3.4.4. However note that the full \({\rm U}_{ij}^ {\rm 4.5PN}\) also contains quadratic memory interactions, like those entering at 2.5PN and 3.5PN, see (240) and (242). If those are not needed to compute the flux for quasi-circular orbits, they will enter the expression of the gravitational wave (2, 2) mode, therefore restricting the accuracy we can reach when deriving the (2, 2) mode; this is why it will be presented in Sect. 3.4.5 at 4PN order and not 4.5PN order.
Next we present the best known results concerning moments of higher multipolarity. Notably for the flux at 4PN order we need the mass octupole \({\rm U}_{ijk}\) and current quadrupole \({\rm V}_{ij}\) moments with a 3PN precision:
At the 1.5PN order there is the standard tail, at 2.5PN the memory, and at 3PN order the tail-of-tail contribution. We have (Faye et al. 2015)
where the underlined indices within angled brackets are excluded from the STF projection, and
Finally we list all known results concerning higher order multipole moments, taken from Faye et al. (2015). For mass type moments:
For current type moments:
For all the other multipole moments, we can only state that there is agreement between the radiative and canonical moments up to 1.5PN order, namely
2.4.6 Canonical versus source moments
In a second stage of the formalism, we must express the canonical moments \(\{{\rm M}_L, {\rm S}_L\}\) in terms of the six types of source moments \(\{{\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, {\rm W}_L, {\rm X}_L, {\rm Y}_L, {\rm Z}_L\}\). For the control of the flux and (2, 2) mode in the waveform up to 4PN order, we need to relate the canonical quadrupole moment \({\rm M}_{ij}\) to the corresponding source quadrupole moment \({\rm I}_{ij}\) up to that accuracy. The relation was known at 3.5PN order (Faye et al. 2012) and has been extended at 4PN order (Blanchet et al. 2022, 2023b) with resultFootnote 52
Here, for instance, \({\rm W}\) denotes the monopole moment associated with the moment \({\rm W}_L\), and \({\rm Y}_i\) is the dipole moment corresponding to \({\rm Y}_L\). Notice that the difference between the canonical and source moments starts at the relatively high 2.5PN order.
We need also the relations for the higher-order moments, notably for the control of the full waveform, which contain similarly some correction terms starting at the 2.5PN order. Here we present the most up-to-date results Blanchet et al. (2008), Faye et al. (2012):
For all the other moments \({\rm M}_L\), \({\rm S}_L\) we can just say that they agree with their source counterparts \({\rm I}_L\), \({\rm J}_L\) up to 2.5PN order,
Finally, combining the previous formulas (252) together with all the results of Sect. 2.4.5 we control the full waveform in terms of the basic source and gauge moments up to order 3.5PN, with the dominant mode controlled to 4PN.
With all the formulas in Sects. 2.4.5 and 2.4.6 we have related the radiative moments \(\{{\rm U}_L, {\rm V}_L\}\) parametrizing the waveform at future null infinity (178) to the six types of source multipole moments \(\{{\rm I}_L, {\rm J}_L, {\rm W}_L, {\rm X}_L,{\rm Y}_L, {\rm Z}_L\}\). The general expression of the source moments in terms of the source parameters (actually, the PN expansion of the matter \(+\) gravitation pseudo-tensor) has been obtained in Eqs. (7) and (141). Hence at this stage the problem of the wave generation by an arbitrary post-Newtonian source is solved. What is missing is the explicit implementation of the formalism for an actual model of the source. We come to grips with the important physical case of compact binary systems in the next section.
3 Compact binary systems
As reviewed in Sect. 1 the appropriate theoretical description of the early inspiral of compact binaries is by two structureless point-particles, characterized solely by their masses \(m_1\) and \(m_2\) and possibly their spins. Furthermore, when approaching the merger some extra parameters describing the internal structure of the bodies (and defined within the effective field theory) become necessary and in particular characterize the tidal interaction between the two objects (see Sect. 1.1.3). Here we compute the equations of motion and radiation of compact binary systems within this model for the compact objects.
3.1 Regularization of the field of point particles
One aim is to compute the metric (and its gradient needed in the equations of motion) at some high post-Newtonian order for a system of two point-like particles. A priori one is not allowed to use directly some metric expressions like in Eqs. (161), which have been derived under the assumption of a continuous (smooth) matter distribution. Applying them to a system of point particles, we find that the metric becomes divergent at the location of the particles, i.e., when \({\textbf{x}}\rightarrow {\varvec{y}}_1(t)\) or \({\varvec{y}}_2(t)\), where \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}(t)\) denote the two trajectories. Consequently, we must supplement the calculation by a prescription for how to remove the infinite self-field of point particles. At this stage different choices for a “self-field” regularization are possible:
-
1.
The Hadamard self-field regularization has long been used and proved to be very convenient for doing practical computations (in particular, by computer). However it suffers from the important drawback of yielding some physical ambiguity parameters, which cannot be determined within this regularization, starting essentially at the 3PN order;
-
2.
The dimensional self-field regularization is an extremely powerful regularization which is free of ambiguities (at least up to the 4PN level). In particular it has been used to uniquely fix the values of the ambiguity parameters coming from Hadamard’s regularization. However, in high post-Newtonian approximations, dimensional regularization cannot be implemented for an arbitrary space dimension \(d\in {\mathbb {C}}\), but has to be applied in the limit \(\varepsilon =d-3\rightarrow 0\), in which limit it is in fact connected in a precise way to the Hadamard regularization.
We expect the results to be unique and independent of the employed regularization, in agreement with the physical intuition. This can be justified from the effacing principle of general relativity (Damour 1983a)—namely that the internal structure of the compact bodies makes a contribution only at the formal 5PN approximation. However note that all PN results derived below have been obtained using dimensional regularization (or have been shown to be equivalent to those of dimensional regularization).
In principle the use of a self-field regularization, be it dimensional or based on Hadamard’s partie finie, signals a somewhat unsatisfactory situation on the physical point of view, because, ideally, we would like to perform a complete calculation valid for extended bodies, taking into account the details of the internal structure of the bodies (energy density, pressure, internal velocity field, etc.). By considering the limit where the radii of the objects tend to zero, one should recover the same result as obtained by means of the point-mass regularization. This would demonstrate the suitability of the regularization. This program was undertaken at the 2PN order by Kopeikin (1985), Grishchuk and Kopeikin (1986) who derived the equations of motion of two extended fluid balls, and obtained equations of motion depending only on the two masses \(m_1\) and \(m_2\) of the compact bodies.Footnote 53 At the 3PN or even 4PN order we expect that the extended-body program should give exactly the same result as given by dimensional regularization. Ideally, this should also be confirmed by independent and more physical methods like those of Thorne and Hartle (1985), Kopeikin (1988), Damour et al. (1991).
Another body of work, in a sense more physical than the formal use of a self-field regularization, is the one of Itoh et al. (2000), Itoh et al. (2001), Itoh and Futamase (2003), Itoh (2004, 2009), where the equations of motion are derived in harmonic coordinates by means of a particular variant of the famous “surface-integral” method (i.e., à la Einstein et al. 1938). The aim is to describe extended relativistic compact binary systems in the strong-field point particle limit (Futamase 1987). This approach is interesting because it is based on the physical notion of extended compact bodies in general relativity, and by-passes the problem of the self-field regularization. The end result of Itoh and Futamase (2003); Itoh (2004) is in agreement with the harmonic coordinates 3PN equations of motion (Blanchet and Faye 2000a, 2001a; Blanchet et al. 2004a).
3.1.1 Hadamard’s regularization
In many practical computations it is useful to employ the Hadamard regularization (Hadamard 1932; Schwartz 1978; Sellier 1994), in particular it recovers in a simple way the \(d\rightarrow 3\) limit of dimensional regularization in the absence of poles. See Blanchet and Faye (2000b), Schäfer and Jaranowski (2024) for reviews; Blanchet and Faye (2000b) proposed an “extended” Hadamard regularization based on a generalization of the theory of Schwartz (1978) distributions with generalized singular functions or pseudo-functions.
With Hadamard’s regularization the PN iteration of the metric and equations of motion for a system of compact objects (point-particles) proceeds along the line of Sect. 2.3.3, i.e. computing the hierarchy of post-Newtonian potentials in three dimensions, Eqs. (159) and (163). At each step one has typically to solve a Poisson equation of the type \(\varDelta P = F\), where the function \(F({\textbf{x}})\) is smooth (\(C^\infty \)) on \({{\mathbb {R}}}^3\) except for the two points \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\) at which it becomes singular (UV type divergence; for simplicity we consider only two point particles). We assume that F admits a power-like singular expansion around 1 of the general structure (with \(p\in {\mathbb {Z}}\))Footnote 54
and similarly for the other point 2. Here \(r_1=|{\textbf{x}}-{\varvec{y}}_1|\rightarrow 0\), and the coefficients \({}_1f_p\) of the various powers of \(r_1\) depend on the unit direction \({\textbf{n}}_1=({\textbf{x}}-{\varvec{y}}_1)/r_1\) of approach to the singular point. The powers p of \(r_1\) are bounded from below (\(p_0\leqslant p\) with \(p_0\in {\mathbb {Z}}\)). The coefficients \({}_1f_p\) (and \({}_2f_p\)) for which \(p\leqslant -1\) are referred to as the singular coefficients of F. If both F and G admit expansions of the type (254) so does the ordinary product FG, as well as the ordinary gradient \(\partial _iF\). We define the Hadamard partie finie of F at the location of the point 1 where it is singular as
where \({\rm d}\varOmega _1= {\rm d}\varOmega ({\textbf{n}}_1)\) denotes the solid angle element centered on \({\varvec{y}}_1\) and of direction \({\textbf{n}}_1\). Notice that because of the angular integration in Eq. (255), the Hadamard partie finie is “non-distributive” in the sense that
The non-distributivity of Hadamard’s partie finie is the main source of the appearance of ambiguity parameters with this regularization.
The second notion of Hadamard partie finie (\({\rm Pf}\)) concerns that of the integral \(\int {\rm d}^3{\textbf{x}} \, F\), which is generically divergent at the location of the two singular points \({\varvec{y}}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2\) (we assume that the integral converges at infinity). It is defined by removing the singular parts of the expansion near the singularities:
The first term integrates over a domain \({\mathcal {S}}(s)\) defined as \({{\mathbb {R}}}^3\) from which the two spherical balls \(r_1<s\) and \(r_2<s\) of radius s and centered on the two singularities, i.e. \({\mathcal {B}}_1(s)\) and \({\mathcal {B}}_2(s)\), are excised: \({\mathcal {S}}(s)\equiv {{\mathbb {R}}}^3{\setminus } {\mathcal {B}}_1(s)\cup {\mathcal {B}}_2(s)\). The other terms, where the value of a function at point 1 takes the meaning (255), are precisely such that they cancel out the divergent part of the first term in the limit where \(s\rightarrow 0\) (the symbol \(1\leftrightarrow 2\) means the same terms but corresponding to point 2). The Hadamard partie-finie integral depends on two strictly positive constants \(s_1\) and \(s_2\), associated with the logarithms present in Eq. (257). The appearance of these logarithms and arbitrary constants signals in fact the ambiguousness and incompleteness of the regularization.
The Hadamard partie-finie integral in the form given by (257) is rather difficult to evaluate, because of the integration over the complicated volume \({\mathcal {S}}(s)\). Fortunately, there exist several alternative expressions of the Hadamard partie finie, much better suited for practical computations. One is based on a double analytic continuation, with two complex parameters \(\alpha \), \(\beta \in {{\mathbb {C}}}\),
where the constants \(s_1\) and \(s_2\) are the same as in the definition (257). The operation \({\rm FP}\) means taking the finite parts in the Laurent expansions when \(\alpha \rightarrow 0\) and \(\beta \rightarrow 0\) sucessively; furthermore one can apply the two limits in whatever order. See Blanchet and Faye (2000b) for other expressions of the partie-finie integral (257).
Within the Hadamard regularization the definitions (257) or (258) are applied to Poisson integrals, solving the Poisson equation \(\varDelta P = F\). In this case we consider the partie-finie integralFootnote 55
where the field point \({\textbf{x}}'\) is located outside the singular points \({\varvec{y}}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2\), and is just “spectator” in the regularization process. However we want to evaluate the value of the regularized Poisson integral (259) at the singular point \({\varvec{y}}_1\). Clearly the limit will not be continuous at this point, because the Poisson integral admits a singular expansion when \({\textbf{x}}'\rightarrow {\varvec{y}}_1\). Because of the integration in (258) this expansion will be more general than in Eq. (254), typically involving a logarithm of \(r'_1\equiv \vert {\textbf{x}}'-{\varvec{y}}_1\vert \rightarrow 0\). Therefore the Hadamard partie finie of P at 1 in the sense of Eq. (255) is actually infinite since it a priori contains \(\ln r'_1=-\infty \). Nevertheless, in Hadamard’s regularization we must keep the “constant” \(\ln r'_1\) in all calculations; such drawback will be solved when we add the corrections due do the dimensional regularization in Sect. 3.1.2. Finally, the Hadamard partie finie at the point 1 in the sense of Eq. (255), of the Poisson integral (259) is given by (Blanchet and Faye 2000b)
with the “infinite” constant \(r_1'=\vert {\textbf{x}}'-{\varvec{y}}_1\vert \) appearing in the second term. Actually the constant \(s_1\) cancels out from the two terms in the right side of (260) so the partie finie depends only on \(r'_1\) and \(s_2\).
As we said the Hadamard regularization yields some ambiguous results for the computation of certain integrals at the 3PN order. This was noticed by Jaranowski and Schäfer (1998, 1999, 2000) in their computation of the equations of motion within the ADM-Hamiltonian formulation of general relativity. They showed that there are two and only two types of ambiguous terms in the 3PN Hamiltonian, which were then parametrized by two unknown numerical coefficients. Similarly Blanchet and Faye (2000a, 2001a) obtained the 3PN equations of motion in harmonic coordinates complete except for one and only one unknown numerical constant. More precisely they showed that the infinite “constant” \(r'_1\) in Eq. (260), together with \(r'_2\) for the other particle, are unphysical, in the sense that they can be removed by a coordinate transformation. However the constant \(s_2\) which remains in the result (260), and the \(s_1\) for the other particle, are the source for the appearance of a single physical ambiguity parameter (they called \(\lambda \)) which was defined from the unknown ratios \(r'_1/s_1\) and \(r'_2/s_2\); see (7.9) of Blanchet and Faye (2001a). Concerning the binary’s radiation field, the same phenomenon occurs, with the appearance of some Hadamard regularization ambiguity parameters starting at the 3PN order in the binary’s mass quadrupole moment (Blanchet et al. 2002b), and therefore ambiguity parameters appearing in the 3PN flux and phase evolution as well (Blanchet et al. 2002a). All these problems, which concern UV type divergences associated with the model of point masses, have been resolved, and the ambiguity parameters uniquely fixed, thanks to the dimensional regularization.
3.1.2 Dimensional regularization of the equations of motion
Dimensional regularization was invented as a means to preserve the gauge symmetry of perturbative quantum field theories (’t Hooft and Veltman 1972; Bollini and Giambiagi 1972; Breitenlohner and Maison 1977; Collins 1984). Our basic problem here is to respect the gauge symmetry associated with the diffeomorphism invariance of the classical general relativistic description of interacting point masses. Hence, we use dimensional regularization not merely as a trick to compute some particular integrals which would otherwise be divergent, but as a powerful tool for solving in a consistent way the Einstein field equations with singular point-mass sources, while preserving its crucial symmetries. In particular, the dimensional regularization is able to correctly keep track of the global Lorentz–Poincaré invariance of the gravitational field of isolated systems. And of course, dimensional regularization is also a crucial ingredient of the EFT approach to equations of motion and gravitational radiation (Goldberger and Rothstein 2006; Galley et al. 2016; Foffa et al. 2019).
The Einstein field equations in \(D=d+1\) space-time dimensions take exactly the same form as in 4 dimensions, say, in harmonic coordinates \(H^\alpha = 0\),
The differences are: (i) the box operator \(\Box \) now denotes the flat space-time d’Alembertian operator in D dimensions with signature \((-1,1,1,\cdots )\); (ii) the gravitational constant \(G^{(d)}\) is related to the usual three-dimensional Newton’s constant G by
where \(\ell _0\) denotes an arbitrary length scale; (iii) the gravitational source term in harmonic coordinates acquires a d-dependent coefficient:
When \(d=3\) we recover Eq. (56). In the following we assume, as required in dimensional regularization, that the dimension of space is a complex number, \(d\in {\mathbb {C}}\), and prove many results by invoking complex analytic continuation in d. We often pose \(\varepsilon \equiv d-3\in {\mathbb {C}}\) and systematically consider the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\).
We start by writing in a general way the retarded solution of the flat scalar wave equation in D space-time dimensions (thus, with \({\textbf{x}}\in {\mathbb {R}}^d\)),
where the source will represent a generic term in the matter tensor or the gravitational source term (263). The retarded Green’s function of the scalar wave equation, satisfying \(\Box G_{{\rm ret}}({\textbf{x}},t) = \delta (c t)\,\delta ^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\) where \(\delta ^{(d)}\) is the Dirac function in d dimensions, reads in \(({\textbf{x}},t)\) spaceFootnote 56
where \(\theta (ct-r)\) is the usual Heaviside step function, and \({\tilde{k}}\) is a constant related to the usual Eulerian \(\varGamma \)-function byFootnote 57
The corresponding advanced Green’s function \(G_{\rm adv}({\textbf{x}},t)\) is given by the same expression but with \(\theta (-ct-r)\) in place of \(\theta (ct-r)\). Notice that the Green’s function is in fact a function of t and \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \) only. In Eq. (265) we have introduced the function \(\gamma _s(z)\) defined for any \(s\in {\mathbb {C}}\) and \(\vert z\vert \geqslant 1\) by
where the normalisation is such that \(\int _1^{+\infty } {\rm d}z \,\gamma _s(z) = 1\). In the Green’s function this expression gives back the usual Minkowskian time like interval since \(z^2-1\propto c^2t^2-r^2\) for \(z=\frac{ct}{r}\). With those notations the retarded solution of the wave equation (264) is given by
With dimensional regularization the metric and equations of motion will be parametrized by means of some retarded potentials V, \(V_i\), \({\hat{W}}_{ij}\), \(\cdots \), which are straightforward d-dimensional generalizations of the potentials used in three dimensions and which were defined in Sect. 2.3.3. Those are obtained by post-Newtonian iteration of the d-dimensional field equations, starting from appropriate definitions of matter source densities generalizing Eqs. (160):
As a result all the expressions of Sect. 2.3.3 acquire some explicit d-dependent coefficients. For instance we find (Blanchet et al. 2004a)
where \(\Box ^{-1}_{{\rm ret}}\) is the retarded integral operator (268). Here again, in higher approximations there will be also IR divergences and one should really employ the d-dimensional version of Eq. (155).
As reviewed in Sect. 3.1.1, the generic functions \(F({\textbf{x}})\) we have to deal with in 3 dimensions, are smooth on \({\mathbb {R}}^3\) except at \({\varvec{y}}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2\), around which they admit singular Laurent-type expansions given by Eq. (254). In d spatial dimensions, there is an analogue of the function F, which results from the same PN iteration process performed in d dimensions as we just outlined. Let us call this function \(F^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\), where \({\textbf{x}}\in {\mathbb {R}}^d\). When \(r_1\rightarrow 0\) the function \(F^{(d)}\) admits a singular expansion which is more involved than in 3 dimensions:
The coefficients \(\mathop {f}_1{}_{p,q}^{(\varepsilon )}({\textbf{n}}_1)\) depend on \(\varepsilon = d-3\), and the powers of \(r_1\) involve the relative integers p and q whose values are limited by some \(p_0,\,q_0,\,q_1\) \(\in {\mathbb {Z}}\) as indicated. Here we will be interested in functions \(F^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\) which have no poles as \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) (this will always be the case up to 4PN order). Therefore, we can deduce from the fact that \(F^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\) is continuous at \(d=3\) the constraint
For the problem of equations of motion, we have to deal with the regularization of Poisson integrals, or iterated Poisson integrals (and their gradients), of the generic function \(F^{(d)}\). The Poisson integral of \(F^{(d)}\), in d dimensions, is given by the Green’s function for the Laplace operator,Footnote 58
We want to evaluate the Poisson integral at the point \({{\textbf{x}}}' = {\varvec{y}}_1\) where it is singular; this is quite easy in dimensional regularization, because the nice properties of analytic continuation in d allow simply to get \([P^{(d)} ({{\textbf{x}}}')]_{{\textbf{x}}' = {{\varvec{y}}}_1}\) by replacing \({{\textbf{x}}}'\) by \({\varvec{y}}_1\) in the integrand of (273). So we simply have
When using dimensional regularization, remind that it is not possible in general to obtain exact expressions valid in any dimension d, but only in the limit where \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\). Thus in general we need first to control the singular case \(\varepsilon =0\) by applying first the Hadamard regularization.Footnote 59 In particular this permits to obtain all the contributions which do not pose a problem. Then we add the specific corrections (typically in the form of poles \(1/\varepsilon \)) due to the use of dimensional regularization. Thus the main step of our strategy consists of computing, in the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\), the difference between the d-dimensional result and its Hadamard 3-dimensional counterpart, which will constitute the correction to the Hadamard result. The point is that such difference can be computed solely from the vicinity of the singular points, as the regular parts cancel out in the difference for \(\varepsilon =0\).
The Hadamard counterpart of the Poisson integral (274) evaluated at 1 was denoted \((P)_1\) and obtained in Eq. (260). Denoting the difference between the two regularizations by means of the script letter \({\mathcal {D}}\), we pose (for what concerns the point 1)
That is, \({\mathcal {D}}P_1\) is what we shall have to add to the Hadamard-regularization result in order to get the d-dimensional result. With this method, we only compute the first two terms of the Laurent expansion of \({\mathcal {D}}P_1\) when \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\), say \({\mathcal {D}}P_1 = a_{-1} \, \varepsilon ^{-1} + a_0 + {\mathcal {O}}(\varepsilon )\). This is all the information we need to clear up the ambiguities with Hadamard’s regularization. The result depends solely on the singular coefficients in the expansion of \(F^{(d)}\) around the singularities, Eq. (271). It reads (Blanchet et al. 2004a)
where the angular average is defined in d dimensions as
with \({\rm d}\varOmega _1^{(d-1)}\) the solid angle element around the direction \({\textbf{n}}_1\); recall that \(\varOmega ^{(d-1)}=2\pi ^{\frac{d}{2}}/\varGamma \left( \frac{d}{2}\right) \) is the volume of the unit sphere with \(d-1\) dimensions. The first term of (276) corresponds to the contribution of the singularity 1, while the second term concerns the other singularity 2, where we has to perform a multipolar re-expansion of the factor \(r_1^{2-d}\) around the point \({\textbf{y}}_2\), which reads in STF formFootnote 60
See Eq. (4.24) of Blanchet et al. (2004a) for the similar formula concerning the gradient of the Poisson potential—evidently crucial for the problem of equations of motion.
Note that (276) depends on the two “constants” \(\ln r_1'\) and \(\ln s_2\) appearing in (260) [remind that \(s_1\) disappears from (260)]. One can check that these \(\ln r_1'\) and \(\ln s_2\) will exactly cancel out the same constants present in the Hadamard calculation, so that the dimensionally regularized equations of motion are finally free of these constants. However the coefficients \({}_1f_{p,q}^{(\varepsilon )}\) (and \(1\leftrightarrow 2\)) in d dimensions depend on the length scale \(\ell _0\) introduced in Eq. (262). Taking this dependence into account one can verify that the constants in (276) appear only in the combinations \(\ln (r_1'/\ell _0)\) and \(\ln (s_2/\ell _0)\).
Next we outline the way we obtain, starting from the computation of the previous difference, the equations of motion in dimensional regularization. As we already alluded, the common “core” of both dimensional and Hadamard regularizations is the pure-Hadamard-Schwartz (pHS) regularization (Blanchet et al. 2004a). This regularization is a specific, minimal Hadamard-type regularization of integrals, based on the partie finie integral (257), together with a minimal treatment of “contact” terms, in which the definition (257) is applied separately to each of the elementary potentials V, \(V_i\), etc. (and gradients) which enter the PN metric. Furthermore, the regularization of a product of these potentials is assumed to be distributive, i.e., \((FG)_1= (F)_1(G)_1\) in the case where F and G are given by such elementary potentials; this is thus in contrast with Eq. (256). The pHS regularization also assumes the use of standard Schwartz (1978) distributional derivatives. The interest of the pHS regularization is that the dimensional regularization is equal to it plus the “difference”; see Eq. (279).
Therefore, summing up all contributions, the final result for the acceleration of body 1, regularized with dimensional regularization (DR), reads
where \({\mathcal {D}}{{\varvec{a}}}_1 \sim \sum {\mathcal {D}}P_1\) is the sum of all the individual differences of Poisson or Poisson-like integrals as computed in Eq. (276) (together with the difference for gradients), and where \({{\varvec{a}}}_1^{\rm pHS}\) is the acceleration obtained with the pHS “core” regularization described above. As obtained in (276), the difference makes a contribution only when a term generates a pole \(\sim 1/\varepsilon \), in which case the dimensional regularization adds an extra contribution, made of the pole and the finite part associated with the pole—we consistently neglect all terms \({\mathcal {O}}(\varepsilon )\). One must then be especially wary of combinations of terms whose pole parts finally cancel but whose dimensionally regularized finite parts generally do not; these must be evaluated with care. The poles \(\sim 1/\varepsilon \) arise at order 3PN in the equations of motion in harmonic coordinates.Footnote 61 Then we have
Theorem 11
The pole part \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) of the dimensional-regularized acceleration (279) can be re-absorbed (i.e. renormalized) into some shifts of the two “bare” world-lines: \({\varvec{y}}_1 \rightarrow {\varvec{y}}_1+{\varvec{\xi }}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2 \rightarrow {\varvec{y}}_2+{\varvec{\xi }}_2\) (with \({\varvec{\xi }}_{a} \sim 1/\varepsilon \) say), so that the result, expressed in terms of the “dressed” quantities, is finite:
with \(\delta _{{\varvec{\xi }}}{{\varvec{a}}}_1\) denoting the contribution of the shifts. Furthermore the renormalized acceleration (280) is equivalent to the Hadamard-regularized acceleration if and only if the ambiguous parameters are uniquely fixed.
All the previous discussion concerns the ultra-violet (UV) type divergences appearing in the equations of motion. However starting at the 4PN order the equations of motion also develop infra-red (IR) type divergences. Those too have to be treated with the dimensional regularization. We give more details on the DR of the IR divergences in Sect. 3.1.4.
3.1.3 Dimensional regularization of the radiation field
We now address the similar problem concerning the binary’s radiation field—say, to 3PN or 4PN order beyond the Einstein quadrupole formalism. As for the equations of motion, when using the Hadamard regularization for the calculation of the binary’s multipole moments, some ambiguity parameters arise (Blanchet et al. 2002b; Blanchet and Iyer 2005). Again, those are fixed using the dimensional regularization.
Let us first review the multipole expansion in d dimensions. To this end, we consider again the scalar wave equation (264) in D-dimensions, but in which the source \(S=\Box h\) has a compact spatial support. The multipole expansion \({\mathcal {M}}(h)\) is the retarded homogeneous solution of the wave equation, i.e. \(\Box {\mathcal {M}}(h) = 0\), valid outside the compact support of the source S. It reads
where \(\gamma _s(z)\) is part of the Green’s function (265)–(267), and the multipole-moment functions \({\mathcal {F}}_L\) are STF (in d-dimensions) and related to the compact-support source term by
We denote \({\hat{x}}_L\) the STF product of spatial vectors in d dimensions, and employ the convenient \(\ell \)-dependent weighted time average
satisfies the normalization condition \(\int _{-1}^{1} {\rm d}z\,\delta _\ell ^{(\varepsilon )}(z) = 1\), and is a simple d-dimensional generalization of Eq. (129). The formal PN expansion of Eq. (283), generalizing the 3 dimensional result (137), reads
In the second step we want to generalize the formalism of Sect. 2.2.3, i.e. solving for the multipole expansion of a source term with non-compact spatial support, given by the stress-energy matter plus gravitation pseudo tensor \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\) of the Einstein field equations in harmonic coordinates (261). We obtain
The first term \(u^{\alpha \beta }\) takes the same form as the corresponding piece in 3 dimensions, given by Eq. (127a). In the second term the multipole-moment function \({\mathcal {F}}_L^{\alpha \beta }(u)\) is given by the integral extending over the PN expansion of the pseudo-tensor \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\) (Blanchet et al. 2005a; Henry et al. 2021):
Indeed, we can follow exactly the same procedure as in 3 dimensions (see Sect. 2.2.3), which is appropriate for the non-compact support source term \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\). In particular, we introduced the regularization factor \({\widetilde{r}}^B\) [see Eq. (72)] and the finite part when \(B\rightarrow 0\) in both terms of Eq. (285). One may wonder why it is necessary to introduce the FP when \(B\rightarrow 0\) since we have at our disposal the dimensional regularization parameter \(d=3+\varepsilon \) which should play the role of IR regularization. Actually, applying the FP process “on the top” of dimensional regularization changes the nature of the limit \(B\rightarrow 0\). While this limit is singular in 3 dimensions, it turns out to be finite in any generic d dimensions. We shall see an example in Sect. 3.1.4 where it is necessary to compute first the finite limit when \(B\rightarrow 0\), and only then to apply the standard dimensional regularization, of course keeping consistently all poles \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \). We call this variant of dimensional regularization the “\(B\varepsilon \)” regularization.
With the result (286) in hand, we can derive the expressions of the irreducible source moments in d dimensions, generalizing those computed in Theorem 7. Extending the definitions (136) we pose
where we recall that \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\) is the PN expansion of the pseudo-tensor \(\tau ^{\alpha \beta }\), and obtain the mass-type moment as (Blanchet et al. 2005a)
At Newtonian order, this expression reduces to the standard result \({\rm I}_L = \int {\rm d}^d{\textbf{x}}\,\rho \,{\hat{x}}_L+{\mathcal {O}}(1/c^{2})\) with \(\rho =T^{00}/c^2\) denoting the usual Newtonian density. The post-Newtonian corrections can be computed explicitly using Eq. (284). The last term in (288) does not exist in 3 dimensions and plays no role in practical calculations of the mass moment up to 4PN order.
The mass moment is just STF in all its indices so that the symmetry is given by a symmetric Young tableau (with the multi-index \(L=i_1\cdots i_\ell \))
In d dimensions, since we do not dispose of the usual notion of Levi-Civita symbol, it is more tricky to define the proper generalization of the current-type moment. One has (Henry et al. 2021)
where we introduce the specific notation that allows reconstructing the symmetries of the object \({\rm J}_{i|L}\equiv {\rm J}_{i|i_1\cdots i_\ell }\):
where STF is the standard symmetric-trace-free projection with respect to the indices L, where TF means removing the traces (but not symmetrizing) of the resulting object with respect to the indices iL, and \({\mathcal {A}}_{i i_{\ell }}\) means the anti-symmetrization with respect to the pair of indices \(i i_{\ell }\) (with the factor \(\frac{1}{2}\) included). Thus, \(J_{i\vert L}\) is trace-free, STF with respect to \(L-1=i_1\cdots i_{\ell -1}\) and anti-symmetric with respect to the pair \(i_\ell i\). Finally, besides \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_{i|L}\), there exists in d dimensions an additional type of irreducible multipole moment, denoted \({\rm K}_{ij\vert L}\equiv {\rm K}_{ij|i_1\cdots i_\ell }\) and given by Eq. (2.34) of Henry et al. (2021). The symmetries of the moments \({\rm J}_{i|L}\) and \({\rm K}_{ij\vert L}\) are given by the mixed Young tableaux
with the convention that the indices are symmetrized over lines before being antisymmetrized over columns. However, the tensor \({\rm K}_{ij|L}\) actually vanishes in 3 dimensions. This can be checked by counting the number of its independent components, which turns out to be proportional to \(d-3\). In fact, the tensor \({\rm K}_{ij|L}\) for \(\ell =2\) has exactly the same trace-free property, symmetries, and number of independent components as the Weyl tensor. It plays no role with dimensional regularization, which is always performed in the limit \(d\rightarrow 3\), and shall henceforth be ignored.
The ordinary STF mass-type moment in 3 dimensions is simply recovered as the limit \({\rm I}_L^{(d=3)} = \lim _{d\rightarrow 3} {\rm I}_L\) (after the UV type renormalization). In particular, we observe that this limit removes the last term in Eq. (288). For the ordinary STF current-type moment in 3 dimensions we have
where \(\epsilon _{abi}\) is the usual Levi-Civita symbol in 3 dimensions and underlined indices are excluded from symmetrization denoted by parenthesis. Notice that \({\rm J}^{(d=3)}_L\), as recovered from (293), not only is symmetric in its indices L but is also automatically trace-free.
As in the problem of equations of motion, the strategy—since the moments (288) and (290) cannot be computed in closed form for any d—is to use the expressions of the d-dimensional moments to evaluate the difference between the dimensional-regularization result and the previous Hadamard (or pHS) one (Blanchet et al. 2004b, 2005a). The ambiguities arise from the integration regions near the particles, that give rise to poles \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \), corresponding to logarithmic ultra-violet (UV) divergences in 3 dimensions.Footnote 62 Since the difference is evaluated neglecting \({\mathcal {O}}(\varepsilon )\), the compact-support terms in the moments (proportional to the matter source densities \(\sigma \), \(\sigma _i\) and \(\sigma _{ij}\)) do not contribute. We are therefore left with evaluating the difference linked with the computation of the non-compact terms in the moments (288) and (290) near the singularities that produce poles in d dimensions.
A generic non-compact support term in 3 dimensions will be given by a function \(F({\textbf{x}})\) smooth except at the source points \({\varvec{y}}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2\) around which it admits a power-like singular expansion of the type (254). The generic contribution in the multipole moments in 3 dimensions is defined by the Hadamard partie finie prescription, given either by (257) or (258), say
which is just a function of time. In d dimensions the corresponding function \(F^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\) admits a generalized singular expansion of the type (271); since \(\lim _{d\rightarrow 3}F^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})=F({\textbf{x}})\) the singular coefficients in the expansion satisfy the constraint (272). In practice, the various coefficients \({}_1f_{p,q}^{(\varepsilon )}\) in the expansion are computed by specializing the general expressions of the non-linear retarded potentials V, \({\hat{W}}_{ij}\), etc. [see Eqs. (270)], to point particles in d dimensions. Now the analogue of the term (294) in d dimensions reads
Given the results of the two regularizations we compute the difference—which will have to be added to the 3-dimensional result—namely
and as in Eq. (276) we compute this difference keeping the pole part \(\propto \varepsilon ^{-1}\) and the finite part, but neglecting terms of order \({\mathcal {O}}(\varepsilon )\). To this order the difference depends only on the UV behaviour of the integrands, and can therefore be computed “locally”, i.e., in the vicinity of the particles, when \(r_1 \rightarrow 0\) and \(r_2 \rightarrow 0\). The outcome is (Blanchet et al. 2005a)
where the spherical average in d dimensions is defined by (277). This result depends on the two Hadamard regularization scales \(s_1\) and \(s_2\), and on the scale \(\ell _0\) belonging to dimensional regularization and defined by (262); taking into account the dependence of \({}_1f_{p,q}^{(\varepsilon )}\) upon \(\ell _0\), the Hadamard scales enter (297) only through the combinations \(\ln (s_1/\ell _0)\) and \(\ln (s_2/\ell _0)\).
Having controlled the difference (297), the dimensional regularization of the multipole moments is obtained as the sum of the pHS part and of that difference. Consider the case of the mass quadrupole moment \({\rm I}_{ij}\) since this is that moments which requests the highest approximation. Denoting \({\mathcal {D}}{\rm I}_{ij}\sim \sum {\mathcal {D}}H\) the sum of all the differences we obtain
which now no longer depends on the Hadamard scales \(s_1\) and \(s_2\); however it contains poles \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) coming from the differences (297). At this stage all elements are in place to prove (Blanchet et al. 2004b, 2005a):
Theorem 12
The pole part \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) of the dimensional-regularized quadrupole moment (298) can be renormalized into the same shifts of the world-lines as for the particle’s accelerations [Eq. (280) in Theorem 11]:
with \(\delta _{{\varvec{\xi }}}{\rm I}_{ij}\) denoting the contribution of the shifts.
To 3PN order it has been checked that the finite renormalized quadrupole moment (299) is physically equivalent to the Hadamard-regularized one (Blanchet et al. 2002b; Blanchet and Iyer 2005) if and only if the ambiguity parameters in the Hadamard calculation take uniquely determined values. Of course the procedure is then extended to 4PN order.
3.1.4 Infra-red divergences and radiative modes
Besides the UV divergences described in the previous Sects. 3.1.2 and 3.1.3, and which arises at 3PN order, there are also IR divergences, due to the behaviour of spatial integrals at infinity, which start to appear at 4PN order (Damour et al. 2014; Galley et al. 2016; Bernard et al. 2017a; Foffa and Sturani 2012). The IR divergences are present in both the multipole moments of the radiation field and in the local equations of motion (more precisely the Fokker Lagrangian introduced in Sect. 3.2.1).
Consider a non-compact support term \(F({\textbf{x}})\) which typically contributes to the binary’s multipole moments or the Lagrangian, and is obtained by direct post-Newtonian iteration of the metric in 3 dimensions. The divergences occur from the expansion of F when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \), which is of the form (for any \({\mathcal {N}}\in {\mathbb {N}}\))
The coefficients \(\varphi _p\) depend on the unit direction \({\textbf{n}}={\textbf{x}}/r\) and on p, with minimal value \(p_0\in {\mathbb {Z}}\) corresponding to growing divergent behaviour with the distance. In d dimensions the same PN iteration yields \(F^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\), which admits a more general expansion of the form
Comparing (300) and (301) in the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) we have
With such behaviour in hand we want to regularize the three-dimensional divergent integral \(K^{\text {(div)}} = \int {\rm d}^3 {\textbf{x}}\,F({\textbf{x}})\). Since we are dealing with the IR bound at infinity, we can consider the integration domain \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert >{\mathcal {R}}\), where \({\mathcal {R}}\) is some sufficiently large radius, thus \(K_{\mathcal {R}}^{\text {(div)}} = \int _{r > {\mathcal {R}}}{\rm d}^3 {\textbf{x}}\,F({\textbf{x}})\).
The Hadamard regularization is a good starting point, and we employ the partie finie integral, in the form based on analytic continuation with regularization factor \({\widetilde{r}}^B\), like in Eqs. (7). Thus we define
A straightforward calculation, plugging (300) into (303), yields the Hadamard-regularized version of the integral as
where \(\bigl <\varphi _{p}\bigr >_3 \equiv \int {\rm d}\varOmega \,\varphi _{p}({\textbf{n}})\) is the angular average in 3 dimensions. As we see the crucial coefficient in the expansion (300) is that for \(p=3\); it generates a logarithmic divergence of the original integral. On the other hand, the dimensional regularization prescription, to be considered in the sense of analytic continuation in \(d\in {\mathbb {C}}\), reads
Inserting the expansion (301), keeping only the pole \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) followed by the finite part \(\propto \varepsilon ^0\), and using also Eq. (302), we obtain
where the angular integration in the second term, because of the presence of the pole, is to be performed in d dimensions following (277). A priori the result (306) could contain terms that diverge at infinity. These terms correspond to the value \(q=1\) but do not appear up to the 4PN level. One can check that the result (306) comes out the same with the \(B\varepsilon \) regularization considered below.
Finally, exactly like in the UV case (Sects. 3.1.2 and 3.1.3), we add the difference between the two prescriptions, i.e.
The first term in (304) and (306) is the same and thus cancels out in the difference, so we obtain
As expected, the scale \({\mathcal {R}}\) has disappeared from the difference. Keeping track of the dependence over \(\ell _0\) of the singular coefficients in (301), the remaining logarithm \(\ln r_0\) is actually \(\ln (r_0/\ell _0)\). The poles \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) appearing in (308) can be qualified as “IR poles”; they appear in both the expression of the (source) multipole moments and in the Fokker Lagrangian for the conservative equations of motion.Footnote 63
We now review that the poles in the “difference” (308) are dropped when we add the “radiative modes” associated with tail (and alike non-linear effects) propagation in the far zone. To see this we start again with the generic d’Alembertian equation in d dimensions, Eq. (264), which we now write as \(\Box h = N\) to emphasize that the source \(N({\textbf{x}},t)\) will be a non-linear term in the vacuum Einstein field equations—say a typical term in Eq. (58a). Furthermore since we are in vacuum outside the source, this term will be in the form of a multipole expansion, for instance a quadratic product of two linear homogeneous retarded waves (281). The retarded solution is given by (268) which we recopy here:
We split the spatial integration over the source point \({\textbf{x}}'\) in (309) into an inner domain corresponding to \(r'<r\) (where \(r'\equiv \vert {\textbf{x}}'\vert \) and \(r\equiv \vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \)), and the outer domain for which \(r'>r\). For the computation of the radiation modes in the conservative Lagrangian and equations of motion, the relevant integration to be considered is that of the outer domain \(r'>r\), i.e.
Within the integration domain \(r'>r\) we are entitled to replace the integrand by its formal expansion when \(r\rightarrow 0\). Computing the Taylor expansion when \(r\rightarrow 0\), and transforming it to STF form, we obtain
where \({\hat{\partial }}'_P\) is the STF product of p partial derivatives, \(\partial '_P=\partial '_{i_1}\cdots \partial '_{i_p}\) with \(\partial '_i=\partial /\partial x'^i\), and on the last factor \({\textbf{y}}={\textbf{x}}'\) is set after differentiation. We also employ the useful short-hand notation
such a notation being motivated by the fact that \(\varDelta (\varDelta ^{-j} {\hat{x}}_P)=\varDelta ^{-j+1} {\hat{x}}_P\) in d dimensions. Inserting (311) into (310) we obtain
Note that the iterated Laplace operator \(\varDelta '^j\) in (311) has transformed into 2j time derivatives of the source as indicated with the superscript (2j).
Next we consider the above general formula in the case where the source term has a definite multipolarity \(\ell \), i.e. is of the type \(N({\textbf{x}},t) = {\hat{n}}_L \,N(r,t)\). Clearly, after summing up all the multipolar pieces, while assuming the convergence of the multipolar series, there is no restriction on the generality of the solution. We shall denote the corresponding solution by \(h^{>}_L\) since it depends on the multi-index \(L=i_1\cdots i_\ell \). In that case we can explicitly perform the angular integration in d dimensions [see Eq. (B23b) of Blanchet et al. 2004a] and obtain, after simplification by means of a series of integrations by parts over the variable z,
Note that the index of the \(\gamma \)-function is \(\frac{1-d}{2}-\ell \) instead of \(\frac{1-d}{2}\) previously. Now it was shown by Bernard et al. (2017a) that the radiative modes needed for insertion into the Fokker Lagrangian describing the conservative dynamics, are given by the outer domain integral (314), but in which the radial integral from r to \(+\infty \) is replaced by the integral from 0 to \(+\infty \). Finally the general form of the radiative modes is
where the function \({\mathcal {N}}(t)\) is related to the source term of the (vacuum) Einstein field equations by
From the above form one can directly check that it is an homogeneous solution in d dimensions, i.e. \(\Box h^ {\rm rad}_L = 0\). Furthermore, that solution is manifestly regular when \(r\rightarrow 0\), so it must be identified with an homogeneous anti-symmetric solution of the wave equation in d dimensions, of the type half-retarded minus half-advanced. As such this homogeneous solution can be directly imported into the near zone—via the matching equation, see Eq. (115)—where it contributes to the conservative dynamics described by the Fokker Lagrangian (or the EFT action).
Important in this approach, the “\(B\varepsilon \)” regularization scheme (Bernard et al. 2017a; Marchand et al. 2018; Larrouturou et al. 2022b) is used in Eq. (316). Thus the regularization factor \({\widetilde{r}}'^B=(r'/r_0)^B\) is inserted first in order to treat the divergence of the multipole expansion, see Eq. (75). As already mentioned after Eq. (286), this procedure is used even in d dimensions, the reason being that for the radiative modes obtained in Eq. (316), the direct limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) is ill defined and must be “protected” by the finite part regularization when \(B\rightarrow 0\). Following the \(B\varepsilon \) regularization one considers first the finite part at \(B=0\) in a generic d dimension, and, second, the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) is applied, keeping all the occuring poles as usual. With this method the limit \(B\rightarrow 0\) is proved to be finite (no poles \(\propto 1/B\)), so the method actually reduces to the usual dimensional regularization.
We apply the above formulas to a quadratic tail interaction, made of the interaction between the constant mass \({\rm M}\) and a varying multipole moment \({\rm M}_L\) or \({\rm S}_L\). In this case the generic form of the source term is
where \(k, p \in {\mathbb {N}}\) and the function \({\rm F}(t)\) stands for some time derivative of either \({\rm M}_L(t)\) or \({\rm S}_L(t)\) (and multiplied by \({\rm M}\)). The non-locality of the source term (317) comes directly from that of the multipolar homogeneous solution (281) in d dimensions. In the quadratic case (317), after a change of integration variable and repeated integrations by parts (Bernard et al. 2017a), the radiative mode (316) becomes
where \({\widetilde{\tau }}^B=(c\tau /r_0)^B\) and one has succeeded in factorizing out a pure numerical coefficient in front given by
We are ultimately interested in the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\), and the integral in (318) is well defined in this limit, i.e. convergent at the bound \(\tau =0\). Since \({\rm F}\) is a time derivative of a multipole moment, we can assume it to be zero in the remote past so there is no problem with the bound \(\tau =+\infty \) of the integral. However the coefficient (319) in front of the integral will develop a pole when \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\). In contrast with the IR pole in Eq. (308), such a pole will be a UV pole. The coefficient (319) has been computed in the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) in the Appendix D of Bernard et al. (2017a); as it turns out it is ill-defined for some values of \(\ell \), p or k, thus necessitating a “protection” by the B-process which reduces in this case to a mere finite limit \(B\rightarrow 0\). In conclusion, the UV type pole generated by the coefficient (319) cancels out (without need of a further renormalization) the IR pole coming from the potential modes in Eq. (308).
3.2 Newtonian-like equations of motion
3.2.1 The Fokker action for point particles
The main methods able to derive the equations of motion of compact binary systems to high post-Newtonian order, namely ADM Hamiltonian, Fokker Lagrangian and EFT, have been reviewed in Sect. 1.2.1. Here we focus on the powerful Fokker Lagrangian method. The starting point is the action \(S=S_g+S_m\) given by (46), but in \(D=d+1\) space-time dimensions, and where the gravitational action \(S_g\) is written in the Landau and Lifshitz (1971) form and we add the standard gauge-fixing term appropriate to harmonic coordinates,Footnote 64
The matter action \(S_{m}\) takes the form appropriate for N point-particles—we neglect the spins and the body’s internal structure:
Here \(m_{{\rm a}}\) is the mass of the particles, \(v_{{\rm a}}^\alpha ={\rm d}y_{{\rm a}}^\alpha /{\rm d}t=(c,{\varvec{v}}_{{\rm a}})\) is the coordinate velocity, \(y_{{\rm a}}^\alpha =(c t,{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}})\) the ordinary trajectory, and \((g_{\alpha \beta })_{{\rm a}}\) is the metric evaluated at the location of the particle \(\text {a}\). A self-field regularization will be necessary to define the object \((g_{\alpha \beta })_{{\rm a}}\) and we shall follow the dimensional regularization scheme. A closed-form expression for the gauge-fixed gravitational action can be written with the help of the gothic metric \({\mathfrak {g}}^{\alpha \beta }\equiv \sqrt{-g}g^{\alpha \beta }\) and its inverse \({\mathfrak {g}}_{\alpha \beta }=g_{\alpha \beta }/\sqrt{-g}\) as
The relaxed Einstein field equations following from the variation of the gauge-fixed action are of the form
where \(h^{\alpha \beta } = {\mathfrak {g}}^{\alpha \beta } - \eta ^{\alpha \beta }\) denotes the gothic metric deviation, the particle stress-energy tensor takes the standard form
and the source term differs from the one in harmonic coordinates by terms depending on the “harmonicity” \(H^\alpha \equiv \partial _\mu h^{\alpha \mu } = - \sqrt{-g}\,\varGamma ^\alpha \):
where \(\varLambda _ {{\rm harm}}^{\alpha \beta }\) is given in d dimensions by Eq. (263).
The Fokker (1929) action is obtained by inserting into the action (321)–(322) an explicit PN solution of the field equations, given as a functional of the particle’s trajectories, i.e., an explicit post-Newtonian metric
where the overbar recalls the post-Newtonian character of this solution. Note that the source term (136) contains all required harmonicities \(H^\alpha \), which are not assumed to be zero in the PN iteration of the metric (326). Hence the ellipsis in (326) indicate also the dependence on accelerations \({\varvec{a}}_{{\rm b}}(t)\), derivative of accelerations \({\varvec{b}}_{{\rm b}}(t)\), and so on, due to the fact that the equations of motion are “off-shell” at this stage and no replacement of accelerations is performed. Thus, the Fokker generalized action, which is a functional of the particles only, but depending not only on positions and velocities but also on accelerations and their derivatives, is given by
where \(\overline{{\mathcal {L}}}_g\) is the Lagrangian density of the gravitational action (322) computed with the metric (326). As is well known, it is always possible to eliminate from a generalized PN action a contribution that is quadratic in the accelerations by absorbing it into a “double-zero” term which does not contribute to the dynamics (Damour and Schäfer 1985). The argument can be extended to any term polynomial in the accelerations (and their derivatives). The post-Newtonian equations of motion of the particles are obtained as the generalized Lagrange equations
where \(L_{\rm F}\) is the corresponding Lagrangian (such that \(S_{\rm F}=\int {\rm d}t\,L_{\rm F}\)). Once they have been constructed, the equations (328) can be order reduced by replacing iteratively all the higher-order accelerations by their expressions coming from the PN equations of motion themselves.Footnote 65
By definition of the Fokker action, varying it with respect to the post-Newtonian metric (326) yields back the relaxed field equations. Hence (coming back to the gothic variable):
Now let us suppose that we have constructed the post-Newtonian metric up to some small post-Newtonian remainder, say \({\overline{h}} = {\overline{h}}_n + r_n\) (skipping space-time indices for a while), where \({\overline{h}}_n\) is explicitly known while the small remainder \(r_n\) is unknown. Evaluating the Fokker action for this solution we getFootnote 66
Actually, because the variation of the action with respect to \({\overline{h}}\) is zero, Eq. (328), when evaluated for the approximate solution \({\overline{h}}_n\), the correction term in (330) will acquire an extra small factor \(r_n\). More precisely, taking also into account the factor \(c^{4}\) in front of (329),
If the unknown remainder is of order \(r_n={\mathcal {O}}(c^{-n-3})\), which means that we control the post-Newtonian metric up to order \(c^{-n-2}\) included, we see that the Fokker action will be controlled up to order
which means that it is controlled up to nPN order included. Thus in order to compute the Fokker action to order nPN it suffices to insert the metric to order \(c^{-n-2}\), which represents for high PN orders an important improvement with respect to the naive expectection \(c^{-2n}\). However the previous reasoning neglects the tensorial nature of the metric. The more precise analysis by Bernard et al. (2016) concludes on the same result provided that the components of the metric are decomposed according to
That is, in order to obtain the Fokker action accurate to nPN order, it suffices to insert (each component of) the previous \({\overline{h}}\) developed up to order \(c^{-n-2}\) included. For instance, in order to obtain the Fokker action (and therefore the full dynamics) correct at 4PN order one needs only to insert \({\overline{h}}\) up to the relatively low level to \(c^{-6}\), i.e. (since we are interested in the conservative dynamics) \({\overline{h}}{}^{00ii}\) and \({\overline{h}}{}^{ij}\) to level \(c^{-6}\), and \({\overline{h}}{}^{0i}\) to level \(c^{-5}\). The above technique has been referred to as the “method \(n+2\)”.
As said in Sect. 3.1.3 the Fokker Lagrangian contains some IR poles coming from the behaviour when \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) of the gravitational part of the Lagrangian. Thus, one computes the expansion \(r\rightarrow +\infty \) of the various potentials parametrizing the metric in d dimensions, see e.g. (270), and then apply the formula (308). The potentials are those needed at the 4PN order (say) following the previous method “\(n+2\)”. In the language of EFT (Porto and Rothstein 2017) the previous calculation corresponds to “potential mode” contribution.
However, there is also to take into account the contribution coming from the conservative part of the 4PN tail effect in d dimensions, which corresponds in the EFT language to the “radiation” contribution and has been reviewed in Sect. 3.1.4. The radiation mode is an imprint of tails in the local conservative dynamics of the source at the 4PN order (Blanchet and Damour 1988). It contains a tail-induced modification of the dissipative radiation reaction force at the relative 1.5PN order, see Eq. (176). The conservative piece modifies the Fokker action of equivalently the EFT at the 4PN order (Foffa and Sturani 2013; Damour et al. 2014; Galley et al. 2016).
Applying Eqs. (318)–(319) to the case of the quadratic interaction between the constant mass \({\rm M}\) and the varying quadrupole moment \({\rm M}_{ij}\), one obtains at the leading 4PN order (Bernard et al. 2017a)
We do not indicate the 5PN remainder terms nor the neglected \({\mathcal {O}}(\varepsilon )\) terms; G is Newton’s constant in Eq. (262) and we pose \({\bar{q}}=4\pi {\rm e}^{\gamma _{\rm E}}\) with \(\gamma _{\rm E}\) denoting the Euler constant.Footnote 67 The tail terms in (334) yield a non-local modification of the equations of motion at 4PN order, and consequently a modification of the Fokker action. One finds
An important point to notice is that (335) can be rewritten in a manifestly time-symmetric way; thus the procedure automatically selects the “conservative” part of the tail at 4PN order—the dissipative part giving no contribution to the action. Hence we have in fact
which can elegantly be rewritten by means of the Hadamard partie finie (Pf) integral, defined as the one-dimensional version of Eq. (257), as (Foffa and Sturani 2013; Damour et al. 2014; Galley et al. 2016; Bernard et al. 2017a)
with \(\tau _0 = \frac{2\ell _0}{c \sqrt{{\bar{q}}}}\,{\rm e}^{\frac{1}{2\varepsilon }-\frac{41}{60}}\) playing the role of the Hadamard cut-off scale.Footnote 68 Since the action (337) is non local its variation involves functional derivatives rather than ordinary derivatives. Varying with respect to the particle world-lines \(y_{{\rm a}}^i(t)\)—for a system of point particles with mass \(m_{{\rm a}}\)—one obtains
which coincides with the conservative part of the known 4PN tail contribution in the equations of motion (Blanchet and Damour 1988).
3.2.2 The 3.5PN acceleration and 3PN energy
The acceleration of one of the particles, say the particle 1, is presented up to the 3.5PN order, together with the corresponding binary’s energy (which is conserved in the absence of radiation reaction). Besides the Hamiltonian and Lagrangian methods reviewed in Sect. 1.2.1, a “direct” post-Newtonian attack of the problem is possible, reducing the metric of an extended regular source, as given in harmonic coordinates to 3.5PN order by Eqs. (161), to the case where the matter tensor is made of delta functions, and then curing the self-field divergences by means of the dimensional regularization (see Sect. 3.1.2). In this approach the equations of motion (in the case of spinless particles) are just the geodesic equations provided to 3.5PN order in Eqs. (165)–(168); the metric therein is the regularized metric generated by the system of particles themselves. The radiation reaction effects at 2.5PN and 3.5PN orders in harmonic coordinates are known from Iyer and Will (1993, 1995), Jaranowski and Schäfer (1997), Pati and Will (2002), Königsdörffer et al. (2003), Nissanke and Blanchet (2005), Itoh (2009).
Though the successive post-Newtonian approximations are really a consequence of general relativity, the final equations of motion must be interpreted in a Newtonian-like fashion. That is, once a convenient general-relativistic (Cartesian) coordinate system is chosen, we should express the results in terms of the coordinate positions, velocities, and accelerations of the bodies, and view the trajectories of the particles as taking place in the absolute Euclidean space of Newton. But because the equations of motion are actually relativistic, they must stay manifestly invariant—in harmonic coordinates—when we perform a global post-Newtonian-expanded Lorentz transformation. Furthermore they must possess the correct “perturbative” limit, given by the geodesics of the (post-Newtonian-expanded) Schwarzschild metric, when one of the masses tends to zero, and be conservative, i.e., to admit a Lagrangian or Hamiltonian formulation, when the gravitational radiation reaction is turned off.
We denote by \(r_{12}=\vert {\varvec{y}}_1(t)-{\varvec{y}}_2(t)\vert \) the harmonic-coordinate distance between the two particles, with \({\varvec{y}}_1=(y_1^i)\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2=(y_2^i)\), by \({\varvec{n}}_{12}=({\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2)/r_{12}\) the corresponding unit direction, and by \({\varvec{v}}_1={\rm d}{\varvec{y}}_1/{\rm d}t\) and \({\varvec{a}}_1={\rm d}{\varvec{v}}_1/{\rm d}t\) the coordinate velocity and acceleration of the particle 1 (and idem for 2). Sometimes we pose \({\varvec{v}}_{12}={\varvec{v}}_1-{\varvec{v}}_2\) for the relative velocity. The usual Euclidean scalar product of vectors is denoted with parenthesis, e.g., \((n_{12}v_1)={\varvec{n}}_{12}\cdot {\varvec{ v}}_1\) and \((v_1v_2)={\varvec{v}}_1\cdot {\varvec{ v}}_2\). The equations of the body 2 are obtained by exchanging all the particle labels \(1\leftrightarrow 2\) (remembering that \({\varvec{n}}_{12}\) and \({\varvec{v}}_{12}\) change sign in this operation):
The harmonic-coordinates equations of motion depend on an arbitrary length scale \(r'_0\) associated with the logarithms present at the 3PN order. This scale is merely linked with the choice of coordinates—it can be referred to as a “gauge constant”. Initially two gauge scales \(r'_1\) and \(r'_2\) were introduced by Blanchet and Faye (2001a); however it is useful to choose \(r'_1=r'_2=r'_0\) for a reason given in Sect. VI of Marchand et al. (2020). One can show that the logarithms appearing in Eq. (339), together with the constant \(r'_0\) therein, can be removed by a coordinate transformation, or equivalently at that order by a linear gauge transformation. Therefore, the arbitrariness in the choice of the constant \(r'_0\) does not affect the physics, because physical results must be gauge invariant. Indeed we shall verify that \(r'_0\) cancels out in the final results.Footnote 69
When retaining the “even” relativistic corrections at the 1PN, 2PN and 3PN orders, and neglecting the “odd” radiation reaction terms at the 2.5PN and 3.5PN orders, we find that the equations of motion admit a conserved energy (and a Lagrangian as well); that energy can be straightforwardly obtained by guess-work starting from Eq. (339). When taking into account the radiation reaction, the energy will enter the left-hand side of the “flux-balance” equation, with the gravitational-wave energy flux in the right-hand side. Several equivalent choices can be made at this stage. The “canonical” choice is to present the flux into manifestly positive definite form, such as Eq. (5) at Newtonian order, or, more generally, Eqs. (179). Then we have to transfer to the left-hand side of the balance equation some odd-parity terms in the form of total time derivatives. Such time derivative represent the analogue of the Schott (1915) terms in electromagnetism. Thus we include a contribution to the energy E at the 2.5PN order, coming from the decision to express the flux into canonical form, i.e., the familiar Einstein quadrupole formula at 2.5PN order. We obtain
To the terms given above, we must add the same terms but corresponding to the relabelling \(1\leftrightarrow 2\). The time derivative of this energy, as computed by means of the 3PN equations of motion themselves (i.e., by order-reducing all the accelerations), is purely equal to the 2.5PN effect, and agrees with the standard Einstein quadrupole formula (5):
where the Newtonian trace-free quadrupole moment reads \({\rm Q}_{ij}=m_1 (y_1^i y_1^j-\frac{1}{3}\delta ^{ij} {\varvec{y}}_1^2)+1 \leftrightarrow 2\). We refer to Iyer and Will (1993, 1995), Gopakumar et al. (1997) for discussions of the energy balance equation to the next 3.5PN and 4.5PN orders. See also Eq. (177) for the energy balance equation at 4PN order for general fluid systems.
3.2.3 The 4PN Lagrangian and Hamiltonian
The conservative part of the equations of motion in harmonic coordinates (339) is derivable from a generalized Lagrangian, depending not only on the positions and velocities of the bodies, but also on their accelerations: \({\varvec{a}}_1={\rm d}{\varvec{v}}_1/{\rm d}t\) and \({\varvec{a}}_2={\rm d}{\varvec{v}}_2/{\rm d}t\), the accelerations occuring already from the 2PN order (Damour and Deruelle 1981a). A general result by Martin and Sanz (1979) states that N-body equations of motion cannot be derived from an ordinary Lagrangian beyond the 1PN level, when the gauge conditions preserve the manifest Lorentz invariance. One can always arrange for the dependence of the Lagrangian on accelerations to be linear, at the price of adding some “multi-zero” terms to the Lagrangian, which do not modify the equations of motion (Damour and Schäfer 1985).Footnote 70 The Lagrangian of two particles in harmonic coordinates at 4PN order is really the Fokker Lagrangian \(L\equiv L_{\rm F}\) of Sect. 3.2.1. It has been derived using the traditional method by Bernard et al. (2016, 2017a, b, 2018), and by Galley et al. (2016), Foffa and Sturani (2012), Foffa et al. (2019) within the EFT approach. The long explicit results are presented in the form of the sequence of PN coefficients,
For convenience we do not write the irrelevant rest-mass contribution. Up to 3PN order the results read
where the logarithms in harmonic coordinates contain the gauge constant \(r'_0\), and the accelerations start appearing at 2PN order [recall the notation, e.g. \((a_1v_2)={\varvec{a}}_1\cdot {\varvec{v}}_2\)]. We refer to de Andrade et al. (2001) for the expressions of the ten conserved quantities corresponding to the integrals of energy [given in Eq. (340)], linear and angular momenta, and center-of-mass position at 3PN order. Note that while it is strictly forbidden to replace the accelerations by the equations of motion in the Lagrangian, this can and should be done in the final expressions of the conserved integrals derived from the Lagrangian.
Now we exhibit a transformation of the particles’ dynamical variables—or contact transformation—which transforms the harmonic-coordinates 3PN Lagrangian (343) into a new Lagrangian, valid in some ADM or ADM-like coordinate system, and such that the associated Hamiltonian coincides with the 3PN Hamiltonian obtained by Jaranowski and Schäfer (1998, 1999). In ADM coordinates the Lagrangian will be ordinary, depending only on the positions and velocities of the bodies. Let this contact transformation be \({\varvec{Y}}_1(t)={\varvec{y}}_1(t)+\delta {\varvec{y}}_1(t)\) and \(1\leftrightarrow 2\), where \({\varvec{Y}}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_1\) denote the trajectories in ADM and harmonic coordinates, respectively. For this transformation to be able to remove the accelerations in the Lagrangian (343) at 3PN order, we determine it to be necessarily of the form (de Andrade et al. 2001)
and idem for \(1\leftrightarrow 2\), where F is a freely adjustable function of the positions and velocities, made of 2PN and 3PN terms, and where \({\varvec{X}}_1\) represents a special correction term, that is purely of order 3PN. The point is that once the function F is specified there is a unique determination of the correction term \({\varvec{X}}_1\) for the contact transformation to work (de Andrade et al. 2001). Thus, the freedom we have is entirely encoded into the function F, and the work then consists in showing that there exists a unique choice of F for which the Lagrangian (343) is physically equivalent, via the contact transformation (344), to the ADM Hamiltonian of Jaranowski and Schäfer (1998, 1999). An interesting point is that not only the transformation must remove all the accelerations, but it should also cancel out all the logarithms \(\ln (r_{12}/r'_0)\), because there are no logarithms in ADM coordinates. As a result, F involves the logarithmic termsFootnote 71
together with other non-logarithmic terms (indicated by dots) that are entirely specified by the isometry of the harmonic and ADM descriptions of the motion. The function F and correction term \({\varvec{X}}_1\) are given by Eqs. (4.9)–(4.10) of de Andrade et al. (2001). For these choices the ADM Lagrangian becomes
and the ADM Hamiltonian is deduced by an ordinary Legendre transformation. The procedure can easily be generalized to 4PN order.
Up to 3PN order all terms were “instantaneous”, as they depend on the system at current time only, see Eqs. (343). However at 4PN order a new feature arises: the non-locality (in time) due to infinite-range temporal correlations of gravitational wave tails (Blanchet and Damour 1988) and computed in the Fokker Lagrangian in Sect. 3.2.1. Accordingly we split the 4PN coefficient as
where the tail term reads explicitly
There is, though, an important difference with Eqs. (336)–(337), is that the Hadamard cut-off scale \(c\tau _0\) has been replaced by (two times) the physical separation between the two bodies, \(r_{12}=\vert {\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2\vert \). Therefore when varying the tail term (348) [remind that this is a functional variation] one has also to take into account the variation of the “constant” \(r_{12}(t)\). See Eq. (4.3) of Bernard et al. (2018) for the result of this variation. Note also that this variation concerns the conservative part of the acceleration; in addition one has to take into account the dissipative part. See Eq. (360) for the complete result in the center-of-mass frame, including both conservative and dissipative contributions.
As for the instantaneous part of the 4PN term, we split it into non-linear contributions corresponding to increasing powers of G:
where each of the terms reads explicitly
By a contact transformation at 4PN order, extending Eq. (344), we can transform the 4PN harmonic-coordinates Lagrangian into a new Lagrangian, valid in some ADM or ADM-like coordinate system, and such that the associated Hamiltonian coincides with the 4PN Hamiltonian obtained with the ADM Hamiltonian formalism of Jaranowski and Schäfer (2013, 2015), Damour et al. (2014, 2015). Denoting by \({\varvec{P}}_1\) and \({\varvec{P}}_2\) the canonical momenta in ADM coordinates, and by \(R_{12}{\varvec{N}}_{12} = {\varvec{Y}}_1-{\varvec{Y}}_2\) the relative separation, the 4PN ADM Hamiltonian is [following the same presentation as in (342) and (349)]
and, for the instantaneous (local-in-time) part at 4PN order,
The non-local tail term in the Hamiltonian is just the opposite of the tail term in the Lagrangian: \(H^ {\rm tail}_{\rm 4PN}=-L^ {\rm tail}_{\rm 4PN}\) (Damour et al. 2014; Bernard et al. 2016).
Arguably, the result given by the ADM-Hamiltonian formalism looks simpler than the harmonic-coordinate counterpart. Indeed, the Lagrangian is ordinary—no accelerations—and there are no logarithms nor associated gauge constant \(r'_0\). Of course, one is free to describe the binary motion in whatever coordinates one likes, and the two formalisms, harmonic and ADM describe rigorously the same physics. On the other hand, the higher complexity of the harmonic-coordinates formalism enables one to perform more tests of the computations, notably by inquiring about the fate of the constant \(r'_0\), which must disappear from physical quantities such as the center-of-mass energy and the total gravitational-wave flux. On the other hand, the ADM-Hamiltonian formalism currently provides a limited description of the radiation field, compared to what will be done using harmonic coordinates in Sect. 3.4. Therefore it is important to derive the equations of motion in harmonic coordinates for consistency with the calculation of the radiation field.
We have reviewed in Sect. 1.2.1 the efforts made to extend the equations of motion beyond the current state-of-the-art 4PN order.
3.2.4 Equations of motion in the frame of the center of mass
We translate the origin of coordinates to the binary’s center-of-mass (CM) by imposing the vanishing of the binary’s mass dipole moment: \({\rm I}_i = 0\) in the notation of Sect. 2.1.2. Actually the dipole moment is computed as the center-of-mass conserved integral \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}\equiv {\varvec{{\rm I}}}\) associated with the boost symmetry of the equations of motion (Damour et al. 2000d; de Andrade et al. 2001; Blanchet and Iyer 2003; Blanchet and Faye 2019; Bernard et al. 2018). The condition \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}={\varvec{0}}\) is solved iteratively with usual order reduction of accelerations using the CM equations of motion. This results in the relationship between the individual positions in the center-of-mass frame \({\varvec{y}}_1\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2\), and the relative position \({\varvec{x}}\equiv {\varvec{y}}_{1}-{\varvec{y}}_{2}\) and velocity \({\varvec{v}}\equiv {\varvec{v}}_{1}-{\varvec{v}}_{2} = {\rm d}{\varvec{x}}/{\rm d}t\) (formerly denoted \({\varvec{y}}_{12}\) and \({\varvec{v}}_{12}\)). We also use the orbital separation \(r\equiv \vert {\varvec{x}}\vert \), together with \({\varvec{n}}={\varvec{x}}/r\) and \({\dot{r}}=(nv)={\varvec{n}}\cdot {\varvec{v}}\). Mass parameters are: The total mass \(m=m_1+m_2\) (to be distinguished from the conserved ADM mass \({\rm M}\)); the relative mass difference \(\varDelta =(m_1-m_2)/m\); the reduced mass \(\mu =m_1m_2/m\); the symmetric mass ratio
The usefulness of this ratio lies in its range of variation: \(0<\nu \leqslant 1/4\), with \(\nu =1/4\) in the case of equal masses, and \(\nu \rightarrow 0\) in the test-mass limit for one of the bodies. Thus \(\nu \) is numerically rather small and may be viewed as a small expansion parameter. We also pose \(X_1=m_1/m\) and \(X_2=m_2/m\) so that \(\varDelta =X_1-X_2\) and \(\nu =X_1X_2\). The general form of the individual positions of the particles in the CM frame is
where all post-Newtonian corrections, beyond Newtonian order, are proportional to the mass ratio \(\nu \) and the mass difference \(\varDelta \). And, of course, we have \({\varvec{y}}_1=-{\varvec{y}}_2\) for equal masses. Up to the 4PN order the two dimensionless coefficients \({\mathcal {P}}\) and \({\mathcal {Q}}\) read [with presentation similar to (342) and (349); the PN coefficients not indicated are zero]
and
The CM velocities are obtained by differentiating the above expressions—with order reduction of accelerations. There are no tail terms, but the formulas contain logarithmic terms depending on the gauge constant \(r'_0\) not affecting physical results.
To proceed in the CM frame we consider first the relative acceleration \({\varvec{a}}= {\varvec{a}}_1-{\varvec{a}}_2\) and then make the replacements (354). The general form of the order-reduced acceleration (considering first the instantaneous, local part of the acceleration) is
where the various PN coefficients up to 4PN order are given by (Lincoln and Will 1990; Blanchet and Iyer 2003; Bernard et al. 2018)
The tail part of the acceleration comes from the variation of the tail part in the Lagrangian (348), taking into account the variation of the scale \(r=r_{12}\) entering into the logarithmic kernel, to which one has to add the dissipative contribution. The result is
where to this order the ADM mass \({\rm M}\) reduces to the rest mass m and the quadrupole moment is the Newtonian one \({\rm Q}_{ab} = m\nu \,x^{\langle a}x^{b\rangle }\).Footnote 72 The result (360) is made of both conservative and dissipative parts according to the split (see the footnote 68 for the definition of the Hadamard Pf)
The logarithms in (358)–(359), together with the constant \(r'_0\) therein, can be removed at 3PN order by a simple coordinate transformation (see the footnote 71), while staying within the class of harmonic coordinates. The modification of the equations of motion affects the 3PN coefficients; we denote the new coefficients as \({\mathcal {A}}^ {\rm MH}_{\rm 3PN}\) and \({\mathcal {B}}^ {\rm MH}_{\rm 3PN}\) where MH stands for the “modified harmonic” coordinate system, as opposed to the SH (“standard harmonic”) coefficients \({\mathcal {A}}_{\rm 3PN}\) and \({\mathcal {B}}_{\rm 3PN}\) containing logarithms. Limiting ourselves to 3PN order, we have (Mora and Will 2004; Arun et al. 2008a)
In the following we shall use the MH coordinate system when constructing the generalized quasi-Keplerian representation of the 3PN motion in Sect. 3.5.2. We now come back the the SH coordinate system.
The conservative part of the CM equations of motion derive from a Lagrangian, which can be constructed as follows. We start from the general-frame Lagrangian (343)–(350), which is a functional of \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\), \({\varvec{v}}_{{\rm a}}\) and \({\varvec{a}}_{{\rm a}}\), and admits the CM integral \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}[{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}, {\varvec{v}}_{{\rm a}}]\) given at 4PN order by Eqs. (B1)–(B3) of Bernard et al. (2018). We perform the change of variables \(({\varvec{y}}_1, {\varvec{y}}_2)\longrightarrow ({\varvec{x}}, {\varvec{{\rm G}}})\), where \({\varvec{x}} = {\varvec{y}}_1 - {\varvec{y}}_2\). Since \({\varvec{{\rm G}}} = m_1\,{\varvec{y}}_1 + m_2\,{\varvec{y}}_2 + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) to Newtonian order, we find \({\varvec{y}}_1 = X_2{\varvec{x}}+\frac{1}{m}{\varvec{{\rm G}}} + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) and \({\varvec{v}}_1 = X_2{\varvec{v}}+\frac{1}{m}\frac{{\rm d}{\varvec{{\rm G}}}}{{\rm d}t} + {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-2})\) (and \(1\leftrightarrow 2\)). Proceeding iteratively, it is easy to see that the old variables \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\) are obtained as functionals of the new variables \(({\varvec{x}}, {\varvec{{\rm G}}})\) and their derivatives, up to some differentiation order depending on the looked for PN order. In the process, we do not perform any order reduction of accelerations. Thus we get
which we plug into the original general-frame Lagrangian, still without order reduction of the accelerations. This yields an equivalent Lagrangian, which is now of the “doubly generalized” type
The ensuing equations of motion read \(\frac{\delta L}{\delta {\varvec{x}}} = 0\) as usual, together with \(\frac{\delta L}{\delta {\varvec{{\rm G}}}} = 0\). Now the latter equation is necessarily equivalent to the conservation law for the CM integral, hence we have
As a result, we can choose \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}=0\) as a solution of these equations. The CM equations of motion are then given by \(\frac{\delta L}{\delta {\varvec{x}}} = 0\) in which we pose \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}=0\) [these equations are nothing but the CM equations of motion (357) with (358)–(359)] and the CM Lagrangian is obtained by setting \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}=0\) in Eq. (364). Defining as usual the reduced CM Lagrangian as \({\mathcal {L}}=L/\mu \), we explicitly get (Blanchet and Iyer 2003; Bernard et al. 2018)
Remind that one has still to add the conservative 4PN tail term given by
whose functional variation yields Eq. (361a).
The above CM Lagrangian in harmonic coordinates depends on accelerations starting at 2PN order, through \((an)\equiv {\varvec{a}}\cdot {\varvec{n}}\) and \((av)\equiv {\varvec{a}}\cdot {\varvec{v}}\). Furthermore, it depends on the logarithm of \(r/r'_0\). Both the accelerations and the logarithms can be removed by applying a contact transformation, and one can prove that the harmonic-coordinates CM Lagrangian is equivalent to the ADM-coordinates CM Hamiltonian (which has no accelerations nor logarithms). In the CM frame the conjugate variables are the relative separation \({\varvec{X}}=R\,{\varvec{N}}={\varvec{Y}}_1-{\varvec{Y}}_2\) and the conjugate momentum (per unit reduced mass) \({\varvec{P}}\) such that \(\mu {\varvec{P}}={\varvec{P}}_1=-{\varvec{P}}_2\) (\({\varvec{P}}_1\) and \({\varvec{P}}_2\) are defined in Sect. 3.2.3). Posing \(P^2\equiv {\varvec{P}}^2\) and \(P_R\equiv {\varvec{N}}\cdot {\varvec{P}}\) and \({\mathcal {H}}=H/\mu \), we have (Damour et al. 2014, 2015; Schäfer and Jaranowski 2024; Blümlein et al. 2020a)
while to this order the tail part is the opposite of that in the Lagrangian: \({\mathcal {H}}_{\rm tail} = - {\mathcal {L}}_{\rm tail}\), where \({\mathcal {L}}_{\rm tail}\) is given by (367) with \(r\rightarrow R\).
3.2.5 Equations of motion and energy for quasi-circular orbits
Most inspiralling compact binaries will have been circularized by the time they become visible by the detectors LIGO and Virgo; see Sect. 1.1.2 for a discussion. In the case of orbits that are circular—apart from the gradual radiation-reaction inspiral—the complicated equations of motion simplify drastically, since we have \({\dot{r}}=(nv)={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^5)\) and, for instance, \(\ddot{r}={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^{10})\). In the case of (quasi-)circular orbits it is convenient to display the successive post-Newtonian corrections employing the useful post-Newtonian parameter
The relation between center-of-mass variables and the relative ones still reads (354) but with the simplified coefficients
The relative acceleration \({\varvec{a}}\equiv {\varvec{a}}_1-{\varvec{a}}_2\) of two bodies moving on a circular orbit at the 4PN order is then given by (in harmonic gauge)
where \({\varvec{x}}\equiv {\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2\) is the relative separation (in harmonic coordinates) and \(\varOmega \) denotes the angular frequency of the quasi-circular motion. The second term in Eq. (371), opposite to the velocity \({\varvec{v}}\equiv {\varvec{v}}_1-{\varvec{v}}_2\), represents the radiation reaction force up to 4PN order, which comes from the 2.5PN and 3.5PN coefficients in Eqs. (358)–(359), plus the dissipative part of the 4PN tail contribution, given by Eq. (361b) and which produces the \(4\pi \) term in (371). The calculation of the next 4.5PN dissipative coefficient has been carried out using the EFT by Leibovich et al. (2023). The results at 2.5PN, 3.5PN and 4.5PN orders are in agreement with the flux-balance method (Iyer and Will 1993, 1995; Gopakumar et al. 1997). The radiation-reaction force is responsible for the secular decrease of the separation r and increase of the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \):
which can be recovered and extended to very high order (namely 2.5PN \(+\) 4.5PN) using the phase and frequency evolution described in Sect. 3.4.4.
Concerning conservative effects, the main content of the 4PN equations of motion (371) is the relation between the frequency \(\varOmega \) and the orbital separation r or equivalently the parameter (369). This is given by the following generalized version of “Kepler’s third law”Footnote 73:
where \(r'_0\) is the UV type length scale in Eqs. (358)–(359), and \(\gamma _{\rm E}\) is Euler’s constant. As for the circular energy, it is inferred from the CM and then circular-orbit reduction of the general frame expression. We have
This expression is that of a physical observable \({\rm E}\); however, it depends on the choice of a coordinate system, as it involves the post-Newtonian parameter \(\gamma \) defined from the harmonic-coordinate separation r. But the numerical value of \({\rm E}\) should not depend on the choice of a coordinate system, so \({\rm E}\) must admit a frame-invariant expression, the same in all coordinate systems. To find it we re-express \({\rm E}\) with the help of the following frequency-related parameter x, instead of the post-Newtonian parameter \(\gamma \) (with \(m=m_1+m_2\))Footnote 74:
We readily obtain from Eq. (373) the expression of \(\gamma \) in terms of x as
that we substitute back into Eq. (374), making all appropriate post-Newtonian re-expansions. As a result, we gladly discover that the gauge constant \(r'_0\) has cancelled out. Therefore, the gauge-invariant result is (Damour et al. 2000b; Blanchet and Faye 2000a; Damour et al. 2001a; Blanchet et al. 2004a; Le Tiec et al. 2012a, b; Bini and Damour 2013; Damour et al. 2014; Bernard et al. 2017a, b; Foffa and Sturani 2012; Foffa et al. 2019)Footnote 75
For quasi-circular orbits one can check that there are no terms of order \(\propto x^{9/2}\) in (377), so the result is actually valid up to the 4.5PN order. We shall discuss in Sect. 3.6 how the effects of the spins of the two black holes affect the latter formula. We can write also a similar expression for the angular momentum,
For circular orbits the energy \({\rm E}\) and angular momentum \({\rm J}\) are known to be linked together by the so-called “thermodynamic” relation
which is actually just one aspect of the “first law of binary black hole mechanics” that we shall discuss in more details in Sect. 3.3.3.
We observe in Eqs. (377) and (378) the occurence of logarithmic terms \(\propto \ln x\) starting at the 4PN order. These terms are due to tail effects occurring in the near zone. They contribute to the Fokker action via the generalization of Eq. (348) to include higher mass and current multipole moments (Foffa and Sturani 2020). The 4PN, 5PN and 6PN coefficients of the logarithms in the circular energy function have been explicitly computed using a mix between the traditional approach (Blanchet et al. 2010a; Damour 2010; Le Tiec et al. 2012b) and the EFT method (Foffa and Sturani 2020; Blanchet et al. 2020):
The 7PN coefficient is also known, however in this case the iterated “tail-of-tail-of-tail” process is also relevant, and the complete 7PN result is not yet known. Furthermore it was shown how to compute, by means of renormalization group (RG) techniques (Goldberger and Ross 2010; Goldberger et al. 2014), the leading logarithmic terms to generic power n, which turn out to appear at orders \((3n + 1)\)PN, with \(n=1\) corresponding to the 4PN logarithm in (380), then \(n=2\) being the first logarithm square at 7PN order, and so on. We have, up to any power n (Blanchet et al. 2020):
where \(\beta ^{(m)}_2 = -\frac{214}{105}\) is the \(\beta \)-function coefficient associated with the logarithmic renormalization of the mass-type quadrupole moment (\(\ell =2\)), and given for an arbitrary multipolarity by Eq. (201). For the linear log-term (\(n=1\)) one recovers the 4PN coefficient in (380), while further comparison with high-order state-of-the-art self-force calculations by Kavanagh et al. (2015) reveals perfect match with the first terms up to \(n\leqslant 7\) in the infinite series (381a). Indeed, Eqs. (381) are first order effects in the test-mass limit \(\nu \rightarrow 0\). Note that the comparison necessitates the first law of compact binary dynamics, reviewed in Sect. 3.3.3. The gravitational self-force (GSF) results are expressed in terms of the Detweiler (2008) redshift variable. The first law permits to convey all the information from the redshift variable to the binary’s energy function. The leading logarithms to any power n in the redshift are given by Eq. (446). All of this shows the great consistency between EFT and RG techniques, the traditional PN method and high-accuracy GSF calculations.
We end this section by giving also the periastron advance in the case of circular orbits to 4PN order (Damour et al. 2015; Bernard et al. 2017b):
The GSF contribution therein is generally described by the function \(\rho (x)\) such that \(K^{-2} = 1 - 6 x + \nu \rho (x) + {\mathcal {O}}(\nu ^2)\), i.e.
The 4PN coefficient is of the type \(\rho _{\rm 4PN}=a_{\rm 4PN}+b_{\rm 4PN}\ln x\) and in particular, the numerical value of \(a_{\rm 4PN}\) (together with \(a_{\rm 3PN}\) and \(a_{\rm 2PN}\)) is in perfect agreement with the GSF calculations of van de Meent (2017). A comparison between the PN prediction for the periastron advance of circular orbits and numerical calculations based on self-force theory in the small mass ratio limit is done by Le Tiec et al. (2011).
3.2.6 The 2.5PN metric in the near zone
The near-zone metric is given by Eqs. (161) for general post-Newtonian matter sources. For point-particles binaries all the potentials V, \(V_i\), \(\ldots \) parametrizing the metric must be computed and iterated for delta-function sources. This entails UV-type divergencies. Up to the 2.5PN order it is sufficient to cure the divergences by means of the Hadamard self-field regularization (Sect. 3.1.1), equivalent to this order to the dimensional regularization (Sect. 3.1.2).
The post-Newtonian iteration of the metric in closed analytic form is greatly helped—and indeed is made possible at all—by the existence of the Fock (1959) elementary solution of the Poisson equation
which takes the interesting closed analytic form
with \(r_{{\rm a}}=\vert {\textbf{x}}-{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\vert \) and \(r_{12}=\vert {\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2\vert \). Thus Sis the Euclidean perimeter of the triangle made of the two source points \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\) and the field point \({\varvec{x}}\). An important point is that the Fock function solves the Poisson equation (384) in the sense of distribution theory. The generalization to d dimensions can be found in the Appendix C of Blanchet et al. (2004a).
The Fock function is the starting point of a hierarchy of elementary kernel functions, typically solving Poisson equations of the type \(\varDelta \varphi = r_1^{2n-1}r_2^{2m-1}\), with \((n,m) \in {\mathbb {N}}^2\), and their iterations. Such kernels play a crucial role in the post-Newtonian iteration to high order. For definiteness we limit ourselves to the following equations:
where the numerical coefficients are chosen for convenience. The general structure of the solutions is made of two parts: an homogeneous regular solution of the Laplace or iterated Laplace operator multiplied by \(\ln S\); and a specific polynomial of \(r_1\), \(r_2\) and \(r_{12}\) (Blanchet et al. 1995a; Jaranowski and Schäfer 1998; Blanchet and Faye 2001a; Jaranowski and Schäfer 2015). If we seek for particular solutions, we are free to add a global homogeneous solution, for example adding a numerical constant to the Fock function. However the final solution should contain the proper homogeneous function which is to be selected by the matching procedure of Sect. 2.2.1, see Marchand et al. (2020) for details. Particular solution of the above equations are
together with \(f_{12}\), \(h_{12}\) and \(k_{12}\) obtained by exchanging the field point \({\textbf{x}}\) with the source point \({\varvec{y}}_1\), i.e. \(f_{12} = f\vert _{{\textbf{x}}\longleftrightarrow {\varvec{y}}_1}\), \(h_{12} = h\vert _{{\textbf{x}}\longleftrightarrow {\varvec{y}}_1}\) and \(k_{12} = k\vert _{{\textbf{x}}\longleftrightarrow {\varvec{y}}_1}\), and similarly \(f_{21}\), \(h_{21}\) and \(k_{21}\) obtained by exchanging \({\textbf{x}}\) and \({\varvec{y}}_2\). In addition to satisfying Eqs. (386) the kernels also satisfy
where \(\varDelta _{{\rm a}}\) is the Laplacian with respect to the source point \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\), together with the equations obtained from \(1\leftrightarrow 2\). Note that these equations are true for the specific homogeneous solutions chosen in Eqs. (387). More formulas can be found in the Appendix B of Jaranowski and Schäfer (2015).
To obtain the metric at the 2.5PN order, we need g and also the solutions of more difficult elementary Poisson equations. Namely we meet
with \({}_{{\rm a}}\partial _i\)denoting the partial derivatives with respect to the source point \(y_{{\rm a}}^i\) (and as usual \(\partial _i\) being the partial derivative with respect to the field point \(x^i\)). It is quite remarkable that the solutions of the latter equations are known in closed analytic form. By combining several earlier results from Carmeli (1965), Ohta et al. (1973), Schäfer (1987), one can write these solutions as (Blanchet et al. 1995a, 1998)
or, equivalently, in expanded form,
Again, those solutions are valid in the sense of distribution theory. Furthermore they tend to zero when \(r\rightarrow \infty \).
We report the complete expression of the 2.5PN metric in harmonic coordinates, valid at any field point in the near zone. Posing \(g_{\alpha \beta }=\eta _{\alpha \beta }+k_{\alpha \beta }\)—to distinguish it from the gothic metric deviation \(\sqrt{-g}g^{\alpha \beta }=\eta ^{\alpha \beta }+h^{\alpha \beta }\)—we have (Blanchet et al. 1998)
To higher order one needs the higher kernels f, h, \(\cdots \) given by (387) but also the solution of elementary equations still more intricate than (389); the 3PN metric valid in closed form all over the near zone is not currently known.
Finally let us display the 2.5PN metric computed at the location of the particle 1 for instance; to this order the Hadamard self-field regularization, Eq. (255), gives the same result as dimensional regularization. We get
The metric regularized at the location of the particles has been computed to 3PN order by Blanchet et al. (2010b). At that order it becomes crucial to make full use of dimensional regularization, and poles \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) appear in the near-zone metric. The metric regularized at the location of the particles is needed when we compute the redshift observable (427) in Sects. 3.3.3 and 3.3.4.
3.3 Conservative dynamics of compact binaries
3.3.1 The innermost circular orbit
Having in hand the total relativistic energy for circular orbits (including the rest-mass contribution) at 4PN order, thus \({\rm M}= m + {\rm E}\) where \({\rm E}(x)\) is given by Eq. (377),Footnote 76 we define the innermost circular orbit (ICO) as the minimum, when it exists, of this energy function (Blanchet 2002). Notice that the ICO is not defined as a point of dynamical general-relativistic unstability. Hence, we prefer to call this point the ICO rather than, strictly speaking, an innermost stable circular orbit or ISCO. A study of the dynamical stability of circular binary orbits in the post-Newtonian approximation is reported in Sect. 3.3.2.
The previous definition of the ICO is motivated by the comparison with some results of numerical relativity. Indeed we shall confront the prediction of the standard (Taylor-based) post-Newtonian approximation with numerical computations of the energy of binary black holes under the assumptions of conformal flatness for the spatial metric and of exactly circular orbits (Gourgoulhon et al. 2002; Grandclément et al. 2002; Cook and Pfeiffer 2004; Caudill et al. 2006). The latter restriction is implemented by requiring the existence of an “helical” Killing vector (HKV), which is time-like inside the light cylinder associated with the circular motion, and space-like outside. The HKV will be defined in Eq. (424) below. In these numerical approaches there are no gravitational waves; the field is periodic in time, and the gravitational potentials tend to zero at spatial infinity, within a restricted model equivalent to solving five out of the ten Einstein field equations—the Isenberg and Nester (1980), Wilson and Matthews (1989) approximation. Considering an evolutionary sequence of equilibrium configurations the circular-orbit energy \({\rm E}(\varOmega )\) and the ICO of binary black holes are obtained numerically (see also Bonazzola et al. 1999; Gourgoulhon et al. 2001; Limousin et al. 2005 for related calculations of the ICO in the case of binary neutron stars and strange quark stars; see also Mora and Will 2004).
Since the numerical calculations of Grandclément et al. (2002), Cook and Pfeiffer (2004) have been performed in the case of two corotating black holes, which are essentially spinning with the orbital angular velocity, for the comparison we must include within our PN formalism the effects of spins appropriate to two corotating Kerr black holes. The total relativistic masses of the two Kerr black holes (with \(\text {a}=1,2\) labelling the black holes) are given by
We assume the validity of the Christodoulou (1970); Christodoulou and Ruffini (1971) mass formula for each Kerr black holes; i.e., we neglect the influence of the companion. Here \(S_{{\rm a}}\) is the spin, related to the usual Kerr parameter by \(S_{{\rm a}}=m_{{\rm a}} a_{{\rm a}}\), and \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\equiv m_{{\rm a}}^ {\rm irr}\) is the irreducible mass, not to be confused with the reduced mass, and given by \(16\pi \mu _{{\rm a}}^2=A_{{\rm a}}\) (with \(A_{{\rm a}}\) the black hole’s surface area). The angular velocity of the black hole, defined by the angular velocity of the outgoing photons located at the light-like horizon, is
We shall give in Eq. (436) a more general formulation of the “internal structure” of the black holes. Combining Eqs. (394)–(395) we obtain \(m_{{\rm a}}\) and \(S_{{\rm a}}\) as functions of \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\) and \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\),
In the limit of slow rotation we get
where \(I_{{\rm a}}=4 \mu _{{\rm a}}^3\) is the moment of inertia of the black hole. We see that the total mass-energy \(m_{{\rm a}}\) involves the irreducible mass augmented by the usual kinetic energy of the spin.
We now need the relation between the rotation frequency \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) of each of the corotating black holes and the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) of the binary system. Indeed \(\varOmega \) is the basic variable describing each equilibrium configuration calculated numerically by Grandclément et al. (2002), Cook and Pfeiffer (2004), with the irreducible masses held constant along the numerical evolutionary sequences. Here we report the result of an investigation of the condition for corotation based on the first law of mechanics for spinning black holes (Blanchet et al. 2013), which concludes that the corotation condition (at 2PN order) is
where x denotes the post-Newtonian parameter (375) and \(\nu \) is the symmetric mass ratio (353). This condition is issued from the general relation given in Eq. (437). Interestingly, notice that \(\omega _1=\omega _2\) up to the rather high 2PN order. In the Newtonian limit \(x \rightarrow 0\) or in the test-particle limit \(\nu \rightarrow 0\) we simply have \(\omega _{{\rm a}} = \varOmega \), in agreement with physical intuition.
To take into account the spin effects our first task is to replace all the masses entering the energy function (377) by their equivalent expressions in terms of \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) and the irreducible masses \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\), and then to replace \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) in terms of \(\varOmega \) according to the corotation prescription (398).Footnote 77 It is clear that the leading contribution is that of the spin kinetic energy given in Eq. (397b), and it comes from the replacement of the rest mass-energy \(m=m_1+m_2\) in \({\rm M}=m+{\rm E}\). From Eq. (397b) this effect is of order \(\varOmega ^2\) in the case of corotating binaries, which means by comparison with Eq. (377) that it is equivalent to an “orbital” effect at the 2PN order (i.e., \(\propto x^2\)). Higher-order corrections in Eq. (397b), which behave at least like \(\varOmega ^4\), will correspond to the orbital 5PN order at least and are negligible for the present purpose, limited to 4PN order. In addition there will be a subdominant contribution, of the order of \(\varOmega ^{8/3}\) equivalent to 3PN order, which comes from the replacement of the masses into the Newtonian part, proportional to \(x\propto \varOmega ^{2/3}\), of the energy \({\rm E}\); see Eq. (377). With the 4PN accuracy we need only to replace the masses that enter into the 1PN corrections in \({\rm E}\); in higher order terms the masses can be considered to be the irreducible ones.
Our second task is to include the specific relativistic effects due to the spins, namely the spin-orbit (SO) interaction and the spin–spin (SS) one. In the case of spins \(S_1\) and \(S_2\) aligned parallel to the orbital angular momentum (and right-handed with respect to the sense of motion) the SO energy to “next-to-leading order” reads
We shall review in Sect. 3.6 the most up-to-date results for the spin-orbit energy and related quantities; here we are simply employing the formula (592). We immediately infer from Eq. (399) that in the case of corotating black holes the SO effect is equivalent dominantly to a 3PN orbital effect and thus must be retained with the present accuracy. Since our goaled precision is 4PN we have to retain also the next-to-leading correction in (399). With this approximation, the masses in Eq. (399) can be replaced by the irreducible ones. As for the SS interaction (still in the case of aligned spins) it is given by
The SS effect can be neglected here because it is of order 5PN for corotating systems. Summing up all the spin contributions to 4PN order we find that the supplementary energy due to the corotating spins isFootnote 78
The total mass \(\mu = \mu _1 + \mu _2\), the symmetric mass ratio \(\eta = \mu _1 \mu _2 / \mu ^2\), and the dimensionless invariant post-Newtonian parameter \(x_\mu = (\mu \varOmega )^{2/3}\) are now expressed in terms of the irreducible “bare” masses \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\), rather than the “dressed” masses \(m_{{\rm a}}\). The complete 4PN energy of the corotating binary is finally given by the sum of Eqs. (377) and (401), in which all the masses are now understood as being the irreducible masses, which must be assumed to stay constant when the binary evolves for the comparison with the numerical calculation.
Figure 6 shows the post-Newtonian results for \({\rm E}_{{\rm ICO}}\) in the case of irrotational and corotational binaries and make comparisons with numerical results. Since \(\varDelta {\rm E}^{\rm corot}\), given by Eq. (401), is at least of order 2PN, the result for \({\rm 1PN}^{\rm corot}\) is the same as for 1PN in the irrotational case; then, obviously, \({\rm 2PN}^{\rm corot}\) takes into account only the leading 2PN corotation effect, i.e., the spin kinetic energy given by Eq. (397b), while \({\rm 3PN}^{\rm corot}\) and \({\rm 4PN}^{\rm corot}\) involve also the corotational SO coupling (401). As we can see the 3PN and 4PN points, and even the 2PN ones, are in good agreement with the numerical values.Footnote 79 The fact that the 2PN, 3PN and 4PN values are so close to each other is a good sign of the convergence of the (Taylor-expanded) series. The agreement found in Fig. 6 is remarquable, all the more if we remember the previous situation, since the first estimations of the ICO in post-Newtonian theory (Kidder et al. 1993a) and numerical relativity (Cook 1994; Pfeiffer et al. 2000; Baumgarte 2000) disagreed with each other, and do not match with the present 3PN/4PN results. The convergence of the standard (Taylor-expanded) post-Newtonian approximation is further discussed by Blanchet (2011a).
3.3.2 Dynamical stability of circular orbits
In this section, we investigate the problem of the stability of circular orbits against dynamical perturbations. We propose to use two different methods, one based on a linear perturbation at the level of the center-of-mass equations of motion in harmonic coordinates, the other one consisting of perturbing the center-of-mass Hamiltonian equations in ADM coordinates. We shall find a gauge invariant criterion for the stability of circular orbits (Blanchet and Iyer 2003). We shall check that our two methods agree on the result.
We deal first with the perturbation of the equations of motion, following Kidder et al. (1993a), see their Sect. III.A. We introduce polar coordinates \((r,\varphi )\) in the orbital plane and pose \(u\equiv {\dot{r}}\) and \(\varOmega \equiv {\dot{\varphi }}\). In this section we restrict ourselves to the 3PN order. Then the equations of motion are purely instantaneous, as we neglect the non-local tail term (360). Then Eq. (357) yields the system of equations
where \({\mathcal {A}}\) and \({\mathcal {B}}\) are provided by Eqs. (358)–(359), but limited to 3PN order, as functions of r, u and \(\varOmega \) (through \(v^2=u^2+r^2\varOmega ^2\)).
In the case of an orbit that is circular apart from the adiabatic inspiral at the 2.5PN order (we neglect the radiation-reaction damping effects), we have \({\dot{r}}_0={\dot{u}}_0={\dot{\varOmega }}_0=0\) hence \(u_0=0\). In this section we shall indicate quantities associated with the circular orbit, which constitutes the zero-th approximation in our perturbation scheme, using the subscript 0. Hence Eq. (402b) gives the angular velocity \(\varOmega _0\) of the circular orbit as
Solving iteratively this relation at the 3PN order using the equations of motion, we obtain \(\varOmega _0\) as a function of the circular-orbit radius \(r_0\) in standard harmonic coordinates; the result agrees with the 3PN restriction of Eq. (373).Footnote 80
We now investigate the linear perturbation around the circular orbit defined by the constants \(r_0\), \(u_0=0\) and \(\varOmega _0\). We pose
where \(\delta r\), \(\delta u\) and \(\delta \varOmega \) denote the linear perturbations of the circular orbit. Then a system of linear equations readily follows:
where the coefficients, which solely depend on the unperturbed circular orbit (hence the added subscript 0), read as
In obtaining these equations we use the fact that \({\mathcal {A}}\) is a function of the square \(u^2\) through \(v^2=u^2+r^2\varOmega ^2\), so that \(\partial {\mathcal {A}}/\partial u\) is proportional to u and thus vanishes in the unperturbed configuration (because \(u=\delta u\)). On the other hand, since the radiation reaction is neglected, \({\mathcal {B}}\) is also proportional to u [see Eq. (359)], so only \(\partial {\mathcal {B}}/\partial u\) can contribute at the zero-th perturbative order. Now by examining the fate of perturbations that are proportional to some \({\rm e}^{{\rm i}\sigma t}\), we arrive at the condition for the frequency \(\sigma \) of the perturbation to be real, and hence for stable circular orbits to exist, as being (Kidder et al. 1993a)
Substituting into this \({\mathcal {A}}\) and \({\mathcal {B}}\) at the 3PN order we then arrive at the orbital-stability criterion
where we denote \(\gamma _0=\frac{G m}{r_0 c^2}\) and we recall that \(r_0\) is the radius of the circular orbit in harmonic coordinates.
Our second method is to use the Hamiltonian equations associated with the 3PN CM Hamiltonian in ADM coordinates, given by the 3PN restriction of Eq. (368). We introduce the polar coordinates \((R,\varPsi )\) in the orbital plane—we assume that the orbital plane is equatorial, given by \(\varTheta =\frac{\pi }{2}\) in the spherical coordinate system \((R,\varTheta ,\varPsi )\)—and make the substitution
This yields a reduced Hamiltonian that is a function of R, \(P_R\) and \(P_\varPsi \), and describes the motion in polar coordinates in the orbital plane, hence \({\mathcal {H}}={\mathcal {H}}[R,P_R,P_\varPsi ]\). The Hamiltonian equations then read
Evidently the constant \(P_\varPsi \) is nothing but the conserved angular-momentum integral. For circular orbits we have \(R=R_0\) (a constant) and \(P_R=0\), so
which gives the angular momentum \(P_\varPsi ^0\) of the orbit as a function of \(R_0\), and
which yields the angular frequency of the circular orbit \(\varOmega _0\), which is evidently the same numerical quantity as in Eq. (403), but is here expressed in terms of the separation \(R_0\) in ADM coordinates. The last equation, which is equivalent to \(R=\text {const}=R_0\), is
It is automatically verified because \({\mathcal {H}}\) is a quadratic function of \(P_R\) and hence \(\partial {\mathcal {H}}/\partial P_R\) is zero for circular orbits.
We consider now a perturbation of the circular orbit defined by
The Hamiltonian equations (410), worked out at the linearized order, read as
where the coefficients, which depend on the unperturbed orbit, are given by
By looking to solutions proportional to some \({\rm e}^{{\rm i}\sigma t}\) one obtains some real frequencies, and therefore one finds stable circular orbits, if and only if
Using explicitly the Hamiltonian (368) we readily obtain to 3PN order
where \(\varGamma _0=\frac{G m}{R_0 c^2}\). This result does not look the same as our previous result (408), but this is simply due to the fact that it depends on the ADM radial separation \(R_0\) instead of the harmonic one \(r_0\).
Fortunately we have derived in Sect. 3.2.3 the material needed to connect \(R_0\) to \(r_0\) with the 3PN accuracy. Indeed, with Eqs. (344) [together with (4.9)–(4.10) of de Andrade et al. 2001] we have the relation valid for general orbits in an arbitrary frame between the separation vectors in both coordinate systems. Specializing that relation to circular orbits we find
Note that the difference between \(R_0\) and \(r_0\) starts at 2PN order. That relation easily permits to perfectly reconcile both expressions (408) and (418).
Finally let us give to \({\hat{C}}_0\) an invariant meaning by expressing it with the help of the orbital frequency \(\varOmega _0\) of the circular orbit, or, more conveniently, of the frequency-related parameter \(x_0\equiv (G m\,\varOmega _0/c^3)^{2/3}\)—cf. Equation (375). This allows us to write the criterion for stability as \(C_0 > 0\), where \(C_0=\frac{G^2\,m^2}{x_0^3}{\hat{C}}_0\) admits the gauge-invariant form (Blanchet and Iyer 2003)
This form is more interesting than the coordinate-dependent expressions (408) or (418), not only because of its invariant meaning, but also because as we see the 1PN term yields exactly the Schwarzschild result that the innermost stable circular orbit or ISCO of a test particle (i.e., in the limit \(\nu \rightarrow 0\)) is located at \(x_{{\rm ISCO}}=\frac{1}{6}\). Thus we find that, at the 1PN order, but for any mass ratio \(\nu \),
One could have expected that some deviations of the order of \(\nu \) already occur at the 1PN order, but it turns out that only from the 2PN order does one find the occurrence of some non-Schwarzschildean corrections proportional to \(\nu \). At the 2PN order we obtain
For equal masses this gives \(x_{{\rm ISCO}}^{{\rm 2PN}}\simeq 0.187\). Notice also that the effect of the finite mass corrections is to increase the frequency of the ISCO with respect to the Schwarzschild result, i.e., to make it more inwardFootnote 81:
Finally, at the 3PN order, for equal masses \(\nu =\frac{1}{4}\), we find that according to this criterion all the circular orbits are stable. More generally, we find that at the 3PN order all orbits are stable when the mass ratio \(\nu \) is larger than some critical value \(\nu _c \simeq 0.183\).
The stability criterion (420) has been compared by Favata (2011b) to various other stability criteria and shown to perform very well. It has also been generalized to spinning black hole binaries by Favata (2011a). Note that this criterion is based on the physical requirement that a stable perturbation should have a real frequency. It gives an innermost stable circular orbit, when it exists, which differs from the innermost circular orbit or ICO defined in Sect. 3.3.1; see Schäfer (2011) for a discussion on the difference between an ISCO and the ICO in the PN context. Note also that the criterion (420) is based on systematic post-Newtonian expansions, without resorting for instance to Padé approximants. Nevertheless, it performs better than other criteria based on various resummation techniques, as discussed by Favata (2011b).
3.3.3 The first law of binary point-particle mechanics
In this section we review an interesting relation for binary systems of point particles modelling black hole binaries and moving on circular orbits, known as the “first law of point-particle mechanics”. This law was obtained using post-Newtonian methods by Le Tiec et al. (2012b), but is actually a particular case of a more general law, valid for systems of black holes and extended fluid balls, derived by Friedman et al. (2002).
Before tackling the problem it is necessary to make more precise the notion of circular orbits. These are obtained from the conservative part of the dynamics, neglecting the dissipative radiation-reaction force responsible for the gravitational-wave inspiral. In post-Newtonian theory this means neglecting the radiation-reaction force at 2.5PN and 3.5PN orders, i.e., considering only the conservative dynamics at the even-parity 1PN, 2PN and 3PN orders. We have seen in Sects. 2.3.2 and 2.3.4 that this clean separation between conservative even-parity and dissipative odd-parity terms breaks at 4PN order, because of a contribution originating from gravitational-wave tails in the radiation-reaction force. The dissipative part of the 4PN tail term has been given in Eq. (361b). In fact at any high order 4PN, 4.5PN, 5PN, etc. there will be a mixture of conservative and dissipative contributions; here we assume that at any order we can neglect the radiation-reaction dissipation effects.
Consider a system of two compact objects moving on circular orbits. We examine first the case of non-spinning objects. With exactly circular orbits the geometry admits a helical Killing vector (HKV) field \(K^\alpha \), satisfying the Killing equation \(\nabla ^{(\alpha } K^{\beta )}=0\). Imposing the existence of the HKV is the rigorous way to implement the notion of circular orbits. A Killing vector is only defined up to an overall constant factor. The helical Killing vector \(K^\alpha \) extends out to a large distance where the geometry is essentially flat. There,
in any natural coordinate system which respects the helical symmetry (Sago et al. 2008). We let this equality define the overall constant factor, thereby specifying the Killing vector field uniquely. In Eq. (424) \(\varOmega \) denotes the angular frequency of the binary’s circular motion.
An observer moving with one of the particles (say the particle 1), while orbiting around the other particle, would detect no change in the local geometry. Thus the four-velocity \(u_1^\alpha \) of that particle is tangent to the Killing vector \(K^\alpha \) evaluated at the location of the particle, which we denote by \(K_1^\alpha \). A physical quantity is then defined as the constant of proportionality, say \(u_1^T\), between these two vectors, namely
The four-velocity of the particle is normalized by \((g_{\mu \nu })_1 u_1^\mu u_1^\nu = -1\), where \((g_{\mu \nu })_1\) denotes the metric at the location of the particle. For a self-gravitating compact binary system, the metric at point 1 is generated by the two particles and has to be regularized according to the self-field regularization discussed in Sect. 3.1. It will in fact be sometimes more convenient to work with the inverse of \(u_1^T\), denoted \(z_1\equiv 1/u_1^T\). From Eq. (425) we get
where \((u_1 K_1) = (g_{\mu \nu })_1 u_1^\mu K_1^\nu \) denotes the usual space-time dot product. Thus we can regard \(z_1\) as the Killing energy of the particle that is associated with the HKV field \(K^\alpha \). The quantity \(z_1\) represents also the redshift of light rays emitted from the particle and received on the helical symmetry axis perpendicular to the orbital plane at large distances from it. In the following we shall refer to \(z_1\) as the redshift observable; it has been introduced by Detweiler (2008).
If we choose a coordinate system such that Eq. (424) is satisfied everywhere, then in particular \(K_1^t=1\), thus \(u_1^T\) simply agrees with \(u_1^t\), the t-component of the four-velocity of the particle. The Killing vector on the particle is then \(K_1^{\alpha }=u_1^{\alpha }/u_1^t\), and simply reduces to the particle’s ordinary coordinate velocity: \(K_1^{\alpha }= v_1^{\alpha }\) where \(v_1^{\alpha }={\rm d}y_1^{\alpha }/{\rm d}t\) and \(y_1^{\alpha }(t)=(t, {\varvec{y}}_1(t))\) denotes the particle’s trajectory in that coordinate system. The redshift observable is then
It is important to note that for circular orbits this quantity does not depend upon the choice of coordinates; in a perturbative approach in which the perturbative parameter is the particles’ mass ratio \(\nu \ll 1\), it does not depend upon the choice of perturbative gauge with respect to the background metric. We shall be interested in the invariant scalar function \(z_1(\varOmega )\), where \(\varOmega \) is the angular frequency of the circular orbit defined by Eq. (424).
We have obtained in Sect. 3.2.5 the expressions of the post-Newtonian binding energy \({\rm E}\) and angular momentum \({\rm J}\) for point-particle binaries on circular orbits. We shall now show that there are some differential and algebraic relations linking \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\) to the redshift observables \(z_1\) and \(z_2\) associated with the two individual particles. Here we prefer to introduce instead of \({\rm E}\) the total relativistic (ADM) mass of the binary system
where m is the sum of the two post-Newtonian individual masses \(m_1\) and \(m_2\)—those which have been used up to now, for instance in Eq. (339). Note that in the spinning case such post-Newtonian masses acquire some spin contributions given by Eqs. (394)–(397).
For point particles without spins, the ADM mass \({\rm M}\), angular momentum \({\rm J}\), and redshifts \(z_{{\rm a}}\), are functions of three independent variables, namely the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) that is imposed by the existence of the HKV, and the individual masses \(m_{{\rm a}}\). For spinning point particles, we have also the two spins \(S_{{\rm a}}\) which are necessarily aligned with the orbital angular momentum, and furthermore should satisfy a corotation condition. We first recall that the ADM quantities obey the “thermodynamical” relation already met in Eq. (379),
Such relation is commonly used in post-Newtonian theory, see e.g., Damour et al. (2000b), Blanchet (2002), Blanchet et al. (2020); it states that the gravitational-wave energy and angular momentum fluxes are strictly proportional for circular orbits, with \(\varOmega \) being the coefficient of proportionality. The relation is also used in numerical computations of the binary evolution based on a sequence of quasi-equilibrium configurations (Gourgoulhon et al. 2002; Grandclément et al. 2002; Cook and Pfeiffer 2004; Caudill et al. 2006), as reviewed in Sect. 3.3.1.
The first law is a generalization of Eq. (429), describing the changes in the ADM quantities not only when the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) varies with fixed masses, but also when the individual masses \(m_{{\rm a}}\) of the particles vary with fixed orbital frequency. That is, one compares together different conservative dynamics with different masses but the same orbital frequency. This situation is answered by the differential equations
Finally the relations (429)–(430) can be summarized by the following.
Theorem 13
(Friedman et al. 2002; Le Tiec et al. 2012b) The changes in the ADM mass and angular momentum of a binary system made of point particles on a circular orbit, in response to infinitesimal variations of the individual masses of the point particles, are related together by the first law of binary point-particle mechanics
This law was initially proved in a very general way by Friedman et al. (2002) for systems of black holes and extended bodies under some arbitrary Killing symmetry. The particular form given in Eq. (431) is a specialization to the case of point particle binaries with helical Killing vector. It has been derived directly in this form by Le Tiec et al. (2012b) up to high post-Newtonian order, viz. 3PN and the logarithmic terms at 4PN and 5PN orders. Furthermore, it was proved by Blanchet and Le Tiec (2017) that the first law still holds when taking into account the non-local tail term at 4PN order.
An interesting by-product of the first law (431) is the simple relation
which can be seen as a first integral of the differential relation (431). The existence of such a simple algebraic relation between the quantities \(z_{{\rm a}}\) belonging to each particles, and the globally defined quantities \({\rm M}\) and \({\rm J}\), is remarkable.
The law (431) has been generalized by Le Tiec (2015) for binary systems of point masses moving on generic eccentric orbits, using a natural orbit-averaged definition of the redshift observable (Barack and Sago 2011). An application of the first law is the calculation of the exact gravitational self-force contributions in the binding energy and angular momentum for circular orbits, allowing a coordinate-invariant comparison to numerical relativity (Le Tiec et al. 2012a).
In the case of an asymptotically flat vacuum spacetime with two black holes on circular orbits, we have (Friedman et al. 2002)
which can be viewed as a generalization of the celebrated first law of black hole mechanics \(\delta {\rm M}- \omega _{\rm H} \, \delta {\rm J}= \frac{\kappa }{8\pi } \delta A\), which holds for any non-singular, asymptotically flat perturbation of a stationary and axisymmetric black hole of mass \({\rm M}\), intrinsic angular momentum (or spin) \({\rm J}\equiv {\rm M}a\), surface area A, uniform surface gravity \(\kappa \), and angular frequency \(\omega _{\rm H}\) on the horizon (Bardeen et al. 1973; Wald 1973). In the binary black hole case, the role played by the horizon angular velocity \(\omega _{\rm H}\) of a single rotating black hole is taken by the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) of the binary.
In order to interpret the first law (431) (and the redshift factor therein) for actual binary black holes, and to reconcile it with (433), we have to remember that the assumption of helical Killing symmetry requires that the two black holes are in co-rotation, and must therefore have non-zero spins. For rotating black holes, the post-Newtonian mass \(m_{{\rm a}}\) is given by the total mass of the black hole, including the effect of the spin, see Eq. (394). We therefore need the generalization of the first law (431) applicable to systems of point particles with spins (moving on circular orbits). The result will be valid through linear order in the spin of each particle, but will also hold for the quadratic coupling between different spins (interaction spin terms \(S_1\times S_2\) in the language of Sect. 3.6). To be consistent with the HKV symmetry, we must assume that the two spins \(S_{{\rm a}}\) are aligned or anti-aligned with the orbital angular momentum. We introduce the total (ADM-like) angular momentum \({\rm J}\) which is related to the orbital angular momentum \({\rm L}\) by \({\rm J}= {\rm L}+ \sum _{{\rm a}}S_{{\rm a}}\) for aligned or anti-aligned spins. The first law now reads
where \(\varOmega _{{\rm a}}=\vert {\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}}\vert \) denotes the precession frequency of the spins. This law has been derived by Blanchet et al. (2013) using the canonical Hamiltonian formalism. The spin variables in (434) are the canonical spins \({\varvec{S}}_{{\rm a}}\), that are easily seen to obey, from the algebra satisfied by the canonical variables, the usual Newtonian-looking precession equations \({\rm d}{\varvec{S}}_{{\rm a}}/{\rm d}t={\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}}\times {\varvec{S}}_{{\rm a}}\). These variables are identical to the “constant-in-magnitude” spins which will be defined and extensively used in Sect. 3.6. Similarly to Eq. (432), we have also a first integral associated with the variational law (434):
Notice that the relation (434) has been derived for point particles and arbitrary aligned spins. We want now to derive the analogous relation for binary black holes. The key difference is that black holes are extended finite-size objects while point particles have by definition no spatial extension. For point particle binaries the spins can have arbitrary magnitude and still be compatible with the HKV. In this case the law (434) would describe also (super-extremal) naked singularities. For black hole binaries the HKV constraints the rotational state of each black hole and the binary system must be corotating.
Let us derive, in a heuristic way, the analogue of the first law (434) for general bodies, by introducing some “constitutive relations” \(m_{{\rm a}}(\mu _{{\rm a}},S_{{\rm a}},\cdots )\) specifying the energy content of the bodies, i.e., the relations linking their masses \(m_{{\rm a}}\) to the spins \(S_{{\rm a}}\) and to some irreducible masses \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\). More precisely, we define for each spinning particle the analogue of an irreducible mass \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\equiv m_{{\rm a}}^ {\rm irr}\) via the variational relation \(\delta m_{{\rm a}} = c_{{\rm a}} \, \delta \mu _{{\rm a}} + \omega _{{\rm a}} \, \delta S_{{\rm a}}\), in which the “response coefficient” \(c_{{\rm a}}\) of the body and its proper rotation frequency \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) are associated with the internal structure:
For instance, using the Christodoulou mass formula (394) for Kerr black holes, we obtain the rotation frequency \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) given by Eq. (395). On the other hand, the response coefficient \(c_{{\rm a}}\) differs from 1 only because of spin effects, and we can check that \(c_{{\rm a}} = 1 + {\mathcal {O}}(S_{{\rm a}}^2)\).
Within the latter heuristic model a condition for the corotation of black hole binaries has been proposed by Blanchet et al. (2013) as
This condition determines the value of the proper frequency \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) of each black hole appropriate to the corotation state. When expanded to 2PN order the condition (437) leads to Eq. (398) that we have already used in Sect. 3.3.1. With Eq. (437) imposed, the first law (434) simplifies considerably:
This is almost identical to the first law for non-spinning binaries given by Eq. (431); indeed it simply differs from it by the substitutions \(c_{{\rm a}} \rightarrow 1\) and \(\mu _{{\rm a}} \rightarrow m_{{\rm a}}\). Since the irreducible mass \(\mu _{{\rm a}}\) of a rotating black hole is the spin-independent part of its total mass \(m_{{\rm a}}\), this observation suggests that corotating binaries are very similar to non-spinning binaries, at least from the perspective of the first law. Finally we can easily reconcile the first law (438) for corotating systems with the known first law of binary black hole mechanics given by (433). Indeed, since the surface area is related to the irreducible mass by \(\mu _{{\rm a}}^2 = A_{{\rm a}}/(16\pi )\), it suffices to make the formal identification in Eq. (438):
where \(\kappa _{{\rm a}}\) denotes the constant surface gravity. In particular, for two black holes on circular orbits, but far enough apart so that they can be viewed—in first approximation—as isolated, the surface gravity \(\kappa _{{\rm a}}\rightarrow (4\mu _{{\rm a}})^{-1}\), while for the point particles we have both \(z_{{\rm a}}\rightarrow 1\) and \(c_{{\rm a}}\rightarrow 1\). The nice correspondence (439) shows that the heuristic model based on the constitutive relations (436) is able to capture the physics of corotating black hole binary systems.
3.3.4 Post-Newtonian approximation versus gravitational self-force
The high-accuracy predictions from GR we have drawn up to now are well suited to describe the inspiralling phase of compact binaries, when the post-Newtonian parameter (1) is small, independently of the mass ratio \(q\equiv m_1/m_2\) between the compact bodies. In this section we investigate how well does the post-Newtonian expansion, compared with another very important approximation scheme in general relativity: The gravitational self-force approach, based on black-hole perturbation theory, which gives an accurate description of extreme mass ratio binaries having \(q\ll 1\) or equivalently \(\nu \ll 1\), even in the strong field regime. It is thus expected to provide templates for extreme mass ratio inspirals (EMRI) anticipated to be present in the bandwidth of space-based detectors.
The gravitational self-force analysis was pioneered by De Witt and Brehme (1960), Mino et al. (1997b), Quinn and Wald (1997), Detweiler and Whiting (2003), Gralla and Wald (2008); see Poisson et al. (2011), Detweiler (2011), Barack (2011), Barack and Pound (2018) for reviews. The expansion at leading order in the mass ratio reaches impressive PN equivalent levels (Fujita 2012a, b; Kavanagh et al. 2015). The state-of-the-art is currently the second order in the mass ratio, for both the binding energy (Pound et al. 2020) and the energy flux and waveform (Warburton et al. 2021; Wardell et al. 2023).
Consider a system of two (non-spinning) compact objects with mass ratio \(q=m_1/m_2 \ll 1\); we shall call the smaller mass \(m_1\) the “particle”, and the larger mass \(m_2\) the “black hole”. The orbit of the particle around the black hole is supposed to be exactly circular as we neglect the radiation-reaction effects. With circular orbits and no dissipation, we are considering the conservative part of the dynamics, and the geometry admits the HKV field (424). Note that in self-force theory there is a clean split between the dissipative and conservative parts of the dynamics (see e.g., Barack 2009). This split is particularly transparent for an exact circular orbit, since the radial component (along r) is the only non-vanishing component of the conservative self-force, while the dissipative part of the self-force are the components along t and \(\varphi \).
The problem of the comparison between the post-Newtonian and perturbative self-force analyses in their common domain of validity, that of the slow-motion and weak-field regime of an extreme mass ratio binary, is illustrated in Fig. 7. This problem has been tackled by Detweiler (2008), who computed numerically within the self-force (SF) approach the redshift observable \(u_1^T\) associated with the particle, and compared it with the 2PN prediction extracted from the post-Newtonian results of Blanchet et al. (1998). This comparison proved to be successful, and therefore was later systematically implemented and extended to higher PN orders by Blanchet et al. (2010a, b) (see also Barack et al. 2010; Barack and Sago 2011 for related comparisons). In this section we review the latter works which have demonstrated an excellent agreement between the analytical post-Newtonian result derived through 3PN order, with inclusion of specific logarithmic terms at 4PN and 5PN orders, and the exact numerical SF result.
For the PN-SF comparison, we require two physical quantities which are precisely defined in the context of each of the approximation schemes. The orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) of the circular orbit as measured by a distant observer is one such quantity and has been introduced in Eq. (424); the second quantity is the Detweiler (2008) redshift observable \(u_1^T\) (or equivalently \(z_1=1/u_1^T\)) associated with the smaller mass \(m_1\ll m_2\) and defined by Eqs. (425) or (426). The truly coordinate and perturbative-gauge independent properties of \(\varOmega \) and the redshift observable \(u_1^T\) play a crucial role in this comparison. In the perturbative self-force approach we use Schwarzschild coordinates for the background, and we refer to “gauge invariance” as a property which holds within the restricted class of gauges for which (424) is a helical Killing vector. In all other respects, the gauge choice is arbitrary. In the post-Newtonian approach we generally work with harmonic coordinates and compute the explicit expression (427) of the redshift observable.
The main difficulty in the post-Newtonian calculation is the control to high PN order of the near-zone metric \((g_{\mu \nu })_1\) entering the definition of the redshift observable (427), and which has to be regularized at the location of the particle by means of dimensional regularization (see Sects. 3.1.2 and 3.1.3). Up to 2.5PN order the Hadamard regularization is sufficient and the regularized metric has been provided in Eqs. (393). However at 3PN order dimensional regularization plays a crucial role as there are poles \(\propto 1/\varepsilon \) which develop in the near zone metric. As shown by Blanchet et al. (2010b) the poles are cancelled in fine when the redshift observable is expressed in terms of the gauge invariant post-Newtonian parameter (375). At the next 4PN order we do not know the near zone metric and thus a direct computation of the redshift using Eq. (427) is not possible. Nevertheless we can infer indirectly the 4PN coefficient in the redshift from the known 4PN coefficient in the energy function for circular orbits (377) by using the first law (431). Indeed, as found by Le Tiec et al. (2012a, b) the first law is fully satisfied if and only if there is a precise relationship between the post-Newtonian coefficients in the redshift on the one hand, and those in the conserved energy and angular momentum on the other hand. Finally the complete result for the redshift at 4PN order is
where x is defined by (375), \(\nu \) is the mass ratio (353), and we recall that \(X_2 \equiv m_2/m\) (with 2 being the “black hole”). The redshift of the other particle is deduced by changing \(X_2 \rightarrow X_1\).
The post-Newtonian result (440) is valid for any mass ratio, and for comparison purpose with the SF calculation we now investigate the small mass ratio regime \(q\ll 1\). We introduce a PN parameter appropriate to the small mass limit of the “particle”,
We express the symmetric mass ratio in terms of the asymmetric one: \(\nu = q (1+q)^{-2}\), together with \(X_2=(q+1)^{-1}\). Then Eq. (440) [or, rather, its inverse \(u_1^T=1/z_1\)], expanded through first order in q, which means including the linear self-force level, reads
The Schwarzschildean result is known in closed form as
and for the SF contribution one obtainsFootnote 82
The analytic coefficients in (444) were determined up to 2PN order by Detweiler (2008) using the regularized post-Newtonian metric of Blanchet et al. (1998). The 3PN term was computed by Blanchet et al. (2010b) making full use of dimensional regularization. The comparison of the post-Newtonian expansion (444) with the numerical SF data has confirmed with high precision the analytic determination of the 3PN coefficient. Notice that such agreement provides an independent check of the dimensional regularization procedure at the basis of the PN expansion (see Sects. 3.1.2–3.1.3). It is remarkable that such procedure gives results equivalent to those obtained with the subtraction of the singular field in the SF approach (Detweiler and Whiting 2003). The comparison with SF data also revealed the presence of logarithmic contributions at the 4PN and 5PN orders, which have then been computed analytically (Blanchet et al. 2010a, b, ; Damour 2010). Furthermore the PN-SF comparison has permitted to measure the 4PN and 5PN coefficients, with high significant digits (Le Tiec et al. 2012b). The 4PN coefficient in (444) was computed analytically by Bini and Damour (2013).
For reference let us give the higher-order 2SF and 3SF corrections at the 4PN order, i.e. the next two terms in (442), which are straightforward to compute from Eq. (440):
We report also the leading logarithmic contributions in the redshift variable at any generic power n. These have been computed in the energy and angular momentum using renormalization group techniques, see Eqs. (381). We have (at linear order in the mass ratio q)
where we recall that \(\beta ^{(m)}_2 = -\frac{214}{105}\) is the RG coefficient associated with the mass quadrupole moment. We recover the 4PN logarithm in (444), followed by a logarithm square at 7PN order, a logarithm cube at 10PN order, and so on. The agreement with the high-order analytical (linear in mass ratio) self force calculation of Kavanagh et al. (2015) is perfect. This also highlights the predictive power of perturbative self-force calculations, which is obviously due to the fact (illustrated in Fig. 7) that perturbation theory is legitimate in the strong field regime of the coalescence of black hole binary systems, which is inaccessible to the post-Newtonian method.
The accuracy of the numerical computation of the self-force has been drastically improved by Shah et al. (2014). The PN coefficients of the redshift observable were obtained to very high 10.5PN order both numerically and analytically, for a subset of coefficients that are either rational or made of the product of \(\pi \) with a rational. The analytical values of the coefficients up to 6PN order have also been obtained from a perturbative self-force calculation by Bini and Damour (2014a, b). Note that the works of Shah et al. (2014) and Bini and Damour (2013, 2014a, b) use alternative techniques (developed by Mano et al. 1996a, b; Mano and Takasugi 1997) with which to represent metric perturbation solutions for black hole space-times.
An interesting feature of the post-Newtonian expansion of the redshift at high order is the appearance of half-integral PN coefficients (i.e., of the type \(\frac{p}{2}\)PN where p is an odd integer) in the conservative dynamics of binary point particles, i.e. moving on exactly circular orbits. This is interesting because any instantaneous (non-tail or “local”) term at any half-integral PN order in the redshift will be zero for circular orbits, as can be shown by a simple dimensional argument (Blanchet et al. 2014a). Therefore half-integral coefficients can appear only due to truly hereditary (tail or “non-local”) integrals. Using standard post-Newtonian methods it has been proved by Blanchet et al. (2014a, b) that the dominant half-integral PN term in the redshift observable (444) occurs at the 5.5PN order (confirming the earlier finding of Shah et al. 2014) and originates from the non-linear “tail-of-tail” integrals investigated in Sect. 2.4.2. The results for the 5.5PN coefficient, and also for the next-to-leading 6.5PN and 7.5PN ones due to higher-order tails-of-tails and computed by Blanchet et al. (2014a, b), fully agree with the SF computations. We emphasize that that the latter results (contrary to various analytical and numerical SF calculations by Shah et al. 2014; Bini and Damour 2013, 2014a, b, ; Kavanagh et al. 2015) are achieved with the “traditional” PN approach, which is completely general, i.e. is not tuned to a particular type of source but is applicable to any extended PN source; see the formalism of Sect. 2.
To conclude, the consistency of this cross-cultural comparison between the analytical post-Newtonian and the perturbative self-force approaches confirms the soundness of both approximations in describing the dynamics of compact binaries. Furthermore this interplay between PN and SF efforts is important for the synthesis of template waveforms of EMRIs to be analysed by space-based gravitational-wave detectors, and has also an impact on efforts of numerical relativity in the case of comparable masses.
3.4 Gravitational waves from compact binaries
We pointed out that the 4PN equations of motion are merely “1.5PN” as regards the radiative aspects of the problem, because the radiation reaction force starts at the 2.5PN order. Because of this difference between conservative and dissipative (radiation reaction) effects, we stop developing high order PN corrections in the radiation reaction force, and instead apply the gravitational wave-generation formalism described in Sect. 2. In this approach, the work done by the radiation reaction force is computed as a flux at future null infinity. The total energy flux \({\mathcal {F}}\equiv ({\rm d E}/{\rm d}t)^ {\rm GW}\) drives the evolution of the energy in the system through the flux-balance equation
Therefore, consistently with the result (377) we obtained for the 4.5PN binary’s center-of-mass energy \({\rm E}\), we must now control the total gravitational-wave flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) at the same relative 4.5PN order, which means, beyond the Einstein quadrupole formula (5).
Because the orbit of inspiralling compact binaries is circular, the energy balance equation is sufficient, and there is no need to invoke the angular momentum balance equation.Footnote 83 Furthermore the time average over one orbital period is here irrelevant, and the angular momentum flux \({\mathcal {G}}\equiv ({\rm d J}/{\rm d}t)^ {\rm GW}\) is related to the energy flux by \({\mathcal {F}}=\varOmega \,{\mathcal {G}}\), which is a consequence of (429).
We keep in mind that we shall use the flux-balance equation (447) at very high order, where one is missing a complete proof of it, following from first principles in GR. Nevertheless, Eq. (447) has been verified by radiation-reaction calculations for extended post-Newtonian fluids at 1.5PN order (Blanchet 1997b; Blanchet and Faye 2019), and by explicit computations for compact binaries at the 3.5PN (Jaranowski and Schäfer 1997; Pati and Will 2002; Königsdörffer et al. 2003; Nissanke and Blanchet 2005; Itoh 2009) and 4.5PN (Leibovich et al. 2023) levels, fully consistent with the balance equations (Iyer and Will 1993, 1995; Gopakumar et al. 1997).
Obtaining the energy flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) can be divided into two equally important tasks: computing the source multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) of the compact binary system with due account of self-field and IR regularizations; and controlling the tails and related non-linear effects occurring in the relation between the binary’s source moments and the radiative ones \({\rm U}_L\) and \({\rm V}_L\) observed at future null infinity (cf. the general formalism of Sect. 2).
3.4.1 The binary’s multipole moments for circular orbits
The general expressions of the source multipole moments given by Eqs. (7) in Theorem 7 are first worked out explicitly for general fluid systems. For this computation one uses the formula (137), and we insert the metric coefficients (in harmonic coordinates) expressed by means of the retarded-type elementary potentials.Footnote 84 Then we specialize each of the numerous terms to the case of point-particle binaries by inserting the standard expression (324) for the matter stress-energy tensor made out of Dirac delta-functions.
The most important input for the computation of the waveform and flux is the mass quadrupole moment \({\rm I}_{ij}\), since this moment necessitates the full PN precision. A first computation of the quadrupole moment at the 4PN order was performed by Marchand et al. (2020), using dimensional regularization for the UV divergences but the Hadamard regularization for the IR ones. However, in order to be consistent with the 4PN equations of motion (Bernard et al. 2016, 2017b, a, 2018), it should be computed with dimensional regularization also for the IR divergences. It was thus completed by Larrouturou et al. (2022b), and the expression of the source quadrupole moment, obtained with full dimensional regularization,Footnote 85 has the expected feature of exhibiting poles in \(\varepsilon = d-3\). Those poles are crucial to cancel the divergences linked with the d dimensional computation of the radiative moment, i.e. \({\rm U}_{ij}\), as performed by Larrouturou et al. (2022a). Indeed, the source moments are not observables per se, but the radiative moments are; therefore, only the latter have to be finite in the \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) limit. However, for the sake of computational simplicity, it was deemed useful to introduce the notion of a “renormalized” source quadrupole moment \({\rm I}_{ij}\), defined by Eq. (6.2) of Larrouturou et al. (2022a). This renormalized quantity is nothing but the sum of the d-dimensional source quadrupole and the corrections, in the form of a “difference” (see Sect. 3.1.3), arising notably from the relation between radiative and canonical moments, involving the non-linear tails-of-tails, tails-of-memory, etc. listed in Sect. 2.4.5. The renormalized quadrupole, now truly called \({\rm I}_{ij}\), has no poles in \(\varepsilon \) and when injected into the three dimensional MPM algorithm, yields the correct radiative quadrupole moment \({\rm U}_{ij}\), by definition. Last but not least, up to 3PN order, the corrections due to the IR dimensional regularization exactly cancel the ones due to the renormalization, as proven by Larrouturou et al. (2022a). Thus, up to 3PN order, the renormalized source quadrupole coincides with the one computed with Hadamard regularization in the IR, which is why those subtleties did not hit previous computations of the flux. However, this equivalence is no more valid at 4PN order, thus the crucial need for the implementation of dimensional regularization and the previous “renormalization”.
The mass quadrupole moment complete to order 4PN, for non-spinning compact binaries on quasi circular orbits, is
where \({\varvec{x}}={\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2=(x_i)\) and \({\varvec{v}}={\varvec{v}}_1-{\varvec{v}}_2=(v_i)\) are the orbital separation and relative velocity. Introducing the post-Newtonian parameter (369), the 4PN coefficients are given byFootnote 86
The quadrupole depends on both the scale \(r_0\) associated with the Finite Part regularization for the IR, see Eq. (72), and the one \(r'_0\) associated with the UV regularization and present in the equations of motion, see Eq. (339). The coefficients A and B represent the conservative part of the quadrupole moment, while C is due to the radiation reaction dissipative effects. As shown by Larrouturou et al. (2022b), the source quadrupole moment contains a non-local tail integral. The 4PN logarithms \(\ln (16\gamma )\) in A and B are due to the conservative part of this non-local tail term, while the last term \(\propto \pi \) in C corresponds to the dissipative part of the tail term.
Besides the 4PN mass quadrupole, we need also (for the 4PN flux) the mass octupole moment \({\rm I}_{ijk}\) and current quadrupole moment \({\rm J}_{ij}\), both of them at the 3PN order. The renormalized versions of these moments coincide at 3PN order with the ones computed with Hadamard regularization for the IR. The octupole mass moment reads (Faye et al. 2015)
where \(\varDelta = (m_1-m_2)/m\), and the coefficients are
The 3PN current quadrupole moment is (Henry et al. 2021)
where we denote \(L^i \equiv \epsilon _{ijk}x^jv^k\), and where
The list of required source moments for the 4PN flux and 3.5PN waveform continues with the 2PN mass \(2^4\)-pole and current \(2^3\)-pole (octupole) moments, and so on. These moments are relatively easy to compute as no regularization subtleties arise. Since the first non-local feature appears at 4PN order, these higher-order source moments are instantaneous. In particular, they cannot contribute to the 4.5PN term in the quasi-circular flux. Here we give the most updated moments (Blanchet et al. 2008; Henry 2023)Footnote 87
All the other higher-order moments are required at the Newtonian order (there are no 1/c corrections in \({\rm I}_{ijklmnop}\) and \({\rm J}_{ijklmno}\)), at which order they are trivial to compute, with result (\(\forall \,\ell \in {\mathbb {N}}\))
Here we use the notation \(\sigma _\ell (\nu )\equiv X_2^{\ell -1}+(-)^\ell X_1^{\ell -1}\), with \(X_1=\frac{m_1}{m}\) and \(X_2=\frac{m_2}{m}\) such that \(X_1+X_2=1\), \(X_1-X_2=\varDelta \) and \(X_1 X_2=\nu \). More explicit expressions are (\(k\in {\mathbb {N}}\)):
where \(\left( \begin{array}{c}n\\ p\end{array}\right) \) is the usual binomial coefficient.
Evidently the results (448)–(455) permit the control only of that part of the total energy flux which is generated by the source multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\); from (179a) we have up to 4.5PN order
The time derivatives of these source moments are computed by means of the quasi circular-orbit equations of motion given by Eq. (371) together with (373). Next we need to add to the flux the contributions coming from the relations between radiative and canonical moments in Sect. 2.4.5, and between canonical and source ones in Sect. 2.4.6.
When computing the tails we shall also require, in addition to the above source moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\), the binary’s mass monopole \({\rm M}\) or ADM mass. In a realistic model where the binary system has been formed as a close compact binary at a finite instant in the past, this mass is equal to the sum of the rest masses \(m=m_1+m_2\), plus the total (constant) binary’s mass-energy \({\rm E}/c^2\) given by Eq. (374). To 3PN order the mass reads
This is required to compute the leading tail at 4.5PN order (i.e. 3PN relative order). Notice that 3PN order in \({\rm M}\) corresponds to 2PN order in \({\rm E}\).
3.4.2 Post-adiabatic evaluation of hereditary integrals
The most important problem we face is the computation of the hereditary tail and related non-linear integrals occuring at the 4PN order, for instance the dominant 1.5PN quadrupole tail (239). To compute the tail integrals, one needs to specify the orbit’s behaviour of the compact binary system in the remote past, as the effect is not localized in time, but integrates over the whole past history of the source. In the case of quasi-circular orbits, and up to 3.5PN precision in the moments, an adiabatic approximation (considering the orbital elements r and \(\varOmega \) to be constant in time) is sufficient, and the integrals can be computed following the method of Blanchet and Schäfer (1993), Arun et al. (2004). However, Eqs. (372) show that this adiabatic approximation is no longer valid at the relative 2.5PN precision. As the tail enters at 1.5PN order in the moments, the first “post-adiabatic” correction will affect the moments at the 4PN order, thus we need to properly evaluate it in order to consistently derive the 4PN flux and (2, 2) GW mode.
As shown by Arun et al. (2004), the tail integrals on quasi-circular orbits reduce to elementary integrals of the type
where U is the current time, \(U-\tau \) is any time in the past like in (239), and the orbital phase \(\phi \), the orbital frequency \(\varOmega ={\dot{\phi }}\) and the PN parameter x defined by (375) are integrated over the binary’s past evolution. In (459), n is a non-zero integer (the case \(n=0\) does not appear at 4PN order), a can be any power (\(a=5\) for the leading tail), and the constant \(\tau _0\) denotes either \(2r_0/c\) or \(2b_0/c\), see for instance Eq. (243). The strategy is to notice that the integral (459) involves a fast oscillating exponential, which is derivable in the form of an asymptotic series which is nothing but the post-adiabatic approximation. In the application to 4PN order we need only the first post-adiabatic correction, relevant to the dominant 1.5PN tail term (239); the other tail integrals like those appearing in the tails-of-memory (243) can be computed in the adiabatic limit.
Remark first that the difference between the current phase \(\phi (U)\) and the phase \(\phi (U-\tau )\) in the past is of the order of the inverse of the radiation reaction scale, i.e., \(\phi (U) - \phi (U-\tau )\) scales as \({\mathcal {O}}(c^5)\). To describe the radiation-reaction scale, we introduce a dimensionless adiabatic parameter at current time U,
and compute the integral (459) in the post-adiabatic limit where \(\xi (U)\rightarrow 0\). To this end, let us pose
and change the integration variable from \(\tau \) to \(\lambda \), so that
Here \(\tau (\lambda )\) is obtained by inverting Eq. (461) for \(\tau \) as a function of \(\lambda \). The main point is that, in the limit \(\xi (U)\rightarrow 0\), since the imaginary exponential in the integrand of (462) oscillates very rapidly, the integral is a sum of alternatively positive and negative contributions which essentially sum up to zero. However there are no oscillations when \(\lambda =0\), therefore the integral is essentially given by the contribution in the neighbourhood of the bound at \(\lambda =0\). In other words we are entitled to compute the integral by replacing the integrand by its formal expansion series when \(\lambda \rightarrow 0\), which gives a formal (asymptotic) series in powers of \(\xi (U)\). In the limit \(\tau \rightarrow 0\) we can expand Eq. (461) as
where we now pose \(\xi =\xi (U)\) and \(\varOmega ^{(m)}=({\rm d}^m\varOmega /{\rm d}U^m) (U)\) for the quantities at the current time U. Since \(\varOmega ^{(1)}\equiv {\dot{\varOmega }}=\xi \varOmega ^2\) the expansion (463) clearly represents the post-adiabatic approximation in powers of \(\xi \) and arbitrary high time derivatives of \(\xi \) denoted \(\xi ^{(m)}\). Note that each time derivative of \(\xi \) adds a radiation reaction scale, hence we have \(\xi ^{(m)} = {\mathcal {O}}(\xi ^{m+1}) = {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-5\,m-5})\). To obtain the expansion of (462) we need to invert the series (463) and obtain \(\tau \) as a power series in \(\lambda \). This is given by the Lagrange inversion theorem as
where the general coefficients \(f_p\) read
where \(\tau =0\) is applied after the p differentiations with respect to \(\tau \). For instance, up to second order we obtain
The previous formulas show that the method can be straightforwardly extended to any order. But to compute the tail term at 4PN order, we need only the relative correction of order 2.5PN, which corresponds to the first post-adiabatic approximation, hence just \(\tau = \frac{\lambda }{\xi \,\varOmega }[1 + \frac{\lambda }{2} + {\mathcal {O}}(\lambda ^2)]\). To this order the integral (462) becomes (Blanchet et al. 2023b)
modulo \({\mathcal {O}}(\lambda ^2)\) terms. The remaining integral is computed as follows. We transform the complex exponential into a real one by performing the change of variable \(\lambda ={\rm i}\, \sigma \) for \(n> 0\), and \(\lambda =-{\rm i}\, \sigma \) for \(n< 0\). The integration now takes place along the imaginary axis, which can be remedied by resorting to the Cauchy theorem on the closed contour made of the three following pieces, to be considered in the limit \(R\rightarrow +\infty \): (i) the path from \(\sigma =0\) to \(\sigma =R\) on the real axis, (ii) the oriented quarter of circle of radius \(|\sigma |=R\) from \(\arg \sigma = 0\) to \(\arg \sigma =-\pi /2\) (or \(\arg \sigma =\pi /2\) if \(n < 0\)) and (iii) the segment of the imaginary axis going from \(\sigma =-{\rm i}R\) (\(\sigma ={\rm i}R\) if \(n<0\)) to \(\sigma =0\). This leads to
modulo \({\mathcal {O}}(\sigma ^2)\) terms, where \(\text {s}(n)\) is the sign function. In this form, \({\mathcal {I}}_{a,n}\) can be integrated, as it boils down to elementary integrals. At the first post-adiabatic order the result is
Recall that all quantities are evaluated at current time U and that the adiabatic parameter \(\xi = {\dot{\varOmega }}/\varOmega ^2\) is easily computed with Eqs. (372). With this result at hand, we are able to derive the tail integral (239) with 2.5PN relative precision, which impacts the computation and final results at the 4PN order.
For completeness we give the formulas needed to handle any approximation in the post-adiabatic expansion for tail like integrals:
where \(H_j=\sum _{k=1}^j \frac{1}{k}\) denotes the harmonic number. For instance the case \(j=1\) yields the standard integral for adiabatic tails (coming back to \(\lambda =\pm {\rm i}\sigma \))
For iterated tails, i.e. tails-of-tails at 3PN order and tails-of-tails-of-tails at 4.5PN order (see Sect. 2.4.5), the adiabatic approximation is sufficient and the required formulas are available from Gradshteyn and Ryzhik (1980):
Note the presence in the latter formula of the Apéry constant \(\zeta (3)\), where \(\zeta \) is the Riemann function, but this constant disappears from final results.
Next we deal with hereditary memory type terms, such as the first term of Eq. (240)—leading memory at 2.5PN order—or the first term of Eq. (243)—tail-of-memory at 4PN order. As was shown in Sect. 2.4.4 the memory terms enter only in the mass-type radiative moments \({\rm U}_L\). In the case of quasi-circular orbits, they reduce to a sum of terms of the form
Besides the absence of the logarithm, the main difference with the tail integral (459) is the possibility of having \(n = 0\), which corresponds to persistent or direct-current (“DC”) terms, in addition to oscillatory alternative-current (“AC”) terms having \(n \ne 0\). As we remind below, the memory effect properly speaking is associated with the DC terms.
We focus first on AC terms, having \(n \ne 0\). As they only involve a simple, logarithmic-free, integration, such terms will enter in the flux as instantaneous contributions. In particular, since they arise at the half-integer approximations 2.5PN and 3.5PN, they do not contribute to the flux for quasi-circular orbits. The evaluation of the integrals (473) is thus only required for the derivation of the modes. Concerning the quadrupole moment, since the memory effect enters at 2.5PN order [see Eq. (240)], it is thus required at relative 1.5PN order for the mode (2, 2) and thus, one can safely compute it in the adiabatic approximation. As proved by Arun et al. (2004), for circular orbits this is equivalent to taking the frequency x constant together with a linear phase (appropriate for the exact circular orbit), and keeping only the contribution of the integral due to the bound \(\tau =0\). One finds
The DC terms obviously do not contribute to the flux, and they only contribute to the modes which have \(m=0\), for example \((\ell ,m) = (2,0)\) for the mass quadrupole. The absence of the fast oscillating exponential in \({\mathcal {J}}_{a,0}\)—in contrast to (459)—generates an inverse power of the adiabatic parameter \(\xi \), thus degrading the precision by the radiation-reaction scale 2.5PN. This is the memory effect: as it starts at 2.5PN order in the waveform, it finally enters the (2, 0) mode at Newtonian order. Several methods are possible to evaluate \({\mathcal {J}}_{a,0}\) (Wiseman and Will 1991; Arun et al. 2004; Favata 2009). Here we rely on the change of integration variables from \(\tau \) to \(x'=x(U-\tau )\):
reading \({\dot{x}}(U-\tau )\) as a function of \(x'\) from Eqs. (372), and supposing that \(a > 4\), as is the case in practical computations. To 1.5PN relative order, we have
It is interesting to observe that the tail effect in the flux directly influences the DC memory in (476). Finally we look at the interesting case of the tails-of-memory; strictly speaking this is the term in the first line of (243), namely
where \(c \,\tau _0 = 2 r_0\,{\rm e}^\frac{1613}{270}\). This expression (Trestini and Blanchet 2023) agrees with the tail-of-memory directly computed from the radiative quadrupole moment at infinity (Favata 2009, 2011c), see Sect. 2.4.4. We first perform the tail-like integral over \(\tau \); as we need to evaluate it at relative Newtonian order only, we can safely use the adiabatic approximation. Next we perform the integral over \(\tau \), which is found to be a simple DC memory integral of the type (475) with \(a=13/2\). Hence we find
where \(\ell ^i=L^i/|{\varvec{L}}|\) is the constant unit direction of the Newtonian angular momentum, orthogonal to the orbital plane. Interestingly, the tail-of-memory effect (478) gives a contribution to the (2, 0) mode which exactly cancels the 1.5PN correction to the ordinary memory effect, i.e. the term \(\propto \pi \) in (476). Hence there is no tail term at 1.5PN order in Eq. (522a) below.
3.4.3 The 4.5PN energy flux for circular orbits
The flux (457) due to source multipole moments at 4PN order can now be completed by all contributions coming from the non-linear interactions between the moments. The flux for quasi-circular orbits will finally be expressed as a function of the frequency of gravitational waves. However we have to take into account an important effect, which is that the GW frequency is modified with respect to the orbital frequency because of the propagation of tails in the wave zone. Indeed the phase \(\psi \) of the gravitational wave [actually half the phase of the leading (2,2) mode], differs from the orbital phase \(\phi \) by a logarithmic, tail-induced phase modulation, as
where \({\rm M}\) is the constant ADM mass (i.e. \({\rm M}=m+{\rm E}/c^2\)), and \(\varOmega _0\) is related to the length scale \(b_0\) parametrizing the gauge transformation between radiative and harmonic coordinates, see Eq. (194), by \(c\,\varOmega _0^{-1} = 4b_0 \,{\rm e}^{\gamma _{\rm E}-11/12}\). The phase modulation (479) was determined by Wiseman (1993), Blanchet and Schäfer (1993), and argued by Blanchet et al. (1996), Arun et al. (2004) to affect the waveform and flux at the 4PN order. Indeed, this phase modulation is responsible for a shift of the GW frequency, i.e. \(\varOmega _{\rm GW} = {\rm d}\psi /{\rm d}t\), with respect to the orbital one, i.e. \(\varOmega = {\rm d}\phi /{\rm d}t\). Therefore the GW frequency, directly measurable from the waveform at infinity, reads
Using Eqs. (372) for the frequency chirp at the dominant order, and replacing \({\rm M}\) by m at that order, yields
showing that this is a 4PN effect (i.e. \(\propto x^4\)), hence the fact that it did not affect previous computations of the phase (Blanchet et al. 1996; Arun et al. 2004). Therefore, once the flux has been obtained at 4PN order in terms of \(x=(\frac{Gm\varOmega }{c^3})^{2/3}\), we must reexpress it in terms of the measurable GW frequency using the inverse of (481), i.e.
where \(x_{\rm GW}=(\frac{Gm\varOmega _{\rm GW}}{c^3})^{2/3}\) and we pose \(x_0=(\frac{Gm\varOmega _0}{c^3})^{2/3}\). With this procedure, once the flux is entirely expressed in terms of \(x_{\rm GW}\) (after required reexpansion at the 4PN order), we find that the constant \(b_0\) cancels out as expected.
At this stage, it is appropriate to rename \(x_{\rm GW}\) as simply “x” in order to be consistent with the calculation of the binary’s equations of motion, and notably the binary’s energy \({\rm E}\) for circular orbits. Indeed the energy was expressed in Eq. (377) in terms of the orbital frequency x, which represents exactly the quantity which would be measured far away from the binary detectorFootnote 88 and actually agrees with the measurable GW frequency \(x_{\rm GW}\) obtained in (481). In particular we shall consistently use the balance equation (447), where both \({\rm E}(x)\) and \({\mathcal {F}}(x)\) are expressed in terms of the same frequency x, which is the orbital frequency measured far away in the left-hand side, and the GW frequency in the right-hand side.
At long last, adding all pieces together, i.e. Equation (457) plus contributions from tails, iterated tails and tails-of-memory in Sect. 2.4.5, we obtain the quasi-circular 4.5PN energy flux as (Blanchet et al. 2023c, b)—remind our rename of \(x_{\rm GW}\) as x:
A technical check is that all arbitrary constants (\(r_0\), \(r'_0\) and \(b_0\)) which played a role in intermediate steps of the calculation finally cancel out. An important physical check is that the test-mass limit \(\nu \rightarrow 0\) perfectly agrees with the result of linear black-hole perturbation theory by Tagoshi and Nakamura (1994), Sasaki (1994), Tagoshi and Sasaki (1994), Tanaka et al. (1996), Fujita (2012a, b). Since BH perturbations have recently been extended numerically to second order in the mass ratio \(\nu \) (Wardell et al. 2023; Albertini et al. 2022a, b), it would be interesting to verify the consistency of this numerical result with the PN prediction (483). Note also that in the case of black holes, the contributions due to the absorption by the BH horizons are not included in the PN calculation, and should be added separately. The BH absorption is a 4PN effect for Schwarzschild black holes (Poisson and Sasaki 1995), and a 2.5PN effect for spinning ones (Tagoshi et al. 1997; Alvi 2001; Porto 2008; Chatziioannou et al. 2013; Saketh et al. 2023). In the latter case, the flux has to be augmented by direct spin contributions, see Sect. 3.6.4. Note also that the flux has been confirmed by different groups up to 2PN order (Will and Wiseman 1996; Leibovich et al. 2020), and that the 4.5PN piece is in agreement with independent work by Messina and Nagar (2017).
3.4.4 The 4.5PN phase and frequency evolution
We shall now deduce the laws of variation with time of the orbital frequency and phase of an inspiralling compact binary from the energy balance equation (447). The center-of-mass energy \({\rm E}\) is given by Eq. (377) and the total flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) by Eq. (483). For convenience we adopt the dimensionless time variable
where t is the coordinate time in the asymptotic radiative coordinate system [formerly denoted U, see Eq. (178)], and \(t_0\) an integration constant. We transform the balance equation into an ordinary differential equation for the parameter x, which is immediately integrated. Then we use the freedom to redefine the integration constant \(t_0\) as \(t_0 + \zeta \,\frac{G m}{c^3}\) where \(\zeta \) is any constant, which amounts to the replacement of \(\tau \) by \(\tau [1 + \frac{\zeta \nu }{5\tau }]\). Although \(t_0\) is not uniquely defined, it might be formally interpreted as the instant of coalescence, when \(x\rightarrow +\infty \), and then it satisfies \(t_0-t= {\mathcal {O}}(c^5)\) in the PN regime. Thus we see that \(\tau ^{-1} = {\mathcal {O}}(c^{-8})\) is a small 4PN quantity. Using this fact, we conveniently adjust \(\zeta \) so as to simplify as much as possible the result:
We have \({\dot{\psi }}=\varOmega \), where we recall that \(\varOmega \equiv \varOmega _{\rm GW}\) is the wave frequency, from which we determine the explicit expression of the time-domain GW half-phase \(\psi \) in terms of \(x=(Gm\varOmega /c^3)^{2/3}\) as (Blanchet et al. 2023c, b)Footnote 89
where the integration constant \(\psi _0\) is determined by initial conditions, e.g. when the wave frequency enters the detector’s band. The results (485)–(486) give the unique prediction of Einstein’s general relativity for the GW frequency and phase chirp of non-spinning circular compact binaries up to 4.5PN precision. Note that the contributions of the quadrupole moments of compact objects which are induced by tidal effects, are expected to come into play only at the 5PN order, see Sect. 1.1.3. On the other hand, most of the frameworks for data analysis rely on the stationary phase approximation (Tichy et al. 2000), for which the phase of the dominant quadrupole mode reads
where \(v\equiv \left( \frac{\pi G m F}{c^3}\right) ^{1/3}\) with F being the Fourier frequency, and where \(T_0\) and \(\varPsi _0\) are two integration constants. Again we have adjusted \(T_0\) in order to simplify the result. See e.g. Pratten et al. (2020) for application to gravitational-wave data analysis.
As a rough estimate of the relative importance of the various PN terms, we provide in Table 2 numerical estimates for the number of accumulated GW cycles in the frequency band of current and future detectors. Such an estimate is only indicative, because a full treatment would require the knowledge of the detector’s noise, and a complete simulation of the parameter estimation using matched filtering techniques (Cutler and Flanagan 1994; Poisson and Will 1995; Królak et al. 1995; Arun et al. 2005). The number of cycles between entry and exit frequencies \(f_{\rm entry}\) and \(f_{\rm exit}\) (where \(f\equiv \varOmega /\pi \)) is
As we see from Table 2, the PN expansion seems to converge well. For all the typical compact binaries, we find that the 4PN and 4.5PN orders amount to about a tenth of a cycle (less than 1 radian). This suggests that systematic errors due to the PN modeling may be dominated by statistical errors and negligible for LISA. However, this should be confirmed by detailed investigations along the lines of Owen et al. (2023).
3.4.5 Spherical modes for data analysis and numerical relativity
Besides the chirp described by Eqs. (485)–(486), it is also important to compute the wave amplitude, in view of the data analysis of LISA (Hellings and Moore 2003; Moore and Hellings 2002). For instance it has been shown that using the full waveform information for LISA will yield substantial improvements (with respect to the “restricted post-Newtonian waveform”) of the angular resolution and the estimation of the luminosity distance of super-massive black hole binaries (Arun et al. 2007a, b; Trias and Sintes 2008). We also require the wave amplitude for high-accuracy comparisons with numerical relativity (see e.g. Boyle et al. 2007; Bernuzzi et al. 2012; Borhanian et al. 2020).
The two polarization waveforms defined by Eq. (183)Footnote 90 are decomposed, at leading order in the distance R to the binary (in radiative coordinates), onto the basis of spin-weighted spherical harmonics following Eq. (185). The spherical modes are the coefficients in this decomposition and can be evaluated either from the angular integration (186), or from the relations (187)–(188) giving them directly in terms of the radiative moments \({\rm U}_L\) and \({\rm V}_L\).
A useful fact to remember is that for non-spinning binaries, the mode \(h^{\ell m}\) is entirely given by the mass multipole moment \({\rm U}_L\) when \(\ell +m\) is even, and by the current one \({\rm V}_L\) when \(\ell +m\) is odd. This is valid in general for non-spinning binaries, regardless of the orbit being quasi-circular or elliptical. The important point is only that the motion of the two particles must be planar, i.e., takes place in a fixed plane. This is the case if the particles are non-spinning, but this will also be the case if, more generally, the spins are aligned or anti-aligned with the orbital angular momentum, since there is no orbital precession in this case. Thus, for any “planar” binaries, Eq. (187) splits into (see Faye et al. 2012 for a proof)
Let us factorize out in all the modes an overall coefficient including the appropriate phase factor \({\rm e}^{-{\rm i}m \psi }\), where we recall that \(\psi \) denotes the gravitational-wave half phase (486), and such that the dominant mode with \((\ell ,m)=(2,2)\) conventionally starts with one at the Newtonian order. We thus pose
The dominant mode is \(H^{22}\), due to the mass quadrupole radiation, and is primarily important for numerical relativity comparisons. This mode has been computed to 4PN order by Blanchet et al. (2023b, c), extending previous calculations to 3PN order by Kidder (2008), Blanchet et al. (2008) and to 3.5PN by Faye et al. (2012). We have
This result is in perfect agreement with linear black-hole perturbation theory in the limit when \(\nu \rightarrow 0\) (Tagoshi and Sasaki 1994).
We notice that the mode (491) contains some imaginary parts. These can clearly be viewed as corrections to the phase rather than corrections in the amplitude. However, as corrections to the phase they are to be compared to the leading phase evolution \(\psi (x)\) given by (486). Thus we see that their real order of magnitude is a factor \(x^{5/2}={\mathcal {O}}(c^{-5})\) smaller than what is read from the amplitude. Since the imaginary parts in (491) start at 2.5PN order, they correspond to very small 5PN modulations in the phase, and therefore can be neglected (the same conclusion also applies to the other modes below).
The mass octupole modes \(H^{33}\) and \(H^{31}\) were computed to 3.5PN order by Faye et al. (2015), and the current quadrupole mode \(H^{21}\) to 3.5PN order by Henry et al. (2021). Note that 3.5PN refers here to the precision of the waveform; for that one needs to control the mass octupole and current quadrupole radiative moments (\({\rm U}_{ijk}\) and \({\rm V}_{ij}\)) to 3PN order. Therefore these modes are comparatively easier than the mass quadrupole mode (491) which required the full 4PN precision in the mass quadrupole moment \({\rm U}_{ij}\). All the modes have been completed up to the 3.5PN level in the waveform by Henry (2023)—the overlap agrees with previous calculations (Blanchet et al. 2008). We haveFootnote 91
With the 3.5PN approximation in the waveform all the modes with \(\ell \geqslant 8\) can be considered as merely Newtonian. We give here the general Newtonian expressions of any mode with arbitrary \(\ell \) and non-zero m (Kidder 2008):
where we employ the function of the mass ratio \(\sigma _\ell (\nu )=X_2^{\ell -1}+(-)^\ell X_1^{\ell -1}\) (with \(X_{{\rm a}}=m_{{\rm a}}/m\)), which is also given by Eqs. (456).
We have not yet written the modes \((\ell ,0)\) with \(\ell \) even. Indeed these modes with \(m=0\) arise from the DC memory integrals in the mass-type radiative moments \({\rm U}_L\); hence they have \(\ell +m\) even, see (489). From Eq. (474) we know that these integrals exhibit the memory effect, i.e. their formal post-Newtonian order is enhanced by the inverse of the adiabatic parameter \(\xi ={\mathcal {O}}(c^{-5})\). Therefore, starting with the explicit waveform at the 4PN order we can control the DC memory contributions only with the 1.5PN precision; the result is
However, the DC modes can also be computed in a general way, using the general formalism of Sect. 2.4.4, in terms of the radiative moments, see Eqs. (225) and (237). Using this formalism the DC memory terms have been computed to 3PN order by Favata (2009); of course, the 1.5PN results (522) agree.
3.5 Eccentric compact binaries
Inspiralling compact binaries are usually modelled as moving in quasi-circular orbits since gravitational radiation reaction circularizes the orbit towards the late stages of inspiral (Peters 1964), as discussed in Sect. 1.1.2. Nevertheless, there is an increased interest in inspiralling binaries moving in quasi-eccentric orbits. Astrophysical scenarios currently exist which lead to binaries with non-zero eccentricity in the gravitational-wave detector bandwidth, both terrestrial and space-based. For instance, inner binaries of hierarchical triplets undergoing ZLK (von Zeipel 1910; Lidov 1962; Kozai 1962) oscillations could not only merge due to gravitational radiation reaction but a fraction of them should have non negligible eccentricities when they enter the sensitivity band of advanced ground based interferometers (Wen 2003). On the other hand the population of stellar mass binaries in globular clusters is expected to have a thermal distribution of eccentricities (Benacquista and Downing 2013). In a study of the growth of intermediate black holes (Gultekin et al. 2004) in globular clusters it was found that the binaries have eccentricities between 0.1 and 0.2 in the LISA bandwidth. Though, supermassive black hole binaries are powerful gravitational-wave sources for LISA, it is not known if they would be in quasi-circular or quasi-eccentric orbits. If a ZLK mechanism is at work, these supermassive black hole binaries could be in highly eccentric orbits and merge within the Hubble time (Blaes et al. 2002). Sources of the kind discussed above provide the prime motivation for investigating higher post-Newtonian order modelling for quasi-eccentric binaries.
3.5.1 Doubly periodic structure of the motion of eccentric binaries
In Sect. 3.2.4 we have investigated the equations of motion of non-spinning compact binary systems in the frame of the center-of-mass for general orbits. We shall now (in this section and the next one) look for the explicit solution to those equations. In particular, let us discuss the general “doubly-periodic” structure of the post-Newtonian solution, closely following Damour (1983a, b), Damour and Deruelle (1985).
The 4PN equations of motion admit, when neglecting the radiation reaction terms at 2.5PN and 3.5PN orders, ten first integrals of the motion corresponding to the conservation of energy, angular momentum, linear momentum, and center of mass position. When restricted to the frame of the center of mass, the equations admit four first integrals associated with the energy \({\rm E}\) and the angular momentum vector \({\textbf{J}}\).
The motion takes place in the plane orthogonal to \({\textbf{J}}\). Denoting by \(r=\vert {\varvec{x}}\vert \) the binary’s orbital separation in that plane, and by \({\varvec{v}}={\varvec{v}}_1-{\varvec{v}}_2\) the relative velocity, we find that \({\rm E}\) and \({\textbf{J}}\) are functions of r, \({\dot{r}}^2\), \(v^2\) and \({\varvec{x}}\times {\varvec{v}}\). We adopt polar coordinates \((r, \phi )\) in the orbital plane, and express \({\rm E}\) and the norm \({\rm J}=\vert {\textbf{J}}\vert \), thanks to \(v^2={\dot{r}}^2+r^2{\dot{\phi }}^2\), as some explicit functions of r, \({\dot{r}}^2\) and \({\dot{\phi }}\). The latter functions can be inverted by means of a straightforward post-Newtonian iteration to give \({\dot{r}}^2\) and \({\dot{\phi }}\) in terms of r and the constants of motion \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\). Hence,
where \({\mathcal {R}}\) and \({\mathcal {S}}\) denote certain polynomials in 1/r, the degree of which depends on the post-Newtonian approximation in question; for instance it is seventh degree for both \({\mathcal {R}}\) and \({\mathcal {S}}\) at 3PN order (Memmesheimer et al. 2004). At high PN orders one must use coordinate systems which avoid the presence of the logarithm of r. The various coefficients of the powers of 1/r are themselves polynomials in \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\), and also, of course, depend on the total mass m and symmetric mass ratio \(\nu \). In the case of bounded elliptic-like motion, one can prove (Damour 1983b) that the function \({\mathcal {R}}\) admits two real roots, say \(r_p\) and \(r_a\) such that \(r_p\leqslant r_a\), which admit some non-zero finite Newtonian limits when \(c\rightarrow \infty \), and represent respectively the radii of the orbit’s periastron (p) and apastron (a). The other roots are complex and tend to zero when \(c\rightarrow \infty \).
Let us consider a given binary’s orbital configuration, fully specified by some values of the integrals of motion \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\) corresponding to quasi-elliptic motion.Footnote 92 The binary’s orbital period, or time of return to the periastron, is obtained by integrating the radial motion as
We introduce the fractional angle (i.e., the angle divided by \(2\pi \)) of the advance of the periastron per orbital revolution,
which is such that the precession of the periastron per period is given by \(\varDelta \varPhi =2\pi (K-1)\). As K tends to one in the limit \(c\rightarrow \infty \) (as is easily checked from the usual Newtonian solution), it is often convenient to pose \(k\equiv K-1\), which will then entirely describe the relativistic precession.
Let us then define the mean anomaly \(\ell \) and the mean motion n by
Here \(t_p\) denotes the instant of passage to the periastron. For a given value of the mean anomaly \(\ell \), the orbital separation r is obtained by inversion of the integral equation
This defines the function \(r(\ell )\) which is a periodic function in \(\ell \) with period \(2\pi \). The orbital phase \(\phi \) is then obtained in terms of the mean anomaly \(\ell \) by integrating the angular motion as
where \(\phi _p\) denotes the value of the phase at the instant \(t_p\). We may define the origin of the orbital phase at the ascending node \({\mathcal {N}}\) with respect to some observer. In the particular case of a circular orbit, \(r={\rm const}\), the phase evolves linearly with time, \({\dot{\phi }}={\mathcal {S}}\left[ r\right] =\varOmega \), where \(\varOmega \) is the orbital frequency of the circular orbit given by
In the general case of a non-circular orbit it is convenient to keep that definition \(\varOmega =K n\) and to explicitly introduce the linearly growing part of the orbital phase (528) by writing it in the form
Here \(W(\ell )\) denotes a certain function of the mean anomaly which is periodic in \(\ell \) with period \(2\pi \), hence periodic in time with period P. According to Eq. (528) this function is given in terms of the mean anomaly \(\ell \) by
Finally, the decomposition (530) exhibits clearly the nature of the compact binary motion, which may be called doubly periodic in that the mean anomaly \(\ell \) is periodic with period \(2\pi \), and the periastron advance \(K \ell \) is periodic with period \(2\pi K\). Notice however that, though standard, the term “doubly periodic” is misleading since the motion in physical space is not periodic in general. The radial motion r(t) is periodic with period P while the angular motion \(\phi (t)\) is periodic [modulo \(2\pi \)] with period P/k where \(k=K-1\). Only when the two periods are commensurable, i.e., when \(k=1/N\) where \(N\in {\mathbb {N}}\), is the motion periodic in physical space (with period NP).
3.5.2 Quasi-Keplerian representation of the motion
The quasi-Keplerian (QK) representation of the motion of compact binaries is an elegant formulation of the solution of the 1PN equations of motion parametrized by the eccentric anomaly u (entering a specific generalization of Kepler’s equation) and depending on various orbital elements, such as several types of eccentricities. It was introduced by Damour and Deruelle (1985, 1986) to study the problem of binary pulsar timing data including relativistic corrections at the 1PN order, where notably the relativistic periastron precession complicates the simpler Keplerian solution.
In the QK representation the radial motion is given as
which is the standard form parametrized by the eccentric anomaly u, with \(a_r\) and \(e_r\) denoting two constants representing the semi-major axis of the orbit and its eccentricity. However, these constants are labelled after the radial coordinate r to remember that they enter (by definition) into the radial equation; in particular \(e_r\) will differ from other kinds of eccentricities \(e_t\) and \(e_\phi \). The “time” eccentricity \(e_t\) enters the Kepler equation which at the 1PN order also takes the usual form
where the mean anomaly \(\ell \), proportional to the time elapsed since the instant \(t_p\) of passage at the periastron, and the mean motion n are given by (526). The “angular” eccentricity \(e_\phi \) enters the equation for the angular motion at 1PN order which is written in the form
where we defineFootnote 93
The constant K is the advance of periastron per orbital revolution defined by Eq. (525); it may be written as \(K=\frac{\varPhi }{2\pi }\) where \(\varPhi \) is the angle of return to the periastron.
Crucial to the QK formalism are the explicit expressions for the orbital elements n, K, \(a_r\), \(e_r\), \(e_t\) and \(e_\phi \) in terms of the conserved energy \({\rm E}\) and angular momentum \({\rm J}\) of the orbit. For convenience we introduce two dimensionless parameters directly linked to \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\) by
where \(\mu =m\nu \) is the reduced mass with m the total mass (recall that \({\rm E}<0\) for bound orbits) and we have used the intermediate standard notation \(h\equiv \frac{{\rm J}}{G m}\). The equations to follow will then appear as expansions in powers of the small post-Newtonian parameter \(\varepsilon ={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^{2})\),.Footnote 94 with coefficients depending on j and the dimensionless reduced mass ratio \(\nu \); notice that the parameter j is of Newtonian order: \(j={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^0)\). We have (Damour and Deruelle 1985)
The dependence of such relations on the coordinate system will be discussed later. Notice the interesting point that there is no dependence of the mean motion n and the radial semi-major axis \(a_r\) on the angular momentum \({\rm J}\) up to the 1PN order; such dependence starts at 2PN order \(\propto \varepsilon ^2\), see e.g. (539a).
The QK representation of the compact binary motion has been generalized at the 2PN order by Damour and Schäfer (1988), Schäfer and Wex (1993), Wex (1995), at 3PN order by Memmesheimer et al. (2004), and at 4PN order by Cho et al. (2022b) with, however, an incomplete treatment of the 4PN tail term.Footnote 95 The construction of a generalized QK representation at 3PN order exploits the fact that the radial equation given by Eq. (523a) is a polynomial in 1/r. However, this is true only in coordinate systems avoiding the appearance of terms with the logarithm \(\ln r\); the presence of logarithms in the standard harmonic (SH) coordinates at 3PN order will obstruct the construction of the QK parametrization. Therefore Memmesheimer et al. (2004) obtained it in the ADM coordinate system—free of logarithms—and also in the modified harmonic (MH) coordinate system, for which the coefficients in the equations of motion are given by Eqs. (362).
At the 3PN order the radial equation in ADM or MH coordinates is still given by Eq. (532). However, the Kepler equation (533) and angular equation (534) acquire extra contributions. The equations become
in which v is exactly given by Eq. (535). The new orbital elements \(f_t\), \(f_\phi \), \(g_t\), \(g_\phi \) are composed of 2PN and 3PN terms, while \(i_t\), \(i_\phi \), \(h_t\), \(h_\phi \) start only at 3PN order. All the orbital elements are now to be related, similarly to Eqs. (537), to the constants \(\varepsilon \) and j with 3PN accuracy in a given coordinate system.
Let us make clear that in different coordinate systems such as MH and ADM coordinates, the QK representation takes exactly the same form as given by Eqs. (538). But, the relations linking the various orbital elements \(a_r\), \(e_r\), \(e_t\), \(e_\phi \), \(f_t\), \(f_\phi \), \(\cdots \) to \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\) or \(\varepsilon \) and j, are different, with the notable exceptions of n and K. Indeed, an important point related to the use of gauge invariant variables in the elliptical orbit case is that the functional forms of the mean motion n and periastron advance K in terms of the gauge invariant variables \(\varepsilon \) and j are identical in different coordinate systems like the MH and ADM coordinates (Damour and Schäfer 1988). Their explicit expressions at 3PN order read
Because of their gauge invariant meaning, it is natural to use n and K as two independent gauge-invariant variables in the general orbit case. Actually, instead of working with the mean motion n it is often preferable to use the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) which has been defined for general quasi-elliptic orbits in Eq. (529). Moreover we can pose
which constitutes the obvious generalization of the gauge invariant variable x used in the circular orbit case. The use of x as an independent parameter will thus facilitate the straightforward reading out and check of the circular orbit limit. The parameter x is related to the energy and angular momentum variables \(\varepsilon \) and j up to 3PN order by
Besides the very useful gauge-invariant quantities n, K and x, the other orbital elements \(a_r\), \(e_r\), \(e_t\), \(e_\phi \), \(f_t\), \(g_t\), \(i_t\), \(h_t\), \(f_\phi \), \(g_\phi \), \(i_\phi \), \(h_\phi \) parametrizing Eqs. (532) and (538) are not gauge invariant; their expressions in terms of \(\varepsilon \) and j depend on the coordinate system in use. We refer to Memmesheimer et al. (2004), Arun et al. (2008a) for the full expressions of all the orbital elements at 3PN order in both MH and ADM coordinate systems. Here, for future use, we only give the expression of the time eccentricity \(e_t\) (squared) in MH coordinates:
Again, with our notation (536), this appears as a post-Newtonian expansion in the small parameter \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\) with fixed “Newtonian” parameter j.
3.5.3 Averaged energy and angular momentum fluxes
The gravitational-wave energy and angular momentum fluxes from a system of two point masses in elliptic motion was first computed by Peters and Mathews (1963), Peters (1964) at Newtonian level. The 1PN and 1.5PN corrections to the fluxes were provided by Wagoner and Will (1976), Blanchet and Schäfer (1989), Junker and Schäfer (1992), Blanchet and Schäfer (1993), Rieth and Schäfer (1997) and used to study the associated secular evolution of orbital elements under gravitational radiation reaction using the QK representation of the binary’s orbit at 1PN order (Damour and Deruelle 1985). These results were extended to 2PN order by Gopakumar and Iyer (1997, 2002) for the instantaneous terms (leaving aside the tails) using the generalized QK representation (Damour and Schäfer 1988; Schäfer and Wex 1993; Wex 1995); the energy flux and waveform were in agreement with those of Will and Wiseman (1996) obtained using a different method. Arun et al. (2008a, 2009a, b) have generalized the results at 3PN order, including all tails and related hereditary contributions (Arun et al. 2008b; Loutrel and Yunes 2017), by computing the averaged energy and angular momentum fluxes for quasi-elliptical orbits using the QK representation at 3PN order (Memmesheimer et al. 2004), and deriving the secular evolution of the orbital elements under 3PN gravitational radiation reaction. The waveform of eccentric binaries has been derived up to the 2PN order in the Fourier domain by Tessmer and Schäfer (2010, 2011). The gravitational-wave modes, including the non-linear memory and tail contributions, have been derived at the 3PN order by Ebersold et al. (2019), Boetzel et al. (2019). The gravitational energy and angular momentum fluxes of eccentric orbits in the small mass ratio limit (case of EMRI systems) have been derived to high 9PN order by Forseth et al. (2016), Munna et al. (2020). Furthermore the expansion in powers of the eccentricity has been extended to high order using the method of singular eccentricity factors, allowing the flux to be accurately determined when \(e\rightarrow 1\) (Forseth et al. 2016).
The secular evolution of orbital elements under gravitational radiation reaction is in principle only the starting point for constructing templates for eccentric binary orbits. To go beyond the secular evolution one needs to include in the evolution of the orbital elements, besides the averaged contributions in the fluxes, the post-adiabatic terms rapidly oscillating at the orbital period. An analytic approach, based on an improved method of variation of constants, has been introduced by Damour et al. (2004) at the leading post-adiabatic approximation, i.e. the level of 2.5PN radiation reaction.
The generalized QK representation of the motion discussed in Sect. 3.5.2 plays a crucial role in the procedure of averaging the energy and angular momentum fluxes \({\mathcal {F}}\) and \({\mathcal {G}}_i\) over one orbit.Footnote 96 Actually the averaging procedure applies to the “instantaneous” parts of the fluxes, while the “hereditary” parts are treated separately for technical reasons (Arun et al. 2008b; Loutrel and Yunes 2017). We pose \({\mathcal {F}}={\mathcal {F}}_{\text {inst}}+{\mathcal {F}}_{\text {hered}}\) where the hereditary part of the energy flux is composed of tails and tail-of-tails (limiting ourselves to 3PN). For the angular momentum flux one needs also to include a contribution from the memory (Arun et al. 2009a; Loutrel and Yunes 2017). We thus have to compute for the instantaneous part
and similarly for the instantaneous part of the angular momentum flux \({\mathcal {G}}_i\).
Thanks to the QK representation, we can express \({\mathcal {F}}_{\text {inst}}\), which is initially a function of the natural variables r, \({\dot{r}}\) and \(v^2\), as a function of the varying eccentric anomaly u, and depending on two constants: The frequency-related parameter x defined by (540), and the “time” eccentricity \(e_t\) given by (542). To do so one must select a particular coordinate system—the MH coordinates for instance. The choice of \(e_t\) rather than \(e_r\) (say) is a matter of convenience; since \(e_t\) appears in the Kepler-like equation (538b) at leading order, it will directly be dealt with when averaging over one orbit. We note that in the expression of the energy flux at the 3PN order there are some logarithmic terms of the type \(\ln (r/r_0)\) even in MH coordinates. Indeed, as we have seen in Sect. 3.2.4, the MH coordinates permit the removal of the logarithms \(\ln (r/r'_0)\) in the equations of motion, where \(r'_0\) is the UV scale in Eq. (357); however there are still some logarithms \(\ln (r/r_0)\) which involve the IR constant \(r_0\) entering the definition of the multipole moments for general sources, see Theorem 7 and the regularization factor (72). As a result we find that the general structure of \({\mathcal {F}}_{\text {inst}}\) (and similarly for \({\mathcal {G}}_{\text {inst}}\), the norm of the angular momentum flux) consists of a finite sum of terms of the type
The factor \({\rm d}u/{\rm d}\ell \) has been inserted to prepare for the orbital average (543). The coefficients \(\alpha _l\), \(\beta _l\) and \(\gamma _l\) are straightforwardly computed using the QK parametrization as functions of x and the time eccentricity \(e_t\). The \(\beta _l\)’s correspond to 2.5PN radiation-reaction terms and will play no role, while the \(\gamma _l\)’s correspond to the logarithmic terms \(\ln (r/r_0)\) arising at the 3PN order. For convenience the dependence on the constant \(\ln r_0\) has been included into the coefficients \(\alpha _l\)’s. To compute the average we dispose of the following integration formulas (\(l\in {\mathbb {N}}\))Footnote 97
In the right-hand sides of Eqs. (545b) and (545c) we have to differentiate l times with respect to the intermediate variable z before applying \(z=1\). The equation (545c), necessary for dealing with the logarithmic terms, contains the non-trivial function
From Eq. (545a) we see that there will be no radiation-reaction terms at 2.5PN order in the final result; the 2.5PN contribution is proportional to \({\dot{r}}\) and vanishes after averaging since it involves only odd functions of u.
Finally, after implementing all the above integrations, the averaged instantaneous energy flux in MH coordinates at the 3PN order is obtained as
where we recall that the post-Newtonian parameter x is defined by (540). The various instantaneous post-Newtonian pieces depend on the symmetric mass ratio \(\nu \) and the time eccentricity \(e_t\) in MH coordinates as (Arun et al. 2008a)
We recall that \(e_t\) corresponds to MH coordinates and is given by Eq. (542). On the contrary x is gauge invariant—since both n and K are gauge invariant. In the small mass ratio limit all the coefficients in (548) have been obtained independently by Forseth et al. (2016).
The Newtonian coefficient in (548) is nothing but the “enhancement” function of eccentricity which enters in the orbital radiation decay of the binary pulsar, see Eq. (12). It was computed by Peters and Mathews (1963) from the average of the usual quadrupole formula in the time domain, but also in the Fourier domain, using the Fourier decomposition of the Keplerian motion. We have \({\mathcal {I}}_0 \equiv f\) with
where \(g(p,e_t)\) is directly given by the discrete Fourier coefficients of the Newtonian STF quadrupole moment \({\hat{Q}}_{ij}\) (normalized by \(\mu a^2\)) as
and admits the following expression in terms of Bessel functions:
The last term in the 3PN coefficient of (548) is proportional to some logarithm which directly arises from the integration formula (545c). Inside the logarithm we have posed \(z_0 \equiv G m/(c^2 r_0)\), exhibiting the dependence upon the arbitrary length scale \(r_0\) introduced in the formalism through Eq. (72). Only after adding the hereditary contribution to the 3PN energy flux can we check the required cancellation of \(r_0\). The hereditary part at 3PN order is of the form
where the 1.5PN and 2.5PN terms are due to tails, and the 3PN term is due to tails-of-tails. We have (Arun et al. 2008b)
where \(\varphi (e_t)\), \(\psi (e_t)\), \(\zeta (e_t)\), \(\kappa (e_t)\) and \(F(e_t)\) denote certain “enhancement” functions of the eccentricity, with normalization such that they equal 1 for circular orbits, when \(e_t=0\). The quadrupole moment (550) also determines the function \(F(e_t)\) in factor of the logarithm in the 3PN piece, which turns out to admit a closed analytic form:
This result is important for checking that the arbitrary constant \(z_0\) disappears from the final result. Indeed this is immediately seen from comparing the last term in (548d) with (553c).
On the other hand, the four functions \(\varphi (e_t)\), \(\psi (e_t)\), \(\zeta (e_t)\) and \(\kappa (e_t)\) defined in Eqs. (553) do not admit analytic closed-form expressions. They have been derived by Arun et al. (2008b) (extending Blanchet and Schäfer 1993) in the form of infinite series made out of quadratic products of Bessel functions, and computed numerically. For instance the numerical graph of the function \(\varphi (e_t)\) is given in Fig. 8. The leading expansions when \(e_t\rightarrow 0\) has been computed:
Important improvements on the analytic determination of these functions have been made by Forseth et al. (2016), using the method of “singular eccentricity factors”.Footnote 98 Consider the function \(\varphi (e_t)\) which enters the dominant 1.5PN tail term in Eq. (552). It is obtained as
The method of singular factors consists of determining a factor \((1-e_t^2)^{-q}\) blowing up when \(e_t\rightarrow 1\), such that \((1-e_t^2)^q \varphi (e_t)\) admits a convergent expansion in powers of \(e_t^2\) taking a finite value when \(e_t=1\). So, the divergence of the function when \(e_t\rightarrow 1\) is factorized out into some \((1-e_t^2)^{-q}\). Forseth et al. (2016) find \(q=5\) in the case of the function (556) and are able to determine
with many more coefficients in the series shown in Eq. (4.17) of Forseth et al. (2016). As checked numerically the power series which is left after the factorization (557) converges at \(e_t=1\). Finally all the functions can be pushed all the way to \(e_t=1\) which permits to extend analytically the validity of the flux in the regime of EMRIs, where \(e_t\) is close to one. This is also useful for studying gravitational waves from binary black holes with moderately high eccentricities, such as those formed in globular clusters (Gultekin et al. 2004). On the other hand one can retrieve from (557) the expansion when \(e_t\rightarrow 0\) to very high order,
The averaged energy flux was presented above using x—the gauge invariant variable (540)—and the time eccentricity \(e_t\) which however is gauge dependent. Of course it is possible to provide a fully gauge invariant formulation of the energy flux. The most natural choice is to express the result in terms of the conserved energy E and angular momentum \({\rm J}\), or, rather, in terms of the pair of rescaled variables (\(\varepsilon \), j) defined by Eqs. (536). To this end it suffices to replace \(e_t\) by its MH-coordinate expression (542) and to use Eq. (541) to re-express x in terms of \(\varepsilon \) and j. However, there are other possible choices for a couple of gauge invariant quantities. As we have seen the mean motion n and the periastron precession K are separately gauge invariant so we may define the pair of variables to be (x, \(\iota \)), where x is given by (540) and we pose
Such choice would be motivated by the fact that \(\iota \) reduces to the angular-momentum related variable j in the limit \(\varepsilon \rightarrow 0\). Note however that with the latter choices (\(\varepsilon \), j) or (x, \(\iota \)) of gauge-invariant variables, the circular-orbit limit is not directly readable from the result; this is why we have preferred to present it in terms of the gauge dependent couple of variables (x, \(e_t\)).
As we are interested in the phasing of binaries moving in quasi-eccentric orbits in the adiabatic approximation, we require the orbital averages not only of the energy flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) but also of the angular momentum flux \({\mathcal {G}}_i\). Since the quasi-Keplerian orbit is planar, we only need to average the magnitude \({\mathcal {G}}\) of the angular momentum flux. The complete computation thus becomes a generalisation of the previous computation of the averaged energy flux requiring similar steps. The angular momentum flux is split into instantaneous \({\mathcal {G}}_{\text {inst}}\) and hereditary \({\mathcal {G}}_{\text {hered}}\) contributions; the instantaneous part is averaged using the QK representation in either MH or ADM coordinates; the hereditary part is evaluated separately and defined by means of several types of enhancement functions of the time eccentricity \(e_t\); finally these are obtained numerically or analytically using the method leading to (557). At this stage we dispose of both the averaged energy and angular momentum fluxes \(\langle {\mathcal {F}}\rangle \) and \(\langle {\mathcal {G}}\rangle \).
The procedure to compute the secular evolution of the orbital elements under gravitational radiation-reaction is straightforward. Differentiating the orbital elements with respect to time, and using the heuristic balance equations, we equate the decreases of energy and angular momentum to the corresponding averaged fluxes \(\langle {\mathcal {F}}\rangle \) and \(\langle {\mathcal {G}}\rangle \) at 3PN order (Arun et al. 2009a). This extends earlier analyses at previous orders: Newtonian (Peters 1964) as we have reviewed in Sect. 1.1.2; 1PN (Blanchet and Schäfer 1989; Junker and Schäfer 1992); 1.5PN (Blanchet and Schäfer 1993; Rieth and Schäfer 1997) and 2PN (Gopakumar and Iyer 1997; Damour et al. 2004). Let us take the example of the mean motion n. From Eq. (539a) together with the definitions (536) we know the function \(n({\rm E},{\rm J})\) at 3PN order, where \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\) are the orbit’s constant energy and angular momentum. Thus,
The usual balance equations for energy and angular momentum
have already been used at Newtonian order in Eqs. (10). Although heuristically assumed at 3PN order, they have been proved through 1.5PN order in Eq. (177). With the averaged fluxes known through 3PN order, we obtain the 3PN averaged evolution equation as
We recall that this gives only the slow secular evolution under gravitational radiation reaction for eccentric orbits. The complete evolution includes also, superimposed on the averaged adiabatic evolution, some fast but smaller post-adiabatic oscillations at the orbital time scale (Damour et al. 2004; Königsdörffer and Gopakumar 2006).
3.6 Spinning compact binaries
The post-Newtonian templates have been developed so far for compact binary systems which can be described with high precision by point masses without spins. Here by spin, we mean the intrinsic (classical) angular momentum S of the individual compact body. Including the effects of spins is essential, as the astrophysical evidence indicates that stellar-mass black holes (Abramowicz and Kluźniak 2001; Strohmayer 2001; McClintock et al. 2006; Gou et al. 2011; Nowak et al. 2012) and supermassive black holes (Fabian and Miniutti 2009; Brenneman and Reynolds 2006; Brenneman et al. 2011) (see Reynolds 2014 for a review) can be generically close to maximally spinning. However the recent gravitational-wave observations have disfavored high spin magnitude (García-Bellido et al. 2021), although a fraction of binary black hole systems contain at least one black hole with a non-negligible spin (Adamcewicz et al. 2024).
The spins affect the orbital dynamics of the binary, in particular leading to orbital plane precession if they are not aligned with the orbital angular momentum (Cutler and Flanagan 1994; Apostolatos et al. 1994), and thereby to strong modulations in the observed signal frequency and phase. An important effort has been undertaken to compute spin effects to high post-Newtonian order in the dynamics and radiation of compact binaries:
-
1.
Dynamics. The goal is to obtain the equations of motion and related conserved integrals of the motion, the equations of precession of the spins, and the post-Newtonian metric in the near zone. For this step we need a formulation of the conservative dynamics of particles with spins (either Lagrangian or Hamiltonian);
-
2.
Radiation. The mass and current radiative multipole moments, including all hereditary effects, are to be computed for spinning binaries. One then deduces the gravitational waveform and the fluxes, from which we compute the secular evolution of the orbital phase. This step requires plugging the previous dynamics into the general wave generation formalism of Sect. 2.
We adopt a particular post-Newtonian counting for spin effects that actually refers to maximally spinning black holes. In this convention the two spin variables \(S_{{\rm a}}\) (\(\text {a}=1,2\)) have the dimension of an angular momentum multiplied by a factor c, and we pose
where \(m_{\text {a}}\) is the mass of the compact body, and \(\chi _{\text {a}}\) is the dimensionless spin parameter, which equals one for maximally spinning Kerr black holes. Thus the spins \(S_{\text {a}}\) of the compact bodies can be considered as “Newtonian” quantities [there are no c’s in Eq. (563)], and all spin effects will carry (at least) an explicit 1/c factor with respect to non-spin effects. With this convention any post-Newtonian estimate is expected to be appropriate (i.e., numerically close to reality) in the case of maximal rotation. One should keep in mind that spin effects will be formally a factor 1/c smaller for non-maximally spinning objects such as neutron stars; thus in this case a given post-Newtonian computation will actually be a factor 1/c more accurate.
As usual we make a distinction between spin-orbit (SO) effects, which are linear in the spins, and spin–spin (SS) ones, which are quadratic. In the following sections we shall essentially focus on SO effects, as they play the most important role in gravitational wave detection and parameter estimation; we shall give a short account of SS effects in Sect. 3.6.5.
The SO effects have been known at the leading level since the seminal works of Papapetrou (1951b), Corinaldesi and Papapetrou (1951), Tulczyjew (1957, 1959), Barker and O’Connell (1975, 1979), Kidder et al. (1993b), Kidder (1995). With our post-Newtonian counting such leading level corresponds to the 1.5PN order. The SO terms have been computed to the next-to-leading level which corresponds to 2.5PN order by Tagoshi et al. (2001), Faye et al. (2006), Damour et al. (2008), Levi (2010a), Porto (2010), Hartung and Steinhoff (2011a) for the equations of motion or dynamics, and by Blanchet et al. (2006), Blanchet et al. (2011) for the gravitational radiation field. Note that Tagoshi et al. (2001), Faye et al. (2006), Damour et al. (2008), Hartung and Steinhoff (2011a) employ traditional post-Newtonian methods (both harmonic-coordinates and Hamiltonian), but that Levi (2010a), Porto (2010) are based on the effective field theory (EFT) approach. The next-to-next-to-leading SO level corresponding to 3.5PN order has been obtained by Hartung and Steinhoff (2011b), Hartung et al. (2013) using the Hamiltonian method for the equations of motion, by Levi and Steinhoff (2015b) using the EFT, and by Marsat et al. (2013b), Bohé et al. (2013b) using the harmonic-coordinates method. Here we shall focus on the harmonic-coordinates approach (Marsat et al. 2013b; Bohé et al. 2013a, b; Marsat et al. 2013a) which is in fact well formulated using a Lagrangian, see Sect. 3.6.1. With this approach the next-to-next-to-leading SO level was derived not only for the equations of motion including precession, but also for the radiation field (energy flux and orbital phasing) by Bohé et al. (2013a), Marsat et al. (2013a). An analytic solution for the SO precession effects will be presented in Sect. 3.6.2. Concerning the radiation field the highest known SO level actually contains specific tail-induced contributions at 3PN and 4PN orders (Blanchet et al. 2011; Marsat et al. 2013a; Cho et al. 2022a). To next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order the SO terms in the equations of motion have been derived by Antonelli et al. (2020b), Kim et al. (2023b), Mandal et al. (2023b).
3.6.1 Lagrangian formalism for spinning point particles
Some necessary material for constructing a Lagrangian for a spinning point particle in curved spacetime is presented here. The formalism is issued from early works by Hanson and Regge (1974), Bailey and Israel (1975) and has also been developed in the context of the EFT approach by Porto (2006). Variants and alternatives (most importantly the associated Hamiltonian formalism) have been developed by Steinhoff et al. (2008c), Steinhoff (2011), Barausse et al. (2009). The formalism yields for the equations of motion of spinning particles and the equations of precession of the spins the classic results known in general relativity (Tulczyjew 1957, 1959; Mathisson 1937, 2010; Papapetrou 1951b; Corinaldesi and Papapetrou 1951; Trautman 2002; Dixon 1979).
Let us consider a single spinning point particle moving in a given curved background metric \(g_{\alpha \beta }(x)\). The particle follows the worldline \(y^\alpha (\tau )\), with tangent four-velocity \(u^\alpha = {\rm d}y^\alpha /{\rm d}\tau \), where \(\tau \) is a parameter along the representative worldline. In a first stage we do not require that the four-velocity be normalized; thus \(\tau \) needs not be the proper time elapsed along the worldline. To describe the internal degrees of freedom associated with the particle’s spin, we introduce a moving orthonormal tetrad \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }(\tau )\) along the trajectory, which defines a “body-fixed” frame.Footnote 99 The rotation tensor \(\omega ^{\alpha \beta }\) associated with the tetrad is defined by
where \({\rm D}/{\rm d}\tau \equiv u^\beta \nabla _\beta \) is the covariant derivative with respect to the parameter \(\tau \) along the worldline; equivalently, we have
Because of the normalization of the tetrad the rotation tensor is antisymmetric: \(\omega ^{\alpha \beta }=-\omega ^{\beta \alpha }\).
We look for an action principle for the spinning particle. Following Hanson and Regge (1974), Porto (2006) we require the following symmetries to hold:
-
1.
The action is a covariant scalar, i.e., behaves as a scalar with respect to general space-time diffeomorphisms;
-
2.
It is a global Lorentz scalar, i.e., stays invariant under an arbitrary change of the tetrad vectors: \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }(\tau ) \longrightarrow \varLambda ^B_{\,\,\,A}\,e_B^{\,\,\,\alpha }(\tau )\) where \(\varLambda ^B_{\,\,\,A}\) is a constant Lorentz matrix;
-
3.
It is parametrization-invariant, i.e., its form is independent of the parameter \(\tau \) used to follow the particle’s worldline.Footnote 100
In addition to these symmetries we need to specify the dynamical degrees of freedom: These are chosen to be the particle’s position \(y^\alpha \) and the tetrad \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }\). Furthermore we restrict ourselves to a Lagrangian depending only on the four-velocity \(u^\alpha \), the rotation tensor \(\omega ^{\alpha \beta }\), and the metric \(g_{\alpha \beta }\). Thus, the postulated action is of the type
These assumptions confine the formalism to a “pole-dipole” model and to terms linear in the spins. An important point is that such a model is universal in the sense that it can be used for black holes as well as neutrons stars. Indeed, the internal structure of the spinning body appears only at the quadratic order in the spins, through the rotationally induced quadrupole moment.
As it is written in (566), i.e., depending only on Lorentz scalars, L is automatically a Lorentz scalar. By performing an infinitesimal coordinate transformation, one easily sees that the requirement that the Lagrangian be a covariant scalar specifies its dependence on the metric to be such that (see e.g. Bailey and Israel 1975)
We have defined the conjugate linear momentum \(p^\alpha \) and the antisymmetric spin tensor \(S^{\alpha \beta }\) by the partial derivatives
Note that the right-hand side of Eq. (567) is necessarily symmetric by exchange of the indices \(\alpha \) and \(\beta \). Finally, imposing the invariance of the action (566) by reparametrization of the worldline, we find that the Lagrangian must be a homogeneous function of degree one in the velocity \(u^\alpha \) and rotation tensor \(\omega ^{\alpha \beta }\). Applying Euler’s theorem to the function \(L(u^\alpha ,\omega ^{\alpha \beta })\) immediately gives
where the functions \(p_\alpha (u,\omega )\) and \(S_{\alpha \beta }(u,\omega )\) must be parametrization invariant. Note that, at this stage, their explicit expressions are not known. They will be specified only when a spin supplementary condition is imposed, see (576).
We now investigate the unconstrained variations of the action (566) with respect to the dynamical variables \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }\), \(y^\alpha \) and the metric. First, we vary it with respect to the tetrad \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }\) while keeping the position \(y^\alpha \) fixed. A worry is that we must have a way to distinguish intrinsic variations of the tetrad from variations which are induced by a change of the metric \(g_{\alpha \beta }\). This is conveniently solved by decomposing the variation \(\delta e_A^{\,\,\,\beta }\) according to
in which we have introduced the antisymmetric tensor \(\delta \theta ^{\alpha \beta }\equiv e^{A[\alpha }\delta e_A^{\,\,\,\beta ]}\), and where the corresponding symmetric part is simply given by the variation of the metric, i.e. \(e^{A(\alpha }\delta e_A^{\,\,\,\beta )}\equiv \frac{1}{2}\delta g^{\alpha \beta }\). Then we can consider the independent variations \(\delta \theta ^{\alpha \beta }\) and \(\delta g^{\alpha \beta }\). Varying with respect to \(\delta \theta ^{\alpha \beta }\), but holding the metric fixed, gives the equation of spin precession which is found to be
or, alternatively, using the fact that the right-hand side of (567) is symmetric,
We next vary with respect to the particle’s position \(y^\alpha \) while holding the tetrad \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }\) fixed. Operationally, this means that we have to parallel-transport the tetrad along the displacement vector, i.e., to impose
A simple way to derive the result is to use locally inertial coordinates, such that the Christoffel symbols \(\varGamma _{\beta \gamma }^\alpha = 0\) along the particle’s worldline \(y^\alpha (\tau )\); then, Eq. (573) gives \(\delta e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }=\delta y^\beta \partial _\beta e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }=-\delta y^\beta \varGamma _{\beta \gamma }^\alpha e_A^{\,\,\,\gamma }=0\). The variation leads then to the well-known (Mathisson 1937, 2010; Papapetrou 1951b; Corinaldesi and Papapetrou 1951) equation of motion
which involves the famous coupling of the spin tensor to the Riemann curvature.Footnote 101 With a little more work, the equation of motion (574) can also be derived using an arbitrary coordinate system, making use of the parallel transport equation (573).
Finally, varying with respect to the metric while keeping \(\delta \theta ^{\alpha \beta }=0\), gives the stress-energy tensor of the spinning particle. We must again take into account the scalarity of the action, as imposed by Eq. (567). We obtain the standard pole-dipole result (Tulczyjew 1957, 1959; Mathisson 1937, 2010; Papapetrou 1951b; Corinaldesi and Papapetrou 1951; Trautman 2002; Dixon 1979):
where \(\delta _{(4)}(x-y)\) denotes the four-dimensional Dirac function. It can easily be checked that the covariant conservation law \(\nabla _\beta T^{\alpha \beta }=0\) holds as a consequence of the equation of motion (574) and the equation of spin precession (572).
Up to now we have considered unconstrained variations of the action (566), describing the particle’s internal degrees of freedom by the six independent components of the tetrad \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }\) (namely a \(4\times 4\) matrix subject to the 10 constraints \(g_{\alpha \beta }\,e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }e_B^{\,\,\,\beta } = \eta _{AB}\)). To correctly account for the number of degrees of freedom associated with the spin, we must impose three supplementary spin conditions (SSC).
Several choices are possible for a sensible SSC. Notice that in the case of extended bodies the choice of a SSC corresponds to the choice of a central worldline inside the body with respect to which the spin angular momentum is defined (see Kidder 1995 for a discussion). Here we adopt the Tulczyjew (1957, 1959) covariant SSC
As shown by Hanson and Regge (1974) in the flat space-time case, it is possible to specify the Lagrangian in our original action (566) in such a way that the constraints (576) are directly the consequence of the equations derived from that Lagrangian. Here, for simplicity’s sake, we shall simply impose the constraints (576) in the space of solutions of the Euler-Lagrange equations. From Eq. (576) we can introduce the covariant spin vector \(S_{\mu }\) associated with the spin tensor byFootnote 102
where we have defined the mass of the particle by \(m^2 \equiv - g^{\mu \nu } p_\mu p_\nu \). By contracting Eq. (572) with \(p^\beta \) and using the equation of motion (574), one obtains
where we denote \((pu)\equiv p_\mu u^\mu \). By further contracting Eq. (578) with \(u^\alpha \) we obtain an explicit expression for (pu), which can then be substituted back into (578) to provide the relation linking the four-momentum \(p_\alpha \) to the four-velocity \(u_\alpha \). It can be checked using (576) and (578) that the mass of the particle is constant along the particle’s trajectory: \({\rm d}m/{\rm d}\tau =0\). Furthermore the four-dimensional magnitude s of the spin defined by \(s^2\equiv g^{\mu \nu }S_\mu S_\nu \) is also conserved: \({\rm d}s/{\rm d}\tau =0\).
Henceforth we shall restrict our attention to SO interactions, linear in the spins (see Sect. 3.6.5 for SS interactions). We shall also adopt for the parameter \(\tau \) along the particle’s worldline the proper time \({\rm d}\tau \equiv \sqrt{-g_{\mu \nu }{\rm d}y^\mu {\rm d}y^\nu }\), so that \(g_{\mu \nu } u^\mu u^\nu = -1\). Neglecting quadratic spin–spin (SS) and higher-order interactions, the linear momentum is simply proportional to the normalized four-velocity: \(p_\alpha =m \,u_\alpha + {\mathcal {O}}(S^2)\). Hence, from Eq. (572) we deduce that \({\rm D}S_{\alpha \beta } / {\rm d}\tau = {\mathcal {O}}(S^2)\). The equation for the spin covariant vector \(S_\alpha \) then reduces at linear order to
Thus the spin covector is parallel transported along the particle’s trajectory at linear order in spin. For the spin covector \(S_\alpha \) itself, we choose a four-vector which is purely spatial in the particle’s instantaneous rest frame, where \(u^\alpha = (1, {\varvec{0}})\), hence the components of \(S_\alpha \) are \((0, {\varvec{S}})\) in that frame. Therefore, in any frame,
In applications (viz. the construction of gravitational-wave templates for the compact binary inspiral) it is very useful to introduce new spin variables that are designed to have a conserved three-dimensional Euclidean norm (numerically equal to s). Using conserved-norm spin vector variables is indeed the most natural choice when considering the dynamics of compact binaries reduced to the frame of the center of mass or to circular orbits (Bohé et al. 2013b). Indeed the evolution equations of such spin variables reduce, by construction, to ordinary precession equations, and these variables are secularly constant (see Will 2005).
A standard, general procedure to define a (Euclidean) conserved-norm spin spatial vector consists of projecting the spin covector \(S_\alpha \) onto an orthonormal tetrad \(e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }\), which leads to the four scalar components (\(A=0,1,2,3\))
If we choose for the time-like tetrad vector the four-velocity itself, \(e_0^{\,\,\,\alpha } = u^\alpha \),Footnote 103 the time component tetrad projection \(S_{0}\) vanishes because of the orthogonality condition (580). We have seen that \(S_{\alpha }S^{\alpha } = s^{2}\) is conserved along the trajectory; because of (580) we can rewrite this as \(\gamma ^{\alpha \beta }S_{\alpha }S_{\beta } = s^{2}\), in which we have introduced the projector \(\gamma ^{\alpha \beta }=g^{\alpha \beta }+u^\alpha u^\beta \) onto the spatial hypersurface orthogonal to \(u^\alpha \). From the orthonormality of the tetrad and our choice \(e_0^{\,\,\,\alpha } = u^\alpha \), we have \(\gamma ^{\alpha \beta }=\delta ^{ab}e_a^{\,\,\,\alpha }e_b^{\,\,\,\beta }\) in which \(a, b =1,2,3\) refer to the spatial values of the tetrad indices, i.e., \(A=(0,a)\) and \(B=(0,b)\). Therefore the conservation law \(\gamma ^{\alpha \beta }S_{\alpha }S_{\beta } = s^{2}\) becomes
which is indeed the relation defining a Euclidean conserved-norm spin variable \(S_a\).Footnote 104 However, note that the choice of the spin variable \(S_a\) is still somewhat arbitrary, since a rotation of the tetrad vectors can freely be performed. We refer to Damour et al. (2008), Bohé et al. (2013b) for the definition of some “canonical” choice for the tetrad in order to fix this residual freedom. Such choice presents the advantage of providing a unique determination of the conserved-norm spin variable in a given gauge. This canonical choice will be the one adopted in all explicit results presented in Sect. 3.6.4.
The evolution equation (579) for the original spin variable \(S_\alpha \) now translates into an ordinary precession equation for the tetrad components \(S_a\):
where the precession tensor \(\varOmega _{ab}\) is related to the tetrad components \(\omega _{AB}\) of the rotation tensor defined in (565) by \(\varOmega _{ab}=z\,\omega _{ab}\) where we pose \(z\equiv {\rm d}\tau /{\rm d}t\), remembering the redshift variable (427). The antisymmetric character of the matrix \(\varOmega _{ab}\) guaranties that \(S_a\) satisfies the Euclidean precession equation
where we denote \({\varvec{S}}=(S_a)\), and \({\varvec{\varOmega }}=(\varOmega _a)\) with \(\varOmega _{a}=-\frac{1}{2}\epsilon _{abc}\,\varOmega ^{bc}\). As a consequence of (584) the spin has a conserved Euclidean norm: \({\varvec{S}}^2=s^2\). From now on we shall no longer make any distinction between the spatial tetrad indices \(ab\cdots \) and the ordinary spatial indices \(ij\cdots \) which are raised and lowered with the Kronecker metric. Explicit results for the equations of motion and gravitational wave templates will be given in Sects. 3.6.2 and 3.6.4 using the canonical choice for the conserved-norm spin variable \({\varvec{S}}\).
3.6.2 Equations of motion and precession for circular binaries
The previous formalism can be generalized to self-gravitating systems consisting of two spinning point particles. The metric generated by the system of particles, interacting only through gravitation, is solution of the Einstein field equations (47) with stress-energy tensor given by the sum of the individual stress-energy tensors (575) for each particles. The equations of motion of the particles are the Mathisson–Papapetrou equations (574) with the metric generated by the self-gravitating system evaluated at the location of the particles thanks to a regularization procedure (see Sect. 3.1). The precession equations of each of the spins are given by
where \(\text {a} = 1,2\) labels the particles. The spin variables \({\varvec{S}}_{{\rm a}}\) are the conserved-norm spins defined in Sect. 3.6.1. In the following it is convenient to introduce two combinations of the individuals spins defined byFootnote 105
We shall investigate the case where the binary’s orbit is quasi-circular, i.e., whose radius is constant apart from small perturbations induced by the spins (as usual we neglect the gravitational radiation damping effects). We denote by \({\varvec{x}}={\varvec{y}}_1-{\varvec{y}}_2\) and \({\varvec{v}}={\rm d}{\varvec{x}}/{\rm d}t\) the relative position and velocity.Footnote 106 We introduce an orthonormal moving triad \(\{{\varvec{n}}, {\varvec{\lambda }}, {\varvec{\ell }}\}\) defined by the unit separation vector \({\varvec{n}}={\varvec{x}}/r\) (with \(r=\vert {\varvec{x}}\vert \)) and the unit normal \({\varvec{\ell }}\) to the instantaneous orbital plane given by \({\varvec{\ell }}={\varvec{n}}\times {\varvec{v}}/|{\varvec{n}}\times {\varvec{v}}|\); the orthonormal triad is then completed by \({\varvec{\lambda }}={\varvec{\ell }}\times {\varvec{n}}\). Those vectors are represented on Fig. 9, which shows the geometry of the system. The orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) is defined for general orbits, not necessarily circular, by \({\varvec{v}}={\dot{r}}{\varvec{n}}+r\varOmega {\varvec{\lambda }}\) where \({\dot{r}}={\varvec{n}}\cdot {\varvec{v}}\) is the derivative of r with respect to the coordinate time t. The general expression for the relative acceleration \({\varvec{a}}\equiv {\rm d}{\varvec{v}}/{\rm d}t\) decomposed in the moving basis \(\{{\varvec{n}},{\varvec{\lambda }},{\varvec{\ell }}\}\) is
Here we have introduced the orbital plane precession \(\varpi \) of the orbit defined by \(\varpi \equiv -{\varvec{\lambda }}\cdot {\rm d}{\varvec{\ell }}/{\rm d}t\). Next we impose the restriction to quasi-circular precessing orbits which is defined by the conditions \({\dot{r}}={\dot{\varOmega }}={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^5)\) and \(\ddot{r}={\mathcal {O}}(1/c^{10})\) so that \(v^2 = r^2\varOmega ^2+{\mathcal {O}}(1/c^{10})\); see Eqs. (372). Then \({\varvec{\lambda }}\) represents the direction of the velocity, and the precession frequency \(\varpi \) is proportional to the variation of \({\varvec{\ell }}\) in the direction of the velocity. In this way we find that the equations of the relative motion in the frame of the center-of-mass are
Since we neglect the radiation reaction damping there is no component of the acceleration along \({\varvec{\lambda }}\). This equation represents the generalization of Eq. (371) for spinning quasi-circular binaries with no radiation reaction. The orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) will contain spin effects in addition to the non-spin terms given by (373), while the precessional frequency \(\varpi \) will entirely be due to spins.
Here we report the results for the spin-orbit (SO) contributions into these quantities at the next-to-next-to-leading level corresponding to 3.5PN order (Marsat et al. 2013b; Bohé et al. 2013b). We project out the spins on the moving orthonormal basis, defining \({\varvec{S}}= S_n {\varvec{n}} + S_\lambda {\varvec{\lambda }} + S_\ell {\varvec{\ell }}\) and similarly for \({\varvec{\varSigma }}\). We have
which has to be added to the non-spin terms (373) up to 3.5PN order. We recall that the ordering post-Newtonian parameter is \(\gamma = \frac{G m}{r c^2}\). The next-to-next-to-leading SO effects into the precessional frequency read
where this time the ordering post-Newtonian parameter is \(x\equiv (\frac{G m \varOmega }{c^3})^{2/3}\). In order to complete the evolution equations for quasi-circular orbits we need also the precession vectors \({\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}}\) of the two spins as defined by Eq. (585). These are given by
We obtain \({\varvec{\varOmega }}_2\) by exchanging the masses, \(\varDelta \rightarrow - \varDelta \). At the linear SO level the precession vectors \({\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}}\) are independent of the spins.Footnote 107 Finally we give the SO contributions to next-to-next-to-leading order in the binary’s conservative energy for circular orbits as (Marsat et al. 2013b; Bohé et al. 2013b)
We recall that the non-spin contributions in \({\rm E}\) were given in Eq. (377).
3.6.3 Orbital precession at the spin-orbit level
We now investigate an analytical solution for the dynamics of compact spinning binaries on quasi-circular orbits, including the effects of spin precession (Blanchet et al. 2011; Marsat et al. 2013a). This solution will be valid whenever the radiation reaction effects can be neglected, and is restricted to the linear SO level.
In the following, we will extensively employ the total angular momentum of the system, that we denote by \({\textbf{J}}\), and which is conserved when radiation-reaction effects are neglected,
It is customary to decompose the conserved total angular momentum \({\textbf{J}}\) as the sum of the orbital angular momentum \({\varvec{L}}\) and of the two spins,Footnote 108
This split between \({\varvec{L}}\) and \({\varvec{S}}={\varvec{S}}_{1}+{\varvec{S}}_{2}\) is specified by our choice of spin variables, here the conserved-norm spins defined in Sect. 3.6.1. Although \({\varvec{L}}\) is called the “orbital” angular momentum, it actually includes both non-spin and spin contributions. We refer to Eq. (4.7) of Bohé et al. (2013b) for the expression of \({\varvec{L}}\) at the next-to-next-to-leading SO level for quasi-circular orbits.
Our solution will consist of some explicit expressions for the moving triad \(\{{\varvec{n}}, {\varvec{\lambda }}, {\varvec{\ell }}\}\) at the SO level in the conservative dynamics for quasi-circular orbits. With the previous definitions of the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) and the precessional frequency \(\varpi \) we have the following system of equations for the time evolution of the triad vectors,
Equivalently, introducing the orbital rotation vector \({\varvec{\varOmega }}\equiv \varOmega \,{\varvec{\ell }}\) and spin precession vector \({\varvec{\varpi }}\equiv \varpi \,{\varvec{n}}\), these equations can be elegantly written as
Next we introduce a fixed (inertial) orthonormal basis \(\{ {\textbf{x}}, {\textbf{y}}, {\textbf{z}} \}\) as follows: \({\textbf{z}}\) is defined to be the normalized value \({\textbf{J}}/{\rm J}\) of the total angular momentum \({\textbf{J}}\); \({\textbf{y}}\) is orthogonal to the plane spanned by \({\textbf{z}}\) and the direction \({\varvec{N}}={\varvec{X}}/R\) of the detector as seen from the source (notation of Sect. 2.4.1) and is defined by \({\textbf{y}} = {\textbf{z}} \times {\varvec{N}}/\vert {\textbf{z}} \times {\varvec{N}}\vert \); and \({\textbf{x}}\) completes the triad—see Fig. 9. Then, we introduce the standard spherical coordinates \((\alpha , \iota )\) of the vector \({\varvec{\ell }}\) measured in the inertial basis \(\{{\textbf{x}}, {\textbf{y}}, {\textbf{z}}\}\). Since \(\iota \) is the angle between the total and orbital angular momenta, we have
where \({\rm J}\equiv \vert {\textbf{J}}\vert \). The angles \((\alpha , \iota )\) are referred to as the precession angles.
We now derive from the time evolution of our triad vectors those of the precession angles \((\alpha , \iota )\), and of an appropriate phase \(\varPhi \) that specifies the position of \({\varvec{n}}\) with respect to some reference direction in the orbital plane denoted \({\textbf{x}}_\ell \). Following Arun et al. (2009b), we pose
such that \(\{{\textbf{x}}_\ell , {\textbf{y}}_\ell , \mathbf {\ell }\}\) forms an orthonormal basis. The motion takes place in the instantaneous orbital plane spanned by \({\varvec{n}}\) and \({\varvec{\lambda }}\), and the phase angle \(\varPhi \) is such that (see Fig. 9):
from which we deduce
Combining Eqs. (600) with (597) we also get
By identifying the right-hand sides of (595) with the time-derivatives of the relations (599) we obtain the following system of equations for the variations of \(\alpha \), \(\iota \) and \(\varPhi \),
On the other hand, using the decompositon of the total angular momentum (594) together with the fact that the components of \({\varvec{L}}\) projected along \({\varvec{n}}\) and \({\varvec{\lambda }}\) are of the order \({\mathcal {O}}(S)\), Eq. (4.7) of Bohé et al. (2013b), we deduce that \(\sin \iota \) is itself a small quantity of order \({\mathcal {O}}(S)\). Since we also have \(\varpi ={\mathcal {O}}(S)\), we conclude by direct integration of the sum of Eqs. (602a) and (602c) that
in which we have defined the “carrier” phase as
with \(\phi _0\) the value of the carrier phase at some arbitrary initial time \(t_0\). An important point we have used when integrating (604) is that the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) is constant at linear order in the spins. Indeed, from Eq. (589) we see that only the components of the conserved-norm spin vectors along \({\varvec{\ell }}\) can contribute to \(\varOmega \) at linear order. As we show in Eq. (607c) below, these components are in fact constant at linear order in spins. Thus we can treat \(\varOmega \) as a constant for our purpose.
The combination \(\varPhi +\alpha \) being known by Eq. (603), we can further express the precession angles \(\iota \) and \(\alpha \) at linear order in spins in terms of the components \({\rm J}_n\) and \({\rm J}_\lambda \); from Eqs. (597) and (601),
where we denote by \(L_{\rm NS}\) the norm of the non-spin (NS) part of the orbital angular momentum \({\varvec{L}}\).
It remains to obtain the explicit time variation of the components of the two individual spins \(S_n^ {{\rm a}}\), \(S_\lambda ^ {{\rm a}}\) and \(S_\ell ^ {{\rm a}}\) (with \(\text {a}=1,2\)). Using Eqs. (605) together with the decomposition (594) and the explicit expression of \({\varvec{L}}\) (see Bohé et al. 2013b), we shall then be able to obtain the explicit time variation of the precession angles \((\alpha , \iota )\) and phase \(\varPhi \). Combining (585) and (595) we obtain
where \(\varOmega _{{\rm a}}\) is the norm of the precession vector of the \(\text {a}\)-th spin as given by (591), and the precession frequency \(\varpi \) is explicitly given by (590). At linear order in spins these equations translate into
We see that, as stated before, the spin components along \({\varvec{\ell }}\) are constant, and so is the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) given by (589). At the linear SO level, the equations (607) can be decoupled and integrated as
Here \(S_\perp ^ {{\rm a}}\) and \(S_{\parallel }^ {{\rm a}}\) denote two quantities for each spins, that are constant up to terms \({\mathcal {O}}(S^2)\). The phase of the projection perpendicular to the direction \({\varvec{\ell }}\) of each of the spins is given by
where \(\psi ^0_{{\rm a}}\) is the constant initial phase at the reference time \(t_0\).
Finally we can give in an explicit way, to linear SO order, the moving triad \(\{{\varvec{n}}, {\varvec{\lambda }}, {\varvec{\ell }}\}\) in terms of the reference triad \(\{{\varvec{n}}_{0}, {\varvec{\lambda }}_{0}, {\varvec{\ell }}_{0}\}\) at the reference time \(t_{0}\) in Eqs. (609) and (604). The best way to express the result is to introduce the complex null vector \({\varvec{m}} \equiv \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}({\varvec{n}}+{\rm i}{\varvec{\lambda }})\) and its complex conjuguate \(\overline{{\varvec{m}}}\); the normalization is chosen so that \({\varvec{m}}\cdot \overline{{\varvec{m}}}=1\). We obtain
The precession effects in the dynamical solution for the evolution of the basis vectors \(\{{\varvec{n}}, {\varvec{\lambda }}, {\varvec{\ell }}\}\) are given by the second terms in these equations. They depend only in the combination \(\sin \iota \,e^{{\rm i}\alpha }\) and its complex conjugate \(\sin \iota \,e^{- {\rm i}\alpha }\), which follows from Eqs. (605) and the known spin and non-spin contributions to the total angular momentum \({\textbf{J}}\). One can check that precession effects in the above dynamical solution (610) for the moving triad start at order \({\mathcal {O}}(1/c^3)\).
3.6.4 Spin-orbit effects in the gravitational-wave flux and orbital phase
Like in Sect. 3.4 our main task is to control up to high post-Newtonian order the mass and current radiative multipole moments \({\rm U}_L\) and \({\rm V}_L\) which parametrize the asymptotic waveform and gravitational fluxes far away from the source, cf. Equations (178)–(179). The radiative multipole moments are in turn related to the source multipole moments \({\rm I}_L\) and \({\rm J}_L\) through complicated relationships involving tails and related effects, and described in Sects. 2.4.5 and 2.4.6.
The source moments have been expressed in Eqs. (7) in terms of some source densities \(\varSigma \), \(\varSigma _i\) and \(\varSigma _{ij}\) defined from the components of the post-Newtonian expansion of the pseudo-tensor, denoted \({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta }\). To lowest order the (PN expansion of the) pseudo-tensor reduces to the matter tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) which has compact support, and the source densities \(\varSigma \), \(\varSigma _i\), \(\varSigma _{ij}\) reduce to the compact support quantities \(\sigma \), \(\sigma _i\) \(\sigma _{ij}\) given by Eqs. (160). Now, computing spin effects, the matter tensor \(T^{\alpha \beta }\) has been found to be given by (575) in the framework of the pole-dipole approximation suitable for SO couplings (and sufficient also for SS interactions between different spins). Here, to give a flavor of the computation, we present the lowest order SO contributions to the general mass and current source multipole moments (\(\forall \ell \in {\mathbb {N}}\)):
Paralleling the similar expressions (455) for the Newtonian approximation to the source moments in the non-spin case, we posed \(\sigma _\ell (\nu )\equiv X_2^{\ell -1}+(-)^\ell X_1^{\ell -1}\), see also Eqs. (456). In Eqs. (611) we employ the notation (586) for the two spins and the ordinary cross product \(\times \) of Euclidean vectors. Thus, the dominant level of spins is at the 1.5PN order in the mass-type moments \({\rm I}_L\), but only at the 0.5PN order in the current-type moments \({\rm J}_L\). It is then evident that the spin part of the current-type moments will always dominate over that of the mass-type moments. We refer to Blanchet et al. (2006), Bohé et al. (2013a) for higher order post-Newtonian expressions of the source moments. If we insert the expressions (611) into tail integrals like (192), we find that some spin contributions originate from tails starting at the 3PN order (Blanchet et al. 2011; Marsat et al. 2013a; the equivalent calculation has been done with EFT techniques: Cho et al. 2022a).
We are left with the following high-order result for the SO contributions to the gravitational-wave energy flux, with 4PN level precision (Blanchet et al. 2006; Bohé et al. 2013a; Marsat et al. 2013a; Cho et al. 2022a):
We recall that \(S_\ell \equiv {\varvec{\ell }}\cdot {\textbf{S}}\) and \(\varSigma _\ell \equiv {\varvec{\ell }}\cdot {\varvec{\varSigma }}\), with \({\textbf{S}}\) and \({\varvec{\varSigma }}\) denoting the combinations (586), and the individual spins are the specific conserved-norm spins that have been constructed in Sect. 3.6.1. The result (612) superposes to the non-spin contributions given by Eq. (483). Satisfyingly it is in complete agreement in the test-mass limit where \(\nu \rightarrow 0\) with the result of black-hole perturbation theory on a Kerr background obtained by Tagoshi et al. (1996).
Finally we can compute the spin effects in the time evolution of the binary’s orbital frequency \(\varOmega \). As in Sect. 3.4 we rely on Eq. (447) balancing the total emitted energy flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) with the variation of the binary’s center-of-mass energy \({\rm E}\). The SO part of the energy \({\rm E}\) have been provided in Eq. (592). Using \({\rm E}\) and \({\mathcal {F}}\) expressed as functions of the orbital frequency \(\varOmega \) (through x) and of the spin variables (through \(S_\ell \) and \(\varSigma _\ell \)), we transform the balance equation into
However, in writing the latter equation it is important to justify that the spin quantities \(S_\ell \) and \(\varSigma _\ell \) are secularly constant, i.e., do not evolve on a gravitational radiation reaction time scale so we can neglect their variations when taking the time derivative of Eq. (592). Fortunately, this is the case of the conserved-norm spin variables, as proved by Will (2005) up to relative 1PN order, i.e., considering radiation reaction effects up to 3.5PN order. Furthermore this can also be shown from the following structural general argument valid at linear order in spins (Blanchet et al. 2011; Bohé et al. 2013a). In the center-of-mass frame, the only vectors at our disposal, except for the spins, are \({\varvec{n}}\) and \({\varvec{v}}\). Recalling that the spin vectors are pseudovectors regarding parity transformation, we see that the only way SO contributions can enter scalars such as the energy \({\rm E}\) or the flux \({\mathcal {F}}\) is through the mixed products \((n,v,S_{{\rm a}})\), i.e., through the components \(S_{\ell }^ {{\rm a}}\). Now, the same reasoning applies to the precession vectors \({\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}}\) in Eqs. (585): They must be pseudovectors, and, at linear order in spin, they must only depend on \({\varvec{n}}\) and \({\varvec{v}}\); so that they must be proportional to \({\varvec{\ell }}\), as can be explicitly seen for instance in Eq. (591). Now, the time derivative of the components along \({\varvec{\ell }}\) of the spins are given by \({\rm d}S_{\ell }^ {{\rm a}}/{\rm d}t={\textbf{S}}_{{\rm a}}\cdot ({\rm d}{\varvec{\ell }}/{\rm d}t+{\varvec{\ell }}\times {\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}})\). The second term vanishes because \({\varvec{\varOmega }}_{{\rm a}}\propto {\varvec{\ell }}\), and since \({\rm d}{\varvec{\ell }}/{\rm d}t = {\mathcal {O}}(S)\), we obtain that \(S_{\ell }^ {{\rm a}}\) is constant at linear order in the spins. We have already met an instance of this important fact in Eq. (607c). This argument is valid at any post-Newtonian order and for general orbits, but is limited to spin-orbit terms; furthermore it does not specify any time scale for the variation, so it applies to short time scales such as the orbital and precessional periods, as well as to the long gravitational radiation reaction time scale (see also Gergely 2000 and references therein for related discussions).
We are then allowed to apply Eq. (613) with conserved-norm spin variables at the SO level. We thus obtain the secular evolution of \(\varOmega \) and from that we deduce by a further integration (following the Taylor approximant T2) the secular evolution of the carrier phase \(\phi \equiv \int \varOmega \,{\rm d}t\):
This expression, when added to the expression for the non-spin terms given by Eq. (486), and considering also the SS terms, constitutes the main theoretical input needed for the construction of templates for spinning compact binaries. However, recall that in the case of precessional binaries, for which the spins are not aligned or anti-aligned with the orbital angular momentum, we must subtract to the carrier phase \(\phi \) the precessional correction \(\alpha \) arising from the precession of the orbital plane. Indeed the physical phase variable \(\varPhi \) which is defined in Fig. 9, has been proved to be given by \(\varPhi =\phi -\alpha \) at linear order in spins, cf. Equation (603). The precessional correction \(\alpha \) can be computed at linear order in spins from the results of Sect. 3.6.2.
3.6.5 Spin–spin effects
The SS effects are known at the leading level corresponding to 2PN order from Barker and O’Connell (1975, 1979) in the equations of motion (see Kidder 1995; Porto 2006; Buonanno et al. 2013 for subsequent derivations), and from Kidder et al. (1993b); Kidder (1995) in the radiation field. Next-to-leading SS contributions are at 3PN order and have been obtained with the Hamiltonian (Steinhoff et al. 2008a, b, c; Hergt et al. 2010; Hartung and Steinhoff 2011a), the EFT (Porto and Rothstein 2006, 2008a, b; Levi 2010b; Levi and Steinhoff 2015a) and the harmonic coordinates (Bohé et al. 2015) techniques. Bohé et al. (2015), Cho et al. (2021) obtained also the next-to-leading SS terms in the gravitational-wave flux. The next-to-next-to-next-to-leading order SS effects in the equations of motion have been obtained by Antonelli et al. (2020a), Kim et al. (2023a), Mandal et al. (2023a).
With SS effects in a compact binary system one must make a distinction between the spin squared terms, involving the coupling between the two same spins \(S_1\) or \(S_2\), and the interaction terms, involving the coupling between the two different spins \(S_1\) and \(S_2\). The spin-squared terms \(S_1^2\) and \(S_2^2\) arise due to the effects on the dynamics of the quadrupole moments of the compact bodies that are induced by their spins, as shown by Poisson (1997). They have been computed through 2PN order in the fluxes and orbital phase by Gergely (1999, 2000), Mikóczi et al. (2005). The interaction terms \(S_1\times S_2\) are simpler, as they can be computed with the pole-dipole formalism reviewed in Sect. 3.6.1. The interaction terms \(S_1\times S_2\) between different spins have been derived to next-to-next-to-leading 4PN order for the equations of motion by Levi (2012), Levi and Steinhoff (2016) (EFT) and by Hartung and Steinhoff (2011c) (Hamiltonian).
The SS interactions (spin-squared terms \(S_1^2\) and \(S_2^2\)) can be computed by representing each compact object as a spinning point particle whose internal structure and finite-size effects are parametrized by an effective quadrupole moment. The dynamics of such particles with higher order multipoles was investigated by Dixon (1964, 1973, 1979), Bailey and Israel (1975) who constructed the effective stress-energy tensor and Lagrangian to encode information about the internal structure of the body. In the case of a spinning particle endowed with a quadrupolar structure the equations generalizing the Mathisson-Papapetrou equations (574) and (572) read (with \(c=1\))
where \(J^{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }\) is the Dixon quadrupolar tensor, which is at this stage only constrained to have the same symmetry properties as \(R_{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }\). We account for the correct number of degrees of freedom of the spin by imposing the same covariant SSC (576) as before. Similarly for the quadrupole tensor \(J^{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }\), not all of its degrees of freedom are physical, and we restrict these by relating the quadrupole tensor to the four-velocity \(u^\mu \) and the spin tensor \(S^{\mu \nu }\). In order to describe a physical body with a spin and a non-vanishing spin-induced quadrupole moment one has (Porto 2006; Porto and Rothstein 2008a; Steinhoff and Puetzfeld 2010; Steinhoff 2011; Buonanno et al. 2013; Bohé et al. 2015)
where the mass parameter is defined by \(m^2=-g^{\mu \nu }p_\mu p_\nu \) as in Sect. 3.6.1, but is here constant only modulo higher-order \({\mathcal {O}}(S^2)\) terms. The constant \(\kappa \) characterizes the quadrupolar “polarisability” of the body; for a neutron star the numerical value of \(\kappa \) depends on the equation of state of the nuclear matter.
As in Sect. 3.6.1 we apply the formalism to self-gravitating binary systems (strictly speaking the formalism is applied to spin-squared contributions \(S_1^2\) and \(S_2^2\); the pole-dipole formalism is sufficient for \(S_1\times S_2\)). We present the complete SS contributions, including all \(S_1^2\), \(S_2^2\) and \(S_1\times S_2\) terms, to the conservative energy in the case of spins aligned with the orbital angular momentum and for circular orbits (Bohé et al. 2015):
This expression is to be added to the non-spin contributions (377) and to the SO ones given in Eq. (592). Here \(\kappa _{+}=\kappa _1+\kappa _2\) and \(\kappa _{-}=\kappa _1-\kappa _2\) where \(\kappa _{{\rm a}}\) are the polarisability parameters of the two bodies. The expression (617) can be shown to be in agreement, in the test-mass limit for one body, with the energy of a test particle in circular equatorial orbits around a Kerr black hole (Bardeen et al. 1972).
The energy flux for SS interactions—thus complementing the non-spin (483) and SO (612) terms—in the case of aligned spins (no orbital precession) and circular orbits, reads (Bohé et al. 2015; Cho et al. 2021)
This result is in agreement, in the limit of a test particle orbiting a Kerr black hole, with the black hole perturbation calculation of Tagoshi et al. (1996). Using (618) together with the expression of the orbital energy (617), we can solve the energy balance equation to obtain the phase evolution of the binary for circular orbits and aligned spins. This yields (Bohé et al. 2015)
Concerning the waveform the spin contributions for spin-aligned circular binaries have been included in the polarization modes at the 3.5PN order (Henry et al. 2022); for non-circular binaries (with aligned or anti-aligned spins) they are known to the third post-Newtonian order (Henry and Khalil 2023). We mention also the calculations of the subdominant cubic spin–spin–spin (SSS) and even quartic SSSS effects (Hergt and Schäfer 2008, 2008; Levi and Steinhoff 2015a; Marsat 2015; Vaidya 2015).
Notes
In this article Greek indices \(\alpha \beta \cdots \mu \nu \cdots \) take space-time values 0, 1, 2, 3 and Latin indices \(ab\cdots ij\cdots \) spatial values 1, 2, 3. Cartesian coordinates are assumed throughout and boldface notation is often used for ordinary Euclidean vectors. Our signature is +2; hence the Minkowski metric reads \(\eta _{\alpha \beta } = \text {diag}(-1,+1,+1,+1)\). As usual G and c are Newton’s constant and the speed of light, consistently included unless otherwise specified.
Note that in the case of Newtonian binary systems, for high eccentricities (with say \(e\rightarrow 1^{-}\)) the Newtonian potential U can be numerically much larger than the estimate \({\mathcal {O}}(1/c^2)\sim v^2/c^2\) around the apastron of the orbit.
An alternative definition of the source multipole moments, in terms of canonical Noether charges associated with residual gauge transformations in harmonic coordinates, has been proposed by Compère et al. (2018).
The fact that the Newtonian conservation laws forbid the emission of dipole gravitational waves was pointed out by Abraham in 1914 (see Kennefick 2007).
The TT coordinate system can be extended to the near zone of the source as well; see, e.g., Kopeikin et al. (1999).
In the most general case, the time average \(\langle f \rangle \) of a function f(t) is defined as
$$\begin{aligned} \langle f \rangle \equiv \lim _{T\rightarrow +\infty }\frac{1}{2T}\int _{-T}^{T}{\rm d}t\,f(t) \,. \end{aligned}$$For periodic functions this reduces to the usual average over the period P,
$$\begin{aligned} \langle f \rangle = \frac{1}{P} \int _0^P{\rm d}t\,f(t)\,. \end{aligned}$$Namely \((G m)^1=\varOmega ^2a^3\), where \(m=m_1+m_2\) is the total mass and \(\varOmega =2\pi /P\) is the orbital frequency. This law is also appropriately called the 1–2-3 law (Misner et al. 1973).
See Ito and Ohtsuka (2019) for an historical discussion, and justification of the appelation ZLK for designating this effect.
This work entitled: “The last three minutes: Issues in gravitational-wave measurements of coalescing compact binaries” is sometimes coined the “3mn Caltech paper”.
The leading-order 5PN tidal phase was extended to higher order by Vines et al. (2011), Bini et al. (2012), Vines and Flanagan (2013), Abdelsalhin et al. (2018), Banihashemi and Vines (2020), Landry (2018), Henry et al. (2020a, b) and is now complete up to the 7.5PN order, including mass quadrupole, current quadrupole and mass octupole tidal contributions, with tail terms arising at 6.5PN and 7.5PN orders.
Notably Kidder (1995) gives the dominant PN contribution of the spins to the recoil.
This reference has an eloquent title: “Feynman graph derivation of the Einstein quadrupole formula”.
At a time when PN corrections to the emission of gravitational waves had only a purely academic interest.
Considering the coordinates \(x^\alpha \) as a set of four scalars a simple calculation shows that
$$\begin{aligned} H^\alpha = \sqrt{-g}\,\Box _g x^\alpha \,, \end{aligned}$$where \(\Box _g\equiv g^{\mu \nu }\nabla _\mu \nabla _\nu \) denotes the curved d’Alembertian operator. Hence the harmonic-coordinate condition \(H^\alpha = 0\) tells that the coordinates \(x^\alpha \) themselves, considered as scalars, are harmonic, i.e., obey the vacuum (curved) d’Alembertian equation.
In \(D=d+1\) space-time dimensions, only one coefficient in this expression is modified; see Eq. (263) below.
See Eqs. (3.8c) in Blanchet and Faye (2001a) for the quartic terms. We denote e.g., \(h^\alpha _\mu =\eta _{\mu \nu }h^{\alpha \nu }\), \(h=\eta _{\mu \nu }h^{\mu \nu }\), and \(\partial ^\alpha =\eta ^{\alpha \mu }\partial _\mu \). A parenthesis around a pair of indices denotes the usual symmetrization: \(T^{(\alpha \beta )}=\frac{1}{2}(T^{\alpha \beta }+T^{\beta \alpha })\).
\({\mathbb {N}}\), \({\mathbb {Z}}\), \({\mathbb {R}}\), and \({\mathbb {C}}\) are the usual sets of non-negative integers, integers, real numbers, and complex numbers; \(C^p (\varOmega )\) is the set of p-times continuously differentiable functions on the open domain \(\varOmega \) (\(p\leqslant +\infty \)).
Our notation is the following: \(L=i_1i_2\cdots i_\ell \) denotes a multi-index, made of \(\ell \) (spatial) indices. Similarly, we write for instance \(P=j_1\cdots j_p\) (in practice, we generally do not need to write explicitly the “carrier” letter i or j), or \(aL-1=ai_1\cdots i_{\ell -1}\). Always understood in expressions such as Eq. (63) are \(\ell \) summations over the indices \(i_1, \ldots , i_\ell \) ranging from 1 to 3. The derivative operator \(\partial _L\) is a short-hand for \(\partial _{i_1}\cdots \partial _{i_\ell }\). The function \({\rm K}_L\) (for any space-time indices \(\alpha \beta \)) is symmetric and trace-free (STF) with respect to the \(\ell \) indices composing L. This means that for any pair of indices \(i_p, i_q\in L\), we have \({\rm K}_{\cdots i_p\cdots i_q\cdots }={\rm K}_{\cdots i_q\cdots i_p\cdots }\) and that \(\delta _{i_pi_q}{\rm K}_{\cdots i_p\cdots i_q\cdots }=0\) (see Thorne 1980 and Appendices A and B in Blanchet and Damour 1986 for reviews about the STF formalism). The STF projection is denoted with a hat, so \({\rm K}_L\equiv \hat{{\rm K}}_L\), or sometimes with carets around the indices, \({\rm K}_L\equiv {\rm K}_{\langle L \rangle }\). In particular, \({\hat{n}}_L=n_{\langle L \rangle }\) is the STF projection of the product of unit vectors \(n_L=n_{i_1}\cdots n_{i_\ell }\), for instance \({\hat{n}}_{ij}=n_{\langle ij\rangle }=n_{ij}-\frac{1}{3}\delta _{ij}\) and \({\hat{n}}_{ijk} =n_{\langle ijk\rangle } = n_{ijk} - \frac{1}{5} (\delta _{ij} n_k + \delta _{ik} n_j + \delta _{jk} n_i)\); an expansion into STF tensors \({\hat{n}}_L={\hat{n}}_L(\theta ,\phi )\) is equivalent to the usual expansion in spherical harmonics \(Y_{lm}=Y_{lm}(\theta ,\phi )\), see Eqs. (189) below. Similarly, we denote \(x_L=x_{i_1}\cdots x_{i_\ell }=r^l n_{L}\) where \(r=\vert {\textbf{x}}\vert \), and \({\hat{x}}_L=x_{\langle L \rangle }=\text {STF}[x_L]\). The Levi-Civita antisymmetric symbol is denoted \(\epsilon _{ijk}\) (with \(\epsilon _{123}=1\)). Parenthesis refer to symmetrization, \(T_{(ij)}=\frac{1}{2}(T_{ij}+T_{ji})\). Superscripts (q) indicate q successive time derivations.
The constancy of the center of mass \({\rm X}_i\)—rather than a linear variation with time—results from our assumption of stationarity before the date \(-{\mathcal {T}}\), see Eq. (60). Hence, \({\rm P}_i = 0\).
This assumption is justified because we are ultimately interested in the radiation field at some given finite post-Newtonian precision like 4PN, and because only a finite number of multipole moments can contribute at any finite order of approximation. With a finite number of multipoles in the linearized metric (64)–(66), there is a maximal multipolarity \(\ell _{\rm max}(n)\) at any post-Minkowskian order n, which grows linearly with n.
We employ the Landau symbol o for remainders with its standard meaning. Thus, \(f(r)=o[g(r)]\) when \(r\rightarrow 0\) means that \(f(r)/g(r)\rightarrow 0\) when \(r\rightarrow 0\). Furthermore, we generally assume some differentiability properties such as \({\rm d}^n f(r)/{\rm d}r^n=o[g(r)/r^n]\).
If the assumption of stationarity in the past is relaxed, there may be a loss of smoothness of the metric at future null indinity (Damour 1986).
Since we are iteratively constructing a coordinate system order by order, it is convenient to consider the coordinates as dummy variables and denote them by \(({\textbf{x}},t)\). In the end, when we obtain the full radiative metric, we shall denote the radiative coordinates by \(({\textbf{X}},T)\) as in Theorem 5.
Although the two sets of moments \(\{{\rm M}_L,{\rm S}_L\}\) and \(\{\overline{{\rm M}}_L,{\overline{{\rm S}}}_L\}\) differ in general, the conserved mass monopole (as well as the mass and current dipoles) are in fact identical in the harmonic and radiative constructions. Hence, \(\overline{{\rm M}}={\rm M}\) for the ADM mass. See Eq. (5.4) of Trestini et al. (2023) for the relationship between the quadrupole moment \(\overline{{\rm M}}_{ij}\) in the radiative algorithm and the moments \(\{{\rm M}_L,{\rm S}_L\}\) in harmonic coordinates.
For simplicity in this section, we do not write the space-time indices \(\alpha \beta \) on the metric.
The monopole and dipole cases \(\ell =0,1\) are discussed in Blanchet (1998b).
We mean the fully-fledge \({\mathcal {M}}(\tau ^{\alpha \beta })\); i.e., not the formal object \({\mathcal {M}}({\overline{\tau }}^{\alpha \beta })\).
Though the latter integral is a priori divergent, its value can be determined by invoking complex analytic continuation in \(\ell \in {\mathbb {C}}\).
We have \(\chi ({\textbf{x}},t)=G\int {\rm d}^3{\textbf{x}}'\rho ({\textbf{x}}',t)\vert {\textbf{x}}-{\textbf{x}}'\vert \) and the super-potential is linked to the Newtonian tensor potential
$$\begin{aligned} U_{ij}({\textbf{x}},t)=\int {\rm d}^3{\textbf{x}}'\rho ({\textbf{x}}',t)\frac{(x^i-x'^i)(x^j-x'^j)}{\vert {\textbf{x}}-{\textbf{x}}'\vert ^3}\,, \end{aligned}$$(such that \(U_{ii}=U\)) by \(\partial _{ij}\chi =\delta _{ij}U - U_{ij}\).
Recall the footnote 23 for our notation. In particular \({\hat{x}}^{ijk}\) in the vector potential denotes the STF combination \({\hat{x}}^{ijk} = x^{ijk}-\frac{r^2}{5}(x^i\delta ^{jk}+x^j\delta ^{ki}+x^k\delta ^{ij})\) with \(x^{ijk}=x^{i}x^{j}x^{k}\).
Actually one must consider the time-asymetric (dissipative) piece obtained by changing
$$\begin{aligned} {\rm I}^{(7)}_{ij}(t-\tau )\longrightarrow \frac{1}{2}\Bigl [{\rm I}^{(7)}_{ij}(t-\tau )+{\rm I}^{(7)}_{ij}(t+\tau )\Bigr ]\,. \end{aligned}$$The result obtained by Kozameh et al. (2018), Compère et al. (2020) is
$$\begin{aligned} \tilde{{\mathcal {C}}_i} = \frac{1}{2}\sum ^{+\infty }_{\ell =2} \frac{G}{c^{2\ell +3}} \biggl \{a_\ell ''' \Bigl ({\rm U}_{iL} {\rm U}^{(1)}_L - {\rm U}_{iL}^{(1)} {\rm U}_L\Bigr ) + \frac{b_\ell '''}{c^2} \Bigl ({\rm V}_{iL} {\rm V}^{(1)}_L - {\rm V}_{iL}^{(1)} {\rm V}_L\Bigr ) \biggr \}\,, \end{aligned}$$which differs from \({\mathcal {C}}_i\) obtained by Blanchet and Faye (2019) by a total time derivative, and is therefore physically equivalent after time averaging. An advantage of the formulation \(\tilde{{\mathcal {C}}}_i\), as shown by Compère et al. (2020), is that it can be written by means of a covariant formula over the “celestial” sphere in Bondi gauge.
With the usual conventions \(Y^{\ell m}(\theta ,\phi )=\sqrt{\frac{2\ell +1}{4\pi }\frac{(\ell -m)!}{(\ell +m)!}} P_\ell ^m(\cos \theta )\,{\rm e}^{{\rm i}m \phi }\) where \(P_\ell ^m(z)\) is the associated Legendre function.
To simplify we consider the relative motion of two particles with total mass m.
One uses the useful identity, Eq. (A36) of Blanchet and Damour (1986):
$$\begin{aligned} {\hat{\partial }}_L \left\{ \frac{(\lambda -r)^{p} - (\lambda +r)^{p}}{r}\right\} = 0 \quad \text {when}\quad p=0, 2, \cdots , 2\ell \,. \end{aligned}$$The Legendre function \(Q_\ell \) is given in terms of the Legendre polynomial \(P_\ell \) by
$$\begin{aligned} Q_{\ell } (x) = \frac{1}{2} \int ^1_{-1} \frac{{\rm d}z \, P_\ell (z)}{x- z} = \frac{1}{2} P_\ell (x) \, {\rm ln} \left( \frac{x+1}{x-1} \right) - \sum ^{\ell }_{ j=1} \frac{1}{j} P_{\ell -j}(x) P_{j-1}(x)\,. \end{aligned}$$In the complex plane there is a branch cut from \(-\infty \) to 1. The first equality is the Neumann formula for the Legendre function. When \(x\rightarrow 1^+\) we have \(Q_\ell (x)= -\frac{1}{2} \ln \left( {x-1\over 2}\right) - H_\ell + o(1)\) where \(H_\ell \) is the harmonic number. We also note that
$$\begin{aligned} \hat{n}_L Q_\ell (x) = \int \frac{{\rm d}\varOmega '}{4\pi } \frac{\hat{n}'_L}{x - {\varvec{n}}\cdot {\varvec{n}}'} \,. {\qquad \qquad \qquad \qquad \qquad \qquad \qquad \qquad (210)} \end{aligned}$$Together with the combination of harmonic numbers:
$$\begin{aligned} H_{k\ell }^i \equiv H_{k-\ell -3}-H_{\ell +i-k+3}-H_{k-3}+H_{k-3-i}+H_{k+\ell -2}-H_{k+\ell -i-3}\,, \end{aligned}$$The formula (217) has been obtained using a not so well known mathematical relation between the Legendre functions and polynomials:
$$\begin{aligned} \frac{1}{2} \int ^1_{-1} \frac{{\rm d}z \, P_\ell (z)}{\sqrt{(xy - z)^2 - (x^2 - 1) (y^2 - 1)}} = Q_\ell (x) P_\ell (y)\,, \end{aligned}$$where \(1 \leqslant y < x\) is assumed; see Appendix A of Blanchet (1998a) for the proof. This relation constitutes a generalization of the Neumann formula (see the footnote 47).
Note that the TT projection as defined here is purely algebraic. Strictly speaking it agrees with the true TT projection only when acting on the leading 1/R term.
This result consists of purely quadratic interactions. However, in a first calculation of this relation, performed in ordinary 3 dimensions using the Hadamard regularization scheme (for the IR divergences), some cubic interactions were found at the 4PN order. See Eq. (1.1) in Blanchet et al. (2022) where these interactions are of the types \({\rm M}\times {\rm M}\times {\rm W}_{ij}\), \({\rm M}\times {\rm M}\times {\rm Y}_{ij}\) and \({\rm M}\times {\rm W}\times {\rm I}_{ij}\). However further work (Blanchet et al. 2023b) showed that within the dimensional regularization scheme such interactions are cancelled, so that the relation (251), derived in the context of dimensional regularization, holds with exactly the same definition for the “renormalized” source quadrupole moment \({\rm I}_{ij}\) as obtained by Larrouturou et al. (2022a, b).
See some comments on the latter works by Damour (1987b), pp. 168–169.
The function \(F({\textbf{x}})\) depends also on (coordinate) time t, through for instance its dependence on the velocities \({\varvec{v}}:_1(t)\) and \({\varvec{v}}_2(t)\), but the time t is purely “spectator” in the regularization process, and thus will not be indicated. See the footnote 26 for the definition of the Landau symbol o for remainders.
To high post-Newtonian order, the Poisson integral will also diverge at infinity. In addition to the UV regularization, one must also apply an IR regularization, which will be given in the context of Hadamard’s regularization by Eq. (145).
In the Fourier domain the retarded Green’s function reads (see Cardoso et al. 2003)
$$\begin{aligned} G_{{\rm ret}}({\textbf{x}},t)=-\frac{\theta (t)}{(2\pi )^{d/2}} \int _0^{+\infty }{\rm d}k \left( \frac{k}{r}\right) ^{\frac{d}{ 2}-1}\sin (c k t)\,J_{\frac{d}{2}-1}(k r), \end{aligned}$$where \(J_{\frac{d}{2}-1}(k r)\) is the usual Bessel function.
We have \(\lim _{d\rightarrow 3}{\tilde{k}}=1\). Notice that \({\tilde{k}}\) is closely linked to the volume \(\varOmega _{d-1}\) of the sphere with \(d-1\) dimensions (i.e. embedded into Euclidean d-dimensional space):
$$\begin{aligned} {\tilde{k}}\,\varOmega _{d-1}=\frac{4\pi }{d-2}\,. \end{aligned}$$Namely, \(u({\textbf{x}})\equiv {\tilde{k}}\,r^{2-d}\), satisfying \(\varDelta u=-4\pi \,\delta ^{(d)}({\textbf{x}})\), where \({\tilde{k}}\) is defined in (266).
The expansion is STF because \(\varDelta r^{2-d}=0\) in d dimensions (in the sense of functions). The Appendix B of Blanchet et al. (2004a) gives a compendium of d-dimensional formulae on STF expansions.
The situation in harmonic coordinates is to be contrasted with the calculation in ADM-type coordinates, where it was shown that the pole parts directly cancel out in the total Hamiltonian at 3PN order (Damour et al. 2001a).
For the moment we neglect IR divergences, which will be discussed in Sect. 3.1.4.
Where \(\varGamma ^{\alpha }_{\mu \nu }=\frac{1}{2}g^{\alpha \rho }(\partial _\mu g_{\nu \rho }+\partial _\nu g_{\mu \rho }-\partial _\rho g_{\mu \nu })\) is the usual Christoffel symbol and we define \(\varGamma ^{\alpha }\equiv g^{\mu \nu }\varGamma ^{\alpha }_{\mu \nu }\).
Such writing is a bit sketchy; see Eq. (4.7) of Bernard et al. (2016) for more details.
Euler’s constant (discovered in 1731) is sometimes called the Euler-Mascheroni constant. Mascheroni’s contribution was to have computed (in 1790) the constant up to 19 decimal places, while Euler had previously computed it to 15 places. Nowadays, one credits the important mathematical contribution, rather than the record of the most numerical digits computed, and it is appropriate to name the constant after Euler alone (Lagarias 2013).
For any regular function f(t) tending to zero sufficiently rapidly when \(t\rightarrow \pm \infty \) we have
$$\begin{aligned} \mathop {\text {Pf}}_{\tau _0} \int _{-\infty }^{+\infty } {\rm d}t'\,\frac{f(t')}{\vert t-t'\vert } \equiv \int _0^{+\infty } {\rm d}\tau \ln \left( \frac{\tau }{\tau _0}\right) \left[ f^{(1)}(t-\tau ) - f^{(1)}(t+\tau )\right] \,. \end{aligned}$$Notice the dependence upon the irrational number \(\pi ^2\). Technically, the \(\pi ^2\) terms arise from non-linear interactions involving some integrals in 3 dimensions such as
$$\begin{aligned} \frac{1}{\pi }\int \frac{{\rm d}^3{\textbf{x}}}{r_1^2r_2^2} = \frac{\pi ^2}{r_{12}}\,. \end{aligned}$$The method is a particular application of a general algorithm to eliminate higher-derivative terms in a Lagrangian (Damour and Schäfer 1991).
Hence the logarithms at 3PN order can be removed by the coordinate transformation \(x'^\alpha = x^\alpha + \eta ^\alpha (x)\) associated with the vector (with \(r_{{\rm a}} = \vert {\textbf{x}}-{\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}(t)\vert \) and \(\partial ^\alpha =\eta ^{\alpha \mu }\partial _\mu \)):
$$\begin{aligned} \eta ^\alpha =-\frac{22}{3}\frac{G^2 m_1 m_2}{c^6}\,\partial ^\alpha \!\left( \frac{G m_2}{r_1}+ \frac{G m_1}{r_2}\right) \ln \left( \frac{r_{12}}{r'_0}\right) \,. \end{aligned}$$We give for reference [in particular the last term in (360) tends to zero when \(\nu \rightarrow 0\)]
$$\begin{aligned} {\rm Q}_{ab}^{(3)}&= \frac{2G m^2\nu }{r^2}\biggl [-4 n^{\langle a}v^{b\rangle } + 3{\dot{r}}\,n^{\langle a}n^{b\rangle }\biggr ]\,,\\ \Bigl ({\rm Q}_{ab}^{(3)}\Bigr )^2&= \frac{8G^2 m^4\nu ^2}{r^4}\biggl (4 v^2 - \frac{11}{3}{\dot{r}}^2\biggr )\,. \end{aligned}$$In the limit of quasi-circular orbits (in the adiabatic approximation) the tail integral in the equation of motion becomes local and we have
$$\begin{aligned} \left( \mathop {\text {Pf}}_{2r/c} \int _{-\infty }^{+\infty } \frac{{\rm d}t'}{\vert t-t'\vert } \,{\rm Q}_{ij}^{(n)}(t')\right) \bigg |_{\rm circ} = - 2 {\rm Q}_{ij}^{(n)}\biggl [ \ln \left( \frac{2r\varOmega }{c}\right) + \gamma _{\rm E}\biggr ]\,. \end{aligned}$$This parameter is an invariant in a large class of coordinate systems, namely all those for which the metric becomes asymptotically Minkowskian far away from the matter source, i.e., \(g_{\alpha \beta }\rightarrow \text {diag}(-1,1,1,1)\).
Note the exact (Schwarzschild) test-mass limit \(\nu \rightarrow 0\) of the energy function:
$$\begin{aligned} {\rm E}^ {\rm Schw}&= \mu c^2\left\{ \frac{1-2x}{\sqrt{1-3x}}-1 \right\} = - \frac{\mu c^2 x}{2} \sum _{p=0}^{+\infty }\frac{(2p-1)!!(1-2p)}{(p+1)!}\left( \frac{3x}{2}\right) ^p \,. \end{aligned}$$In all of Sect. 3.3 we pose \(G=1=c\).
Note that this is an iterative process because the masses in Eq. (398) are themselves to be replaced by their expression in terms of the irreducible masses.
This formula extends the works of Blanchet (2002), Blanchet et al. (2013) to the next 4PN order. Note that Blanchet (2002) had initially assumed that the corotation condition was given by the leading-order result \(\omega _{{\rm a}} = \varOmega \); but as was shown by Blanchet et al. (2013) the 1PN correction in Eq. (398) modifies the 3PN terms in (401) with respect to the initial result of Blanchet (2002).
As a caveat recall that the numerical works of Gourgoulhon et al. (2002), Grandclément et al. (2002), Cook and Pfeiffer (2004), Caudill et al. (2006) assume that the spatial metric is conformally flat, which is incompatible with the post-Newtonian approximation starting from the 2PN order (see Faye et al. 2004 for a discussion).
Since there are logarithms in this expansion we use the Landau o-symbol for remainders; see the footnote 26.
More precisely: the “\(B\varepsilon \)” variant, see Sect. 3.1.3.
To 3PN order the mass quadrupole was computed by Blanchet et al. (2002b), Blanchet and Iyer (2005), Blanchet et al. (2005a); to 2PN order it was computed by Blanchet et al. (1995a), Will and Wiseman (1996), Leibovich et al. (2020); to 1PN order by Wagoner and Will (1976), Blanchet and Schäfer (1989).
The STF projection \(\langle \rangle \) applies only on “alive” indices \(ijkl\cdots \) but not on the summed up indices a and b.
For instance by analyzing EM radio pulses sent out to infinity by an observer equipped with a flashlight and sitting on one of the binary’s particles (Detweiler 2005).
This procedure for computing analytically the orbital phase corresponds to what is called the “Taylor T2 approximant”. We refer to Boyle et al. (2008), Buonanno et al. (2009a) for the definition and usefulness of several types of approximants for computing (in general numerically) the orbital phase.
For the choice of polarization vectors we adopt the following: \({\varvec{P}}\) and \({\varvec{Q}}\) lie along the major and minor axis, respectively, of the projection onto the plane of the sky of the binary’s orbit. Thus \({\varvec{P}}\) is oriented toward the orbit’s ascending node—namely the point \({\mathcal {N}}\) at which the orbit intersects the plane of the sky and the bodies are moving toward the observer located in the direction \({\varvec{N}}\). The ascending node for the particle 1 is chosen for the origin of the phase \(\psi \). The inclination angle i is between the direction of the detector \({\varvec{N}}\) as seen from the binary’s center-of-mass, and the normal to the orbital plane (supposed to be right-handed with respect to the sense of motion, so that \(0\leqslant i\leqslant \pi \)).
We assume \(m\geqslant 0\); the modes having \(m<0\) are deduced using \(H^{\ell ,-m}=(-)^\ell {\overline{H}}^{\ell m}\).
The dependence on \({\rm E}\) and \({\rm J}\) will no longer be indicated but is always understood as implicit in what follows.
Comparing with Eqs. (530) we have also
$$\begin{aligned} v = \ell + \frac{W(\ell )}{K} + {\mathcal {O}}\left( \frac{1}{c^4}\right) \,. \end{aligned}$$See also Trestini (2024) for the QK representation in scalar-tensor theory at 2PN order.
Recall that the fluxes are defined in a general way, for any matter system, in terms of the radiative multipole moments by the expressions (179).
The second of these formulas can alternatively be written with the standard Legendre polynomial \(P_{l}\) as
$$\begin{aligned} \int _0^{2\pi }\frac{{\rm d}u}{2\pi }\,\frac{1}{(1-e_t \cos u)^{l+1}}=\frac{1}{(1-e_t^2)^{\frac{l+1}{2}}} P_{l} \left( \frac{1}{\sqrt{1-e_t^2}}\right) . \end{aligned}$$See also the resummation of asymptotic enhancement factors (Loutrel and Yunes 2017).
The tetrad is orthonormal in the sense that \(g_{\alpha \beta }\,e_A^{\,\,\,\alpha }e_B^{\,\,\,\beta } = \eta _{AB}\), where \(\eta _{AB} = \text {diag}(-1,1,1,1)\) denotes a Minkowski metric. The indices \(AB\cdots =0,1,2,3\) are the internal Lorentz indices, while as usual \(\alpha \beta \cdots \mu \nu \cdots =0,1,2,3\) are the space-time covariant indices. The inverse dual tetrad \(e^A_{\,\,\,\alpha }\), defined by \(e_A^{\,\,\,\beta }e^A_{\,\,\,\alpha }=\delta ^\beta _\alpha \), satisfies \(\eta _{AB} \,e^A_{\,\,\,\alpha }e^B_{\,\,\,\beta } = g_{\alpha \beta }\). We have also the completeness relation \(e_A^{\,\,\,\beta }e^B_{\,\,\,\beta }=\delta ^B_A\).
This condition can always be realized. Suppose that \(\tau \) initially denotes the proper time so that \(g_{\alpha \beta }u^\alpha u^\beta =-1\). For an arbitrary parametrization \({\bar{\tau }}\) we pose
$$\begin{aligned} {\rm d}\tau = {\rm d}{\bar{\tau }}\sqrt{-{\bar{u}}^2}\,,\qquad u^\alpha = \frac{{\bar{u}}^\alpha }{\sqrt{-{\bar{u}}^2}}\,,\qquad L = \frac{{\bar{L}}}{\sqrt{-{\bar{u}}^2}}\,, \end{aligned}$$where \({\bar{u}}^\alpha ={\rm d}y^\alpha /{\rm d}{\bar{\tau }}\) and \({\bar{u}}^2 = g_{\alpha \beta }{\bar{u}}^\alpha {\bar{u}}^\beta \). Then the action \(S=\int {\rm d}{\bar{\tau }}{\bar{L}}\) will be in parametrization-invariant form.
Our conventions for the Riemann tensor \(R_{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }\) follow those of Misner et al. (1973).
The four-dimensional Levi-Civita tensor is defined by \(\varepsilon _{\alpha \beta \mu \nu } \equiv \sqrt{-g}\,\epsilon _{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }\) and \(\varepsilon ^{\alpha \beta \mu \nu } \equiv -\epsilon ^{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }/\sqrt{-g}\); here \(\epsilon _{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }=\epsilon ^{\alpha \beta \mu \nu }\) denotes the completely anti-symmetric Levi-Civita symbol such that \(\epsilon _{0123}=\epsilon ^{0123}=1\). For convenience we often pose \(c=1\).
Because of this choice, it is better to consider that the tetrad is not the same as the one we originally employed to construct the action (566).
Beware that here we employ the usual slight ambiguity in the notation when using the same carrier letter S to denote the tetrad components (581) and the original spin covector. Thus, \(S_a\) should not be confused with the spatial components \(S_i\) (with \(i=1,2,3\)) of the covariant vector \(S_\alpha \).
This convenient notation is adopted by Kidder (1995); the inverse formulas read (recall \(X_{{\rm a}}\equiv m_{{\rm a}}/m\) and \(\nu \equiv X_1X_2\))
$$\begin{aligned} {\varvec{S}}_{1}&= X_1 {\varvec{S}} - \nu {\varvec{\varSigma }}\,,\\ {\varvec{S}}_{2}&= X_2 {\varvec{S}} + \nu {\varvec{\varSigma }}\,. \end{aligned}$$Note that the individual particle’s positions \({\varvec{y}}_{{\rm a}}\) in the frame of the center-of-mass (defined by the cancellation of the center-of-mass integral: \({\varvec{{\rm G}}}=0\)) are related to \({\varvec{x}}\) and \({\varvec{v}}\) by expressions similar to (354), but containing spin effects starting at the order 1.5PN, see Sect. 3 of Bohé et al. (2013b).
Beware of our inevitably slightly confusing notation: \(\varOmega \) is the binary’s orbital frequency and \(\varOmega _{\rm SO}\) refers to the spin-orbit terms therein; \(\varOmega _{{\rm a}}\) is the precession frequency of the \(\text {a}\)-th spin while \(\varpi \) is the precession frequency of the orbital plane; and \(\omega _{{\rm a}}\) defined earlier in Eqs. (395) and (436) is the rotation frequency of the \(\text {a}\)-th black hole. Such different notions nicely mix up in the first law of spinning binary black holes in Sect. 3.3.3; see Eq. (434) and the corotation condition (437).
Recall from Eq. (563) that in our convention the spins have the dimension of an angular momentum times c.
References
Abbott BP et al (2016a) Binary black hole mergers in the first Advanced LIGO observing run. Phys Rev X 6:041015. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevX.6.041015. arXiv:1606.04856 [gr-qc]
Abbott BP et al (2016b) Tests of general relativity with GW150914. Phys Rev Lett 116:221101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.116.221101. arXiv:1602.03841 [gr-qc]
Abbott BP et al (2016c) Observation of gravitational waves from a binary black hole merger. Phys Rev Lett 116:061102. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.116.061102. arXiv:1602.03837 [gr-qc]
Abbott B et al (2017a) Multi-messenger observations of a binary neutron star merger. Astrophys J Lett 848:L12. https://doi.org/10.3847/2041-8213/aa91c9. arXiv:1710.05833 [gr-qc]
Abbott BP et al (2017b) GW170817: observation of gravitational waves from a binary neutron star inspiral. Phys Rev Lett 119:161101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.119.161101. arXiv:1710.05832 [gr-qc]
Abbott BP et al (2019) Tests of general relativity with GW170817. Phys Rev Lett 123(1):011102. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.123.011102
Abdelsalhin T, Gualtieri L, Pani P (2018) Post-Newtonian spin-tidal couplings for compact binaries. Phys Rev D 98. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.98.104046
Abramowicz MA, Kluźniak W (2001) A precise determination of black hole spin in GRO J1655-40. Astron Astrophys 374:L19–L20. https://doi.org/10.1051/0004-6361:20010791. arXiv:astro-ph/0105077
Adamcewicz C, Galaudage S, Lasky PD, Thrane E (2024) Which black hole is spinning? Probing the origin of black hole spin with gravitational waves. Astrophys J Lett 964(1):L6. https://doi.org/10.3847/2041-8213/ad2df2. arXiv:2311.05182 [astro-ph.HE]
Ajith P, Iyer BR, Robinson CAK, Sathyaprakash BS (2005) New class of post-Newtonian approximants to the waveform templates of inspiralling compact binaries: test mass in the Schwarzschild spacetime. Phys Rev D 71:044029 arXiv:gr-qc/0412033
Ajith P, Babak S, Chen Y, Hewitson M, Krishnan B, Sintes AM, Whelan JT, Brügmann B, Diener P, Dorband N, Gonzalez J, Hannam M, Husa S, Pollney D, Rezzolla L, Santamaría L, Sperhake U, Thornburg J (2008) Template bank for gravitational waveforms from coalescing binary black holes: nonspinning binaries. Phys Rev D 77:104017. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.104017, Erratum: Phys Rev D, 79, 129901(E) (2009). arXiv:0710.2335 [gr-qc]
Albertini A, Nagar A, Pound A, Warburton N, Wardell B, Durkan L, Miller J (2022a) Comparing second-order gravitational self-force and effective one body waveforms from inspiralling, quasicircular and nonspinning black hole binaries. II. The large-mass-ratio case. Phys Rev D 106(8):084062. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.106.084062. arXiv:2208.02055 [gr-qc]
Albertini A, Nagar A, Pound A, Warburton N, Wardell B, Durkan L, Miller J (2022b) Comparing second-order gravitational self-force, numerical relativity, and effective one body waveforms from inspiralling, quasicircular, and nonspinning black hole binaries. Phys Rev D 106(8):084061. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.106.084061. arXiv:2208.01049 [gr-qc]
Almeida GL, Foffa S, Sturani R (2021) Gravitational multipole renormalization. Phys Rev D 104(8):084095. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.104.084095. arXiv:2107.02634 [gr-qc]
Almeida GL, Foffa S, Sturani R (2023) Gravitational radiation contributions to the two-body scattering angle. Phys Rev D 107(2):024020. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.107.024020. arXiv:2209.11594 [gr-qc]
Alvi K (2001) Energy and angular momentum flow into a black hole in a binary. Phys Rev D 64:104020. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.64.104020. arXiv:0107080 [gr-qc]
Anderson JL, DeCanio TC (1975) Equations of hydrodynamics in general relativity in the slow motion approximation. Gen Relativ Gravit 6:197–237. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00769986
Anderson JL, Kates RE, Kegeles LS, Madonna RG (1982) Divergent integrals of post-Newtonian gravity: nonanalytic terms in the near-zone expansion of a gravitationally radiating system found by matching. Phys Rev D 25:2038–2048. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.25.2038
Antonelli A, Kavanagh C, Khalil M, Steinhoff J, Vines J (2020a) Gravitational spin-orbit and aligned spin1-spin2 couplings through third-subleading post-Newtonian orders. Phys Rev D 102(12). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevd.102.124024
Antonelli A, Kavanagh C, Khalil M, Steinhoff J, Vines J (2020b) Gravitational spin-orbit coupling through third-subleading post-Newtonian order: from first-order self-force to arbitrary mass ratios. Phys Rev Lett 125(1). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevlett.125.011103
Apostolatos TA, Cutler C, Sussman GJ, Thorne KS (1994) Spin induced orbital precession and its modulation of the gravitational wave forms from merging binaries. Phys Rev D 49:6274–6297. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.49.6274
Arun KG, Blanchet L, Iyer BR, Qusailah MSS (2004) The 2.5PN gravitational wave polarizations from inspiralling compact binaries in circular orbits. Class Quantum Grav 21:3771–3801. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/21/15/010, Erratum: Class Quantum Grav, 22:3115 (2005). arXiv:gr-qc/0404185
Arun KG, Iyer BR, Sathyaprakash BS, Sundararajan PA (2005) Parameter estimation of inspiralling compact binaries using 35 post-Newtonian gravitational wave phasing: the nonspinning case. Phys Rev D 71:084008. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.71.084008. arXiv:gr-qc/0411146
Arun KG, Iyer BR, Qusailah MSS, Sathyaprakash BS (2006a) Probing the non-linear structure of general relativity with black hole binaries. Phys Rev D 74:024006. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.74.024006. arXiv:gr-qc/0604067
Arun KG, Iyer BR, Qusailah MSS, Sathyaprakash BS (2006b) Testing post-Newtonian theory with gravitational wave observations. Class Quantum Grav 23:L37–L43. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/23/9/L01. arXiv:gr-qc/0604018
Arun KG, Iyer BR, Sathyaprakash BS, Sinha S (2007a) Higher harmonics increase LISA’s mass reach for supermassive black holes. Phys Rev D 75:124002. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.75.124002. arXiv:0704.1086
Arun KG, Iyer BR, Sathyaprakash BS, Sinha S, Van Den Broeck C (2007b) Higher signal harmonics, LISA’s angular resolution, and dark energy. Phys Rev D 76:104016. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.76.104016. arXiv:0707.3920
Arun KG, Blanchet L, Iyer BR, Qusailah MS (2008a) Inspiralling compact binaries in quasi-elliptical orbits: the complete 3PN energy flux. Phys Rev D 77:064035. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.064035. arXiv:0711.0302
Arun KG, Blanchet L, Iyer BR, Qusailah MS (2008b) Tail effects in the 3PN gravitational wave energy flux of compact binaries in quasi-elliptical orbits. Phys Rev D 77:064034. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.064034. arXiv:0711.0250
Arun KG, Blanchet L, Iyer BR, Sinha S (2009a) Third post-Newtonian angular momentum flux and the secular evolution of orbital elements for inspiralling compact binaries in quasi-elliptical orbits. Phys Rev D 80:124018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.124018. arXiv:0908.3854
Arun KG, Buonanno A, Faye G, Ochsner E (2009b) Higher-order spin effects in the amplitude and phase of gravitational waveforms emitted by inspiraling compact binaries: ready-to-use gravitational waveforms. Phys Rev D 79:104023. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.79.104023. arXiv:0810.5336
Ashtekar A, Campiglia M, Laddha A (2018) Null infinity, the BMS group and infrared issues. Gen Relativ Gravit 50:1–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10714-018-2464-3
Bailey I, Israel W (1975) Lagrangian dynamics of spinning particles and polarized media in general relativity. Commun Math Phys 42:65. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01609434
Baker JG, Centrella J, Choi DI, Koppitz M, van Meter J, Miller MC (2006a) Getting a kick out of numerical relativity. Astrophys J 653:L93–L96. https://doi.org/10.1086/510448. arXiv:astro-ph/0603204
Baker JG, Centrella J, Choi DI, Koppitz M, van Meter JR (2006b) Gravitational-wave extraction from an inspiraling configuration of merging black holes. Phys Rev Lett 96:111102. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.96.111102. arXiv:gr-qc/0511103
Banihashemi B, Vines J (2020) Gravitomagnetic tidal effects in gravitational waves from neutron star binaries. Phys Rev D 101(6):064003. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.101.064003. arXiv:1805.07266 [gr-qc]
Barack L (2009) Gravitational self-force in extreme mass-ratio inspirals. Class Quantum Grav 26:213001. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/26/21/213001. arXiv:0908.1664 [gr-qc]
Barack L (2011) Computational methods for the self-force in black hole spacetimes. In: Blanchet L, Spallicci A, Whiting B (eds) Mass and motion in general relativity. Fundamental theories of physics, vol 162. Springer, New York, pp 327–366. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3015-3_12
Barack L, Pound A (2018) Self-force and radiation reaction in general relativity. Rep Prog Phys 82(1):016904. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6633/aae552. arXiv:1805.10385 [gr-qc]
Barack L, Sago N (2009) Gravitational self-force correction to the innermost stable circular orbit of a Schwarzschild black hole. Phys Rev Lett 102:191101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.191101. arXiv:0902.0573
Barack L, Sago N (2011) Beyond the geodesic approximation: conservative effects of the gravitational self-force in eccentric orbits around a Schwarzschild black hole. Phys Rev D 83:084023. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.83.084023. arXiv:1101.3331 [gr-qc]
Barack L, Damour T, Sago N (2010) Precession effect of the gravitational self-force in a Schwarzschild spacetime and the effective one-body formalism. Phys Rev D 82(8):084036. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.82.084036
Barausse E, Racine E, Buonanno A (2009) Hamiltonian of a spinning test particle in curved spacetime. Phys Rev D 80:104025. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.104025. arXiv:0907.4745 [gr-qc]
Bardeen JM, Press WH, Teukolsky SA (1972) Rotating black holes: locally nonrotating frames, energy extraction, and scalar synchrotron radiation. Astrophys J 178:347. https://doi.org/10.1086/151796
Bardeen JM, Carter B, Hawking SW (1973) The four laws of black hole mechanics. Commun Math Phys 31:161–170. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01645742
Barker BM, O’Connell RF (1975) Gravitational two-body problem with arbitrary masses, spins, and quadrupole moments. Phys Rev D 12:329–335. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.12.329
Barker BM, O’Connell RF (1979) The gravitational interaction: spin, rotation, and quantum effects—a review. Gen Relativ Gravit 11:149–175. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00756587
Baumgarte TW (2000) Innermost stable circular orbit of binary black holes. Phys Rev D 62:024018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.024018
Bekenstein JD (1973) Gravitational radiation recoil and runaway black holes. Astrophys J 183:657–664. https://doi.org/10.1086/152255
Bel L, Damour T, Deruelle N, Ibáñez J, Martin J (1981) Poincaré-invariant gravitational field and equations of motion of two pointlike objects: the postlinear approximation of general relativity. Gen Relativ Gravit 13:963–1004. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00756073
Benacquista MJ, Downing JMB (2013) Relativistic binaries in globular clusters. Living Rev Relativ 16:4. https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2013-4. arXiv:1110.4423
Bern Z, Cheung C, Roiban R, Shen CH, Solon MP, Zeng M (2019a) Black hole binary dynamics from the double copy and effective theory. J High Energy Phys 10:206. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP10(2019)206. arXiv:1908.01493 [hep-th]
Bern Z, Cheung C, Roiban R, Shen CH, Solon MP, Zeng M (2019b) Scattering amplitudes and the conservative Hamiltonian for binary systems at third post-Minkowskian order. Phys Rev Lett 122(20):201603. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.122.201603. arXiv:1901.04424 [hep-th]
Bern Z, Parra-Martinez J, Roiban R, Ruf MS, Shen CH, Solon MP, Zeng M (2021) Scattering amplitudes and conservative binary dynamics at \(O(G^4)\). Phys Rev Lett 126(17):171601. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.126.171601. arXiv:2112.10750
Bernard L (2018) Dynamics of compact binary systems in scalar-tensor theories: equations of motion to the third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 98:044004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.98.044004. arXiv:1802.10201 [gr-qc]
Bernard L (2019) Dynamics of compact binary systems in scalar-tensor theories. II. Center-of-mass and conserved quantities to 3PN order. Phys Rev D 99(4):044047. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.99.044047. arXiv:1812.04169 [gr-qc]
Bernard L, Blanchet L, Bohé A, Faye G, Marsat S (2016) Fokker action of non-spinning compact binaries at the fourth post-Newtonian approximation. Phys Rev D 93:084037. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.93.084037. arXiv:1512.02876 [gr-qc]
Bernard L, Blanchet L, Bohé A, Faye G, Marsat S (2017a) Dimensional regularization of the IR divergences in the Fokker action of point-particle binaries at the fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 96:104043. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.96.104043. arXiv:1706.08480 [gr-qc]
Bernard L, Blanchet L, Bohé A, Faye G, Marsat S (2017b) Energy and periastron advance of compact binaries on circular orbits at the fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 95:044026. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.95.044026. arXiv:1610.07934 [gr-qc]
Bernard L, Blanchet L, Faye G, Marchand T (2018) Center-of-mass equations of motion and conserved integrals of compact binary systems at the fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 97:044037. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.97.044037. arXiv:1711.00283 [gr-qc]
Bernard L, Blanchet L, Trestini D (2022) Gravitational waves in scalar-tensor theory to one-and-a-half post-Newtonian order. J Cosmol Astropart Phys 08:008. https://doi.org/10.1088/1475-7516/2022/08/008. arXiv:2201.10924 [gr-qc]
Bernuzzi S, Thierfelder M, Brügmann B (2012) Accuracy of numerical relativity waveforms from binary neutron star mergers and their comparison with post-Newtonian waveforms. Phys Rev D 85:104030. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.85.104030. arXiv:1109.3611 [gr-qc]
Bertotti B, Plebański JF (1960) Theory of gravitational perturbations in the fast motion approximation. Ann Phys (NY) 11:169–200. https://doi.org/10.1016/0003-4916(60)90132-9
Bini D, Damour T (2013) Analytical determination of the two-body gravitational interaction potential at the fourth post-Newtonian approximation. Phys Rev D 87:121501. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.121501. arXiv:1305.4884 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T (2014a) Analytic determination of the eight-and-a-half post-Newtonian self-force contributions to the two-body gravitational interaction potential. Phys Rev D 89:104047. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.104047. arXiv:1403.2366 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T (2014b) High-order post-Newtonian contributions to the two-body gravitational interaction potential from analytical gravitational self-force calculations. Phys Rev D 89:064063. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.064063. arXiv:1312.2503 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Faye G (2012) Effective action approach to higher-order relativistic tidal interactions in binary systems and their effective one body description. Phys Rev D 85:124034. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.85.124034. arXiv:1202.3565 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A (2016) Confirming and improving post-Newtonian and effective-one-body results from self-force computations along eccentric orbits around a Schwarzschild black hole. Phys Rev D 93:064023. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.93.064023. arXiv:1511.04533 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A (2019) Novel approach to binary dynamics: application to the fifth post-Newtonian level. Phys Rev Lett 123(23):231104. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.123.231104. arXiv:1909.02375 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A (2020a) Binary dynamics at the fifth and fifth-and-a-half post-Newtonian orders. Phys Rev D 102(2):024062. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.102.024062. arXiv:2003.11891 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A (2020b) Sixth post-Newtonian local-in-time dynamics of binary systems. Phys Rev D 102(2):024061. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.102.024061. arXiv:2004.05407 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A (2020c) Sixth post-Newtonian nonlocal-in-time dynamics of binary systems. Phys Rev D 102(8):084047. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.102.084047. arXiv:2007.11239 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A, Laporta S, Mastrolia P (2021) Gravitational scattering at the seventh order in \(G\): nonlocal contribution at the sixth post-Newtonian accuracy. Phys Rev D 103(4):044038. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.103.044038. arXiv:2012.12918 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, Geralico A (2023) Comparing one-loop gravitational bremsstrahlung amplitudes to the multipolar-post-Minkowskian waveform. Phys Rev D 108(12):124052. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.108.124052. arXiv:2309.14925 [gr-qc]
Bini D, Damour T, De Angelis S, Geralico A, Herderschee A, Roiban R, Teng F (2024) Gravitational waveform: a tale of two formalisms. arXiv e-prints arXiv:2402.06604 [hep-th]
Binnington T, Poisson E (2009) Relativistic theory of tidal Love numbers. Phys Rev D 80:084018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.084018. arXiv:0906.1366 [gr-qc]
Blaes O, Lee MH, Socrates A (2002) The Kozai mechanism and the evolution of binary supermassive black holes. Astrophys J 578:775–786. https://doi.org/10.1086/342655. arXiv:astro-ph/0203370
Blanchet L (1987) Radiative gravitational fields in general-relativity. II. Asymptotic-behaviour at future null infinity. Proc R Soc London Ser A 409:383–399. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1987.0022
Blanchet L (1990) Contribution à l’étude du rayonnement gravitationnel émis par un système isolé. PhD thesis, Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI. http://www2.iap.fr/users/blanchet/TheseHabilitation1990.pdf, see Chapter VI, pp 205–214
Blanchet L (1993) Time asymmetric structure of gravitational radiation. Phys Rev D 47:4392–4420. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.4392
Blanchet L (1995) Second-post-Newtonian generation of gravitational radiation. Phys Rev D 51:2559–2583. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.51.2559. arXiv:gr-qc/9501030
Blanchet L (1996) Energy losses by gravitational radiation in inspiralling compact binaries to five halves post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 54:1417–1438. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.54.1417, Erratum: Phys Rev D 71:129904(E) (2005). arXiv:gr-qc/9603048
Blanchet L (1997a) Gravitational radiation from relativistic sources. In: Marck JA, Lasota JP (eds) Relativistic gravitation and gravitational radiation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Cambridge Contemporary Astrophysics, pp 33–66. arXiv:gr-qc/9609049
Blanchet L (1997b) Gravitational radiation reaction and balance equations to post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 55:714–732. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.55.714. arXiv:gr-qc/9609049
Blanchet L (1998a) Gravitational-wave tails of tails. Class Quantum Grav 15:113–141. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/15/1/009, Erratum: Class Quantum Grav 22:3381 (2005). arXiv:gr-qc/9710038
Blanchet L (1998b) On the multipole expansion of the gravitational field. Class Quantum Grav 15:1971–1999. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/15/7/013. arXiv:gr-qc/9801101
Blanchet L (1998c) Quadrupole-quadrupole gravitational waves. Class Quantum Grav 15:89–111. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/15/1/008. arXiv:gr-qc/9710037
Blanchet L (2002) Innermost circular orbit of binary black holes at the third post-Newtonian approximation. Phys Rev D 65:124009. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.124009. arXiv:gr-qc/0112056
Blanchet L (2011a) On the accuracy of the post-Newtonian approximation. In: Ciufolini I, Dominici D, Lusanna L (eds) 2001: A relativistic spacetime odyssey. World Scientific, pp 411–430. https://doi.org/10.1142/9789812791368_0022. arXiv:gr-qc/0207037
Blanchet L (2011b) Post-Newtonian theory and the two-body problem. In: Blanchet L, Spallicci A, Whiting B (eds) Mass and motion in general relativity. Fundamental theories of physics. Springer, Dordrecht, pp 125–166.https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3015-3_5. arXiv:0907.3596 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L (2014) Gravitational radiation from post-Newtonian sources and inspiralling compact binaries. Living Rev Relativ 17:2.https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2014-2. arXiv:1310.1528 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Damour T (1984) Multipolar radiation reaction in general relativity. Phys Lett A 104:82–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(84)90967-8
Blanchet L, Damour T (1986) Radiative gravitational fields in general relativity I. General structure of the field outside the source. Philos Trans R Soc London Ser A 320:379–430. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsta.1986.0125
Blanchet L, Damour T (1988) Tail-transported temporal correlations in the dynamics of a gravitating system. Phys Rev D 37:1410–1435. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.37.1410
Blanchet L, Damour T (1989) Post-Newtonian generation of gravitational waves. Ann Inst Henri Poincare A 50:377–408
Blanchet L, Damour T (1992) Hereditary effects in gravitational radiation. Phys Rev D 46:4304–4319. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.46.4304
Blanchet L, Faye G (2000a) Equations of motion of point-particle binaries at the third post-Newtonian order. Phys Lett A 271:58–64. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0375-9601(00)00360-1. arXiv:gr-qc/0004009
Blanchet L, Faye G (2000b) Hadamard regularization. J Math Phys 41:7675–7714. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1308506. arXiv:gr-qc/0004008
Blanchet L, Faye G (2001a) General relativistic dynamics of compact binaries at the third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 63:062005. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.63.062005. arXiv:gr-qc/0007051
Blanchet L, Faye G (2001b) Lorentzian regularization and the problem of point-like particles in general relativity. J Math Phys 42:4391–4418. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1384864. arXiv:gr-qc/0006100 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Faye G (2019) Flux-balance equations for linear momentum and center-of-mass position of self-gravitating post-Newtonian systems. Class Quantum Grav 36(8):085003. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ab0d4f
Blanchet L, Fokas A (2018) Equations of motion of self-gravitating \(N\)-body systems in the first post-Minkowskian approximation. Phys Rev D 98:084005. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.98.084005. arXiv:0812.4413 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Iyer BR (2003) Third post-Newtonian dynamics of compact binaries: Equations of motion in the center-of-mass frame. Class Quantum Grav 20:755. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/20/4/309. arXiv:gr-qc/0209089
Blanchet L, Iyer BR (2005) Hadamard regularization of the third post-Newtonian gravitational wave generation of two point masses. Phys Rev D 71:024004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.71.024004. arXiv:gr-qc/0409094
Blanchet L, Le Tiec A (2017) First law of compact binary mechanics with gravitational-wave tails. Class Quantum Grav 34:164001. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/aa79d7. arXiv:gr-qc/1702.06839
Blanchet L, Sathyaprakash BS (1994) Signal analysis of gravitational wave tails. Class Quantum Grav 11:2807–2831. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/11/11/020
Blanchet L, Sathyaprakash BS (1995) Detecting a tail effect in gravitational-wave experiments. Phys Rev Lett 74:1067–1070. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.74.1067
Blanchet L, Schäfer G (1989) Higher order gravitational radiation losses in binary systems. Mon Not R Astron Soc 239:845–867. https://doi.org/10.1093/mnras/239.3.845
Blanchet L, Schäfer G (1993) Gravitational wave tails and binary star systems. Class Quantum Grav 10:2699–2721. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/10/12/026
Blanchet L, Damour T, Iyer BR (1995a) Gravitational waves from inspiralling compact binaries: energy loss and wave form to second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 51:5360–5386. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.51.5360. arXiv:gr-qc/9501029
Blanchet L, Damour T, Iyer BR, Will CM, Wiseman AG (1995b) Gravitational-radiation damping of compact binary systems to second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev Lett 74:3515–3518. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.74.3515. arXiv:gr-qc/9501027
Blanchet L, Iyer BR, Will CM, Wiseman AG (1996) Gravitational wave forms from inspiralling compact binaries to second-post-Newtonian order. Class Quantum Grav 13:575–584. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/13/4/002. arXiv:gr-qc/9602024
Blanchet L, Faye G, Ponsot B (1998) Gravitational field and equations of motion of compact binaries to 5/2 post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 58:124002. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.58.124002. arXiv:gr-qc/9804079
Blanchet L, Faye G, Iyer BR, Joguet B (2002a) Gravitational-wave inspiral of compact binary systems to 7/2 post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 65:061501(R). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.061501, Erratum: Phys Rev D, 71:129902(E) (2005). arXiv:gr-qc/0105099
Blanchet L, Iyer BR, Joguet B (2002b) Gravitational waves from inspiralling compact binaries: energy flux to third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 65:064005. Erratum: Phys Rev D 71:129903(E) (2005). arXiv:gr-qc/0105098
Blanchet L, Damour T, Esposito-Farèse G (2004a) Dimensional regularization of the third post-Newtonian dynamics of point particles in harmonic coordinates. Phys Rev D 69:124007. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.69.124007. arXiv:gr-qc/0311052
Blanchet L, Damour T, Esposito-Farèse G, Iyer BR (2004b) Gravitational radiation from inspiralling compact binaries completed at the third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev Lett 93:091101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.93.091101. arXiv:gr-qc/0406012
Blanchet L, Damour T, Esposito-Farèse G, Iyer BR (2005a) Dimensional regularization of the third post-Newtonian gravitational wave generation of two point masses. Phys Rev D 71:124004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.71.124004. arXiv:gr-qc/0503044
Blanchet L, Damour T, Iyer BR (2005b) Surface-integral expressions for the multipole moments of post-Newtonian sources and the boosted Schwarzschild solution. Class Quantum Grav 22:155. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/22/1/011. arXiv:gr-qc/0410021
Blanchet L, Faye G, Nissanke S (2005c) Structure of the post-Newtonian expansion in general relativity. Phys Rev D 72:044024. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.72.044024
Blanchet L, Qusailah MS, Will CM (2005d) Gravitational recoil of inspiraling black-hole binaries to second post-Newtonian order. Astrophys J 635:508. https://doi.org/10.1086/497332. arXiv:astro-ph/0507692
Blanchet L, Buonanno A, Faye G (2006) Higher-order spin effects in the dynamics of compact binaries II. Radiation field. Phys Rev D 74:104034. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.74.104034, Erratum: Phys Rev D 75:049903 (2007). arXiv:gr-qc/0605140
Blanchet L, Faye G, Iyer BR, Sinha S (2008) The third post-Newtonian gravitational wave polarisations and associated spherical harmonic modes for inspiralling compact binaries in quasi-circular orbits. Class Quantum Grav 25:165003. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/25/16/165003. arXiv:0802.1249
Blanchet L, Detweiler S, Le Tiec A, Whiting BF (2010a) Higher-order Post-Newtonian fit of the gravitational self-force for circular orbits in the Schwarzschild geometry. Phys Rev D 81:084033. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.81.084033. arXiv:1002.0726 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Detweiler S, Le Tiec A, Whiting BF (2010b) Post-Newtonian and numerical calculations of the gravitational self-force for circular orbits in the Schwarzschild geometry. Phys Rev D 81:064004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.81.064004. arXiv:0910.0207 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Buonanno A, Faye G (2011) Tail-induced spin-orbit effect in the gravitational radiation of compact binaries. Phys Rev D 84:064041. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.84.064041. arXiv:1104.5659 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Buonanno A, Le Tiec A (2013) First law of mechanics for black hole binaries with spins. Phys Rev D 87:024030. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.024030. arXiv:1211.1060 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Faye G, Whiting BF (2014a) Half-integral conservative post-Newtonian approximations in the redshift factor of black hole binaries. Phys Rev D 89:064026. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.064026. arXiv:1312.2975 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Faye G, Whiting BF (2014b) High-order half-integral conservative post-Newtonian coefficients in the redshift factor of black hole binaries. Phys Rev D 90:044017. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.90.044017. arXiv:1405.5151 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Foffa S, Larrouturou F, Sturani R (2020) Logarithmic tail contributions to the energy function of circular compact binaries. Phys Rev D 101(8):084045. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.101.084045. arXiv:1912.12359 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Compère G, Faye G, Oliveri R, Seraj A (2021) Multipole expansion of gravitational waves: from harmonic to Bondi coordinates. J High Energy Phys 2:29. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP02(2021)029. arXiv:2011.10000 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Faye G, Larrouturou F (2022) The quadrupole moment of compact binaries to the fourth post-Newtonian order: from source to canonical moment. Class Quantum Grav 39(19):195003. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ac840c
Blanchet L, Compère G, Faye G, Oliveri R, Seraj A (2023a) Multipole expansion of gravitational waves: memory effects and Bondi aspects. J High Energy Phys 2023:123. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP07(2023)123. arXiv:2303.07732 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Faye G, Henry Q, Larrouturou F, Trestini D (2023b) Gravitational-wave flux and quadrupole modes from quasicircular nonspinning compact binaries to the fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 108(6):064041. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.108.064041. arXiv:2304.11186 [gr-qc]
Blanchet L, Faye G, Henry Q, Larrouturou F, Trestini D (2023c) Gravitational-wave phasing of Quasicircular compact binary systems to the fourth-and-a-half post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev Lett 131(12):121402. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.131.121402. arXiv:2304.11185 [gr-qc]
Blümlein J, Maier A, Marquard P, Schäfer G (2020a) Fourth post-Newtonian Hamiltonian dynamics of two-body systems from an effective field theory approach. Nucl Phys B 955:115041. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nuclphysb.2020.115041. arXiv:2003.01692
Blümlein J, Maier A, Marquard P, Schäfer G (2020b) Testing binary dynamics in gravity at the sixth post-Newtonian level. Phys Lett B 807:135496. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physletb.2020.135496. arXiv:2003.07145 [gr-qc]
Blümlein J, Maier A, Marquard P, Schäfer G (2021) The fifth-order post-Newtonian Hamiltonian dynamics of two-body systems from an effective field theory approach: potential contributions. Nucl Phys B 965:115352. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nuclphysb.2021.115352. arXiv:2010.13672 [gr-qc]
Blümlein J, Maier A, Marquard P, Schäfer G (2022) The fifth-order post-Newtonian Hamiltonian dynamics of two-body systems from an effective field theory approach. Nucl Phys B 983:115900. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nuclphysb.2022.115900. arXiv:2110.13822 [gr-qc]
Boetzel Y, Mishra CK, Faye G, Gopakumar A, Iyer BR (2019) Gravitational-wave amplitudes for compact binaries in eccentric orbits at the third post-Newtonian order: tail contributions and postadiabatic corrections. Phys Rev D 100(4):044018 arXiv:1904.11814 [gr-qc]
Bohé A, Marsat S, Blanchet L (2013a) Next-to-next-to-leading order spin-orbit effects in the gravitational wave flux and orbital phasing of compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 30:135009 arXiv:1303.7412
Bohé A, Marsat S, Faye G, Blanchet L (2013b) Next-to-next-to-leading order spin-orbit effects in the near-zone metric and precession equations of compact binary systems. Class Quantum Grav 30:075017 arXiv:1212.5520
Bohé A, Faye G, Marsat S, Porter EK (2015) Quadratic-in-spin effects in the orbital dynamics and gravitational-wave energy flux of compact binaries at the 3PN order. Class Quantum Grav 32:195010. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/32/19/195010. arXiv:1501.01529 [gr-qc]
Bollini CG, Giambiagi JJ (1972) Lowest order ‘divergent’ graphs in \(v\)-dimensional space. Phys Lett B 40:566–568. https://doi.org/10.1016/0370-2693(72)90483-2
Bonazzola S, Gourgoulhon E, Marck JA (1999) Numerical models of irrotational binary neutron stars in general relativity. Phys Rev Lett 82:892–895. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.82.892. arXiv:gr-qc/9810072 [gr-qc]
Bondi H, van der Burg MGJ, Metzner AWK (1962) Gravitational waves in general relativity. VII. Waves from Axi-symmetric isolated systems. Proc R Soc London Ser A 269:21–52. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1962.0161
Bonnor WB (1959) Spherical gravitational waves. Philos Trans R Soc London Ser A 251:233–271. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsta.1959.0003
Bonnor WB, Rotenberg MA (1961) Transport of momentum by gravitational waves: linear approximation. Proc R Soc London Ser A 265:109–116. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1961.0226
Bonnor WB, Rotenberg MA (1966) Gravitational waves from isolated sources. Proc R Soc London Ser A 289:247–274. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1966.0010
Borhanian S, Arun KG, Pfeiffer HP, Sathyaprakash BS (2020) Comparison of post-Newtonian mode amplitudes with numerical relativity simulations of binary black holes. Class Quantum Grav 37(6):065006. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ab6a21. arXiv:1901.08516 [gr-qc]
Boyle M, Brown DA, Kidder LE, Mroué AH, Pfeiffer HP, Scheel MA, Cook GB, Teukolsky SA (2007) High-accuracy comparison of numerical relativity simulations with post-Newtonian expansions. Phys Rev D 76:124038. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.76.124038. arXiv:0710.0158 [gr-qc]
Boyle M, Buonanno A, Kidder LE, Mroué AH, Pan Y, Pfeiffer HP, Scheel MA (2008) High-accuracy numerical simulation of black-hole binaries: computation of the gravitational-wave energy flux and comparisons with post-Newtonian approximants. Phys Rev D 78:104020. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.104020. arXiv:0804.4184 [gr-qc]
Braginsky VB, Thorne KS (1987a) Gravitational-wave bursts with memory and experimental prospects. Nature 327:123–125. https://doi.org/10.1038/327123a0
Braginsky VB, Thorne KS (1987b) Gravitational-wave bursts with memory and experimental prospects. Nature 327(6118):123–125. https://doi.org/10.1038/327123a0
Brandhuber A, Brown GR, Chen G, De Angelis S, Gowdy J, Travaglini G (2023) One-loop gravitational bremsstrahlung and waveforms from a heavy-mass effective field theory. J High Energy Phys 2023(6). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep06(2023)048
Breitenlohner P, Maison D (1977) Dimensional renormalization and the action principle. Commun Math Phys 52:11–38. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01609069
Brenneman LW, Reynolds CS (2006) Constraining black hole spin via X-ray spectroscopy. Astrophys J 652:1028–1043. https://doi.org/10.1086/508146. arXiv:astro-ph/0608502
Brenneman LW, Reynolds CS, Nowak MA, Reis RC, Trippe M, Fabian AC, Iwasawa K, Lee JC, Miller JM, Mushotzky RF, Nandra K, Volonteri M (2011) The spin of the supermassive black hole in NGC 3783. Astrophys J 736:103. https://doi.org/10.1088/0004-637X/736/2/103. arXiv:1104.1172 [astro-ph.HE]
Breuer R, Rudolph E (1981) Radiation reaction and energy loss in the post-Newtonian approximation of general relativity. Gen Relativ Gravit 13:777. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00758216
Bruhat Y (1962) The Cauchy problem. In: Witten L (ed) Gravitation: an introduction to current research. Wiley, London, pp 130–168
Buonanno A, Damour T (1999) Effective one-body approach to general relativistic two-body dynamics. Phys Rev D 59:084006. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.59.084006. arXiv:gr-qc/9811091
Buonanno A, Damour T (2000) Transition from inspiral to plunge in binary black hole coalescences. Phys Rev D 62:064015. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.064015. arXiv:gr-qc/0001013
Buonanno A, Sathyaprakash B (2015) Sources of gravitational waves: theory and observations. In: Ashtekar A, Berger B, Isenberg J, MacCallum M (eds) General relativity and gravitation: a centennial perspective. Cambridge University Press, p 287. arXiv:1410.7832 [gr-qc]
Buonanno A, Chen Y, Vallisneri M (2003a) Detection template families for gravitational waves from the final stages of binary black-holes binaries: nonspinning case. Phys Rev D 67:024016. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.67.024016. arXiv:gr-qc/0205122
Buonanno A, Chen Y, Vallisneri M (2003b) Detection template families for precessing binaries of spinning compact binaries: adiabatic limit. Phys Rev D 67:104025. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.67.104025. arXiv:gr-qc/0211087
Buonanno A, Cook GB, Pretorius F (2007) Inspiral, merger, and ring-down of equal-mass black-hole binaries. Phys Rev D 75:124018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.75.124018. arXiv:gr-qc/0610122
Buonanno A, Iyer BR, Pan Y, Ochsner E, Sathyaprakash BS (2009a) Comparison of post-Newtonian templates for compact binary inspiral signals in gravitational-wave detectors. Phys Rev D 80:084043. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.084043. arXiv:0907.0700 [gr-qc]
Buonanno A, Pan Y, Pfeiffer HP, Scheel MA, Buchman LT, Kidder LE (2009b) Effective-one-body waveforms calibrated to numerical relativity simulations: coalescence of nonspinning, equal-mass black holes. Phys Rev D 79:124028. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.79.124028. arXiv:0902.0790 [gr-qc]
Buonanno A, Faye G, Hinderer T (2013) Spin effects on gravitational waves from inspiralling compact binaries at second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 87:044009. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.044009. arXiv:1209.6349
Burke WL (1971) Gravitational radiation damping of slowly moving systems calculated using matched asymptotic expansions. J Math Phys 12:401–418. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1665603
Burke WL, Thorne KS (1970) Gravitational radiation damping. In: Carmeli M, Fickler SI, Witten L (eds) Relativity. Plenum Press, New York, pp 209–228
Campanelli M (2005) Understanding the fate of merging supermassive black holes. Class Quantum Grav 22:S387. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/22/10/034. arXiv:astro-ph/0411744
Campanelli M, Lousto CO, Marronetti P, Zlochower Y (2006) Accurate evolutions of orbiting black-hole binaries without excision. Phys Rev Lett 96:111101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.96.111101. arXiv:gr-qc/0511048
Campanelli M, Lousto CO, Zlochower Y, Merritt D (2007) Large merger recoils and spin flips from generic black-hole binaries. Astrophys J Lett 659:L5–L8. https://doi.org/10.1086/516712. arXiv:gr-qc/0701164 [gr-qc]
Campbell WB, Morgan TA (1971) Debye potentials for gravitational field. Physica 53(2):264. https://doi.org/10.1016/0031-8914(71)90074-7
Campbell WB, Macek J, Morgan TA (1977) Relativistic time-dependent multipole analysis for scalar, electromagnetic, and gravitational fields. Phys Rev D 15:2156–2164. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.15.2156
Cardoso V, Dias OJC, Lemos JPS (2003) Gravitational radiation in \(D\)-dimensional spacetimes. Phys Rev D 67:064026. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.67.064026
Carmeli M (1965) The equations of motion of slowly moving particles in the general theory of relativity. Nuovo Cimento 37:842. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02773176
Caudill M, Cook GB, Grigsby JD, Pfeiffer HP (2006) Circular orbits and spin in black-hole initial data. Phys Rev D 74:064011. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.74.064011. arXiv:gr-qc/0605053
Chandrasekhar S (1965) The post-Newtonian equations of hydrodynamics in general relativity. Astrophys J 142:1488–1540. https://doi.org/10.1086/148432
Chandrasekhar S, Esposito FP (1970) The \(2\frac{1}{2}\)-post-Newtonian equations of hydrodynamics and radiation reaction in general relativity. Astrophys J 160:153–179. https://doi.org/10.1086/150414
Chandrasekhar S, Nutku Y (1969) The second post-newtonian equations of hydrodynamics in general relativity. Astrophys J 158:55–79. https://doi.org/10.1086/150171
Chatziioannou K, Poisson E, Yunes N (2013) Tidal heating and torquing of a Kerr black hole to next-to-leading order in the tidal coupling. Phys Rev D 87:044022. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.044022. arXiv:1211.1686 [gr-qc]
Chicone C, Kopeikin SM, Mashhoon B, Retzloff DG (2001) Delay equations and radiation damping. Phys Lett A 285:17–26. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0375-9601(01)00327-9. arXiv:gr-qc/0101122
Cho G, Pardo B, Porto RA (2021) Gravitational radiation from inspiralling compact objects: spin–spin effects completed at the next-to-leading post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 104(2):024037. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.104.024037. arXiv:2103.14612 [gr-qc]
Cho G, Porto RA, Yang Z (2022a) Gravitational radiation from inspiralling compact objects: spin effects to the fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 106(10):L101501. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.106.L101501. arXiv:2201.05138 [gr-qc]
Cho G, Tanay S, Gopakumar A, Lee HM (2022b) Generalized quasi-Keplerian solution for eccentric, nonspinning compact binaries at 4PN order and the associated inspiral-merger-ringdown waveform. Phys Rev D 105(6):064010. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.105.064010. arXiv:2110.09608 [gr-qc]
Christodoulou D (1970) Reversible and irreversible transformations in black-hole physics. Phys Rev Lett 25:1596. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.25.1596
Christodoulou D (1991) Nonlinear nature of gravitation and gravitational-wave experiments. Phys Rev Lett 67:1486–1489. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.67.1486
Christodoulou D, Ruffini R (1971) Reversible transformations of a charged black hole. Phys Rev D 4:3552–3555. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.4.3552
Christodoulou D, Schmidt BG (1979) Convergent and asymptotic iteration methods in general relativity. Commun Math Phys 68:275–289. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01221128
Collins JC (1984) Renormalization: an introduction to renormalization, the renormalization group, and the operator-product expansion. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge
Compère G, Oliveri R, Seraj A (2018) Gravitational multipole moments from Noether charges. J High Energy Phys 5:54. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP05(2018)054. arXiv:1711.08806
Compère G, Oliveri R, Seraj A (2020) The Poincaré and BMS flux-balance laws with application to binary systems. J High Energy Phys 10:116. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP10(2020)116. arXiv:1912.03164
Cook GB (1994) Three-dimensional initial data for the collision of two black holes. II. Quasicircular orbits for equal-mass black holes. Phys Rev D 50:5025–5032. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.50.5025
Cook GB, Pfeiffer HP (2004) Excision boundary conditions for black hole initial data. Phys Rev D 70:104016. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.70.104016
Cooperstock FI, Booth DJ (1969) Angular-momentum flux for gravitational radiation to octupole order. Nuovo Cimento B 62(1):163–170. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02712475
Corinaldesi E, Papapetrou A (1951) Spinning test-particles in general relativity. II. Proc R Soc London Ser A 209:259–268. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1951.0201
Crowley RJ, Thorne KS (1977) Generation of gravitational waves. II. Post-linear formalism revisited. Astrophys J 215:624–635. https://doi.org/10.1086/155397
Cutler C, Flanagan ÉÉ (1994) Gravitational waves from merging compact binaries: how accurately can one extract the binary’s parameters from the inspiral wave form? Phys Rev D 49:2658–2697. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.49.2658. arXiv:gr-qc/9402014
Cutler C, Apostolatos TA, Bildsten L, Finn LS, Flanagan ÉÉ, Kennefick D, Marković DM, Ori A, Poisson E, Sussman GJ (1993a) The last three minutes: issues in gravitational-wave measurements of coalescing compact binaries. Phys Rev Lett 70:2984–2987. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.70.2984. arXiv:astro-ph/9208005
Cutler C, Finn LS, Poisson E, Sussman GJ (1993b) Gravitational radiation from a particle in circular orbit around a black hole. II. Numerical results for the nonrotating case. Phys Rev D 47:1511–1518. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.1511
D’Alembert J (1743) Traité de Dynamique. David L’Aine, Paris
Damour T (1982) Problème des deux corps et freinage de rayonnement en relativité générale. C R Acad Sci Ser II 294:1355–1357
Damour T (1983a) Gravitational radiation and the motion of compact bodies. In: Deruelle N, Piran T (eds) Rayonnement Gravitationnel/gravitational radiation. North-Holland, Amsterdam, pp 59–144
Damour T (1983b) Gravitational radiation reaction in the binary pulsar and the quadrupole formula controvercy. Phys Rev Lett 51:1019–1021. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.51.1019
Damour T (1986) Analytical calculations of gravitational radiation. In: Ruffini R (ed) Fourth Marcel Grossmann meeting on general relativity. pp 365–392
Damour T (1987a) An introduction to the theory of gravitational radiation. In: Carter B, Hartle JB (eds) Gravitation in astrophysics: Cargèse 1986. NATO ASI Series B, vol 156. Plenum Press, New York, pp 3–62
Damour T (1987b) The problem of motion in Newtonian and Einsteinian gravity. In: Hawking SW, Israel W (eds) Three hundred years of gravitation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 128–198
Damour T (2010) Gravitational self-force in a Schwarzschild background and the effective one-body formalism. Phys Rev D 81:024017. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.81.024017. arXiv:0910.5533 [gr-qc]
Damour T, Deruelle N (1981a) Lagrangien généralisé du système de deux masses ponctuelles, à l’approximation post-post-newtonienne de la relativité générale. C R Acad Sci Ser II 293:537–540
Damour T, Deruelle N (1981b) Radiation reaction and angular momentum loss in small angle gravitational scattering. Phys Lett A 87:81–84. https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(81)90567-3
Damour T, Deruelle N (1985) General relativistic celestial mechanics of binary systems I. The post-Newtonian motion. Ann Inst Henri Poincare A 43:107–132
Damour T, Deruelle N (1986) General relativistic celestial mechanics of binary systems II. The post-Newtonian timing formula. Ann Inst Henri Poincare A 44:263–292
Damour T, Esposito-Farèse G (1996) Testing gravity to second post-Newtonian order: a field-theory approach. Phys Rev D 53:5541–5578. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.53.5541. arXiv:gr-qc/9506063
Damour T, Gopakumar A (2006) Gravitational recoil during binary black hole coalescence using the effective one body approach. Phys Rev D 73(12):124006. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.73.124006. arXiv:gr-qc/0602117
Damour T, Iyer BR (1991a) Multipole analysis for electromagnetism and linearized gravity with irreducible Cartesian tensors. Phys Rev D 43:3259–3272. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.43.3259
Damour T, Iyer BR (1991b) Post-Newtonian generation of gravitational waves. II. The spin moments. Ann Inst Henri Poincare A 54:115–164
Damour T, Nagar A (2009) Relativistic tidal properties of neutron stars. Phys Rev D 80:084035. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.084035. arXiv:0906.0096 [gr-qc]
Damour T, Nagar A (2011) The effective one-body description of the two-body problem. In: Blanchet L, Spallicci A, Whiting B (eds) Mass and motion in general relativity. Fundamental theories of physics, vol 162. Springer, Dordrecht, pp 211–252. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3015-3_7
Damour T, Schäfer G (1985) Lagrangians for \(n\) point masses at the second post-newtonian approximation of general relativity. Gen Relativ Gravit 17:879–905. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00773685
Damour T, Schäfer G (1988) Higher-order relativistic periastron advances in binary pulsars. Nuovo Cimento B 101:127–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02828697
Damour T, Schäfer G (1991) Redefinition of position variables and the reduction of higher-order Lagrangians. J Math Phys 32(1):127–134. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.529135
Damour T, Schmidt BG (1990) Reliability of perturbation theory in general relativity. J Math Phys 31:2441–2458. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.528850
Damour T, Taylor JH (1991) On the orbital period change of the binary pulsar PSR 1913+16. Astrophys J 366:501–511. https://doi.org/10.1086/169585
Damour T, Soffel M, Xu C (1991) General-relativistic celestial mechanics. I. Method and definition of reference systems. Phys Rev D 43:3273–3307. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.43.3273
Damour T, Iyer BR, Sathyaprakash BS (1998) Improved filters for gravitational waves from inspiraling compact binaries. Phys Rev D 57:885–907. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.57.885. arXiv:gr-qc/9708034
Damour T, Iyer BR, Sathyaprakash BS (2000a) Frequency-domain P-approximant filters for time-truncated inspiral gravitational wave signals from compact binaries. Phys Rev D 62:084036. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.084036. arXiv:gr-qc/0001023
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2000b) Dynamical invariants for general relativistic two-body systems at the third post-Newtonian approximation. Phys Rev D 62:044024 arXiv:gr-qc/9912092
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2000c) On the determination of the last stable orbit for circular general relativistic binaries at the third post-Newtonian approximation. Phys Rev D 62:084011 arXiv:gr-qc/0005034
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2000d) Poincaré invariance in the ADM Hamiltonian approach to the general relativistic two-body problem. Phys Rev D 62:021501(R). Erratum: Phys Rev D 63:029903(E) (2000). arXiv:gr-qc/0003051
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2001a) Dimensional regularization of the gravitational interaction of point masses. Phys Lett B 513:147–155. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0370-2693(01)00642-6. arXiv:gr-qc/0105038
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2001b) Equivalence between the ADM-Hamiltonian and the harmonic-coordinates approaches to the third post-Newtonian dynamics of compact binaries. Phys Rev D 63:044021. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.63.044021, Erratum: Phys Rev D 66:029901(E) (2002). arXiv:gr-qc/0010040
Damour T, Iyer BR, Sathyaprakash BS (2002) Comparison of search templates for gravitational waves from binary inspiral: 3.5PN update. Phys Rev D 66:027502. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.66.027502. arXiv:gr-qc/0207021
Damour T, Iyer BR, Jaranowski P, Sathyaprakash BS (2003) Gravitational waves from black hole binary inspiral and merger: the span of third post-Newtonian effective-one-body templates. Phys Rev D 67:064028. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.67.064028. arXiv:gr-qc/0211041
Damour T, Gopakumar A, Iyer BR (2004) Phasing of gravitational waves from inspiralling eccentric binaries. Phys Rev D 70:064028. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.70.064028. arXiv:gr-qc/0404128
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2008) Hamiltonian of two spinning compact bodies with next-to-leading order gravitational spin-orbit coupling. Phys Rev D 77:064032. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.064032. arXiv:0711.1048
Damour T, Nagar A, Villain L (2012) Measurability of the tidal polarizability of neutron stars in late-inspiral gravitational-wave signals. Phys Rev D 85:123007. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.85.123007
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2014) Non-local-in-time action for the fourth post-Newtonian conservative dynamics of two-body systems. Phys Rev D 89:064058. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.064058. arXiv:1401.4548 [gr-qc]
Damour T, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2015) Fourth post-Newtonian effective one-body dynamics. Phys Rev D 91:084024. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.91.084024. arXiv:1502.07245 [gr-qc]
de Andrade VC, Blanchet L, Faye G (2001) Third post-Newtonian dynamics of compact binaries: noetherian conserved quantities and equivalence between the harmonic-coordinate and ADM-Hamiltonian formalisms. Class Quantum Grav 18:753–778. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/18/5/301. arXiv:gr-qc/0011063
De Donder T (1921) La gravifique einsteinienne. Gauthier-Villars
De Witt B, Brehme R (1960) Radiation damping in a gravitational field. Ann Phys (NY) 9:220–259
Detweiler S (2005) Perspective on gravitational self-force analyses. Class Quantum Grav 22:S681–S716. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/22/15/006. arXiv:gr-qc/0501004
Detweiler S (2008) Consequence of the gravitational self-force for circular orbits of the Schwarzschild geometry. Phys Rev D 77:124026. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.124026. arXiv:0804.3529
Detweiler S (2011) Elementary development of the gravitational self-force. In: Blanchet L, Spallicci A, Whiting B (eds) Mass and motion in general relativity. Fundamental theories of physics, vol 162. Springer, New York, pp 271–307. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3015-3_10
Detweiler S, Whiting BF (2003) Self-force via a Green’s function decomposition. Phys Rev D 67:024025. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.67.024025. arXiv:gr-qc/0202086
Dixon WG (1964) A covariant multipole formalism for extended test bodies in general relativity. Il Nuovo Cimento 34:317–339. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02734579
Dixon WG (1973) The definition of multipole moments for extended bodies. Gen Relativ Gravit 4:199–209. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02412488
Dixon WG (1979) Extended bodies in general relativity: their description and motion. In: Ehlers J (ed) Isolated gravitating systems in general relativity (Sistemi gravitazionali isolati in relatività generale). North-Holland, Amsterdam; New York, pp 156–219
Dlapa C, Kälin G, Liu Z, Porto RA (2022) Dynamics of binary systems to fourth post-Minkowskian order from the effective field theory approach. Phys Lett B 831:137203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physletb.2022.137203
Droste J (1917) The field of a single center in Einstein’s theory of gravitation, and the motion of a particle in that field. K Nederl Akad Wetens Proc 19:197. Reprinted in Gen Relativ Gravit 34:1545–1563 (2002)
Duez MD, Zlochower Y (2018) Numerical relativity of compact binaries in the 21st century. Rep Prog Phys 82(1):016902. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6633/aadb16. arXiv:1808.06011
Dyson FJ (1963) Gravitational machines. In: Cameron AGW (ed) Interstellar communication: a collection of reprints and original contributions. W.A. Benjamin, New York, pp 115–120
Ebersold M, Boetzel Y, Faye G, Mishra CK, Iyer BR, Jetzer P (2019) Gravitational-wave amplitudes for compact binaries in eccentric orbits at the third post-Newtonian order: memory contributions. Phys Rev D 100(8):084043 arXiv:1906.06263 [gr-qc]
Eder E (1983) Existence, uniqueness and iterative construction of motions of charged particles with retarded interactions. Ann Inst Henri Poincare A 39:1–27
Ehlers J (1980) Isolated systems in general relativity. Ann NY Acad Sci 336:279–294. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-6632.1980.tb15936.x
Ehlers J, Rosenblum A, Goldberg JN, Havas P (1976) Comments on gravitational radiation damping and energy loss in binary systems. Astrophys J Lett 208:L77–L81. https://doi.org/10.1086/182236
Einstein A (1915) Die Feldgleichungen der Gravitation. Sitzungsber K Preuss Akad Wiss 1915:844–847. http://echo.mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de/MPIWG:ZZB2HK6W
Einstein A (1918) Über Gravitationswellen. Sitzungsber K Preuss Akad Wiss 1918:154–167. http://echo.mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de/MPIWG:8HSP60BU
Einstein A, Infeld L, Hoffmann B (1938) The gravitational equations and the problem of motion. Ann Math 2(39):65–100. https://doi.org/10.2307/1968714
Elkhidir A, O’Connell D, Sergola M, Vazquez-Holm IA (2023) Radiation and reaction at one loop. arXiv e-prints arXiv:2303.06211 [hep-th]
Epstein R (1978) The generation of gravitational radiation by escaping supernova neutrinos. Astrophys J 223:1037–1045
Epstein R, Wagoner RV (1975) Post-Newtonian generation of gravitational waves. Astrophys J 197:717–723. https://doi.org/10.1086/153561
Esposito LW, Harrison ER (1975) Properties of the Hulse–Taylor binary pulsar system. Astrophys J Lett 196:L1–L2. https://doi.org/10.1086/181729
Faber JA, Rasio FA (2012) Binary neutron star mergers. Living Rev Relativ 15:8. https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2012-8. arXiv:1204.3858 [gr-qc]
Fabian AC, Miniutti G (2009) The X-ray spectra of accreting Kerr black holes. In: Wiltshire DL, Visser M, Scott SM (eds) The Kerr spacetime: rotating black holes in general relativity. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; New York, pp 236–280. arXiv:astro-ph/0507409
Favata M (2009) Post-Newtonian corrections to the gravitational-wave memory for quasicircular, inspiralling compact binaries. Phys Rev D 80:024002. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.024002. arXiv:0812.0069
Favata M (2011a) Conservative corrections to the innermost stable circular orbit (ISCO) of a Kerr black hole: a new gauge-invariant post-Newtonian ISCO condition, and the ISCO shift due to test-particle spin and the gravitational self-force. Phys Rev D 83:024028. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.83.024028. arXiv:1010.2553
Favata M (2011b) Conservative self-force correction to the innermost stable circular orbit: comparison with multiple post-Newtonian-based methods. Phys Rev D 83:024027. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.83.024027. arXiv:1008.4622
Favata M (2011c) The gravitational-wave memory from eccentric binaries. Phys Rev D 84:124013. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.84.124013. arXiv:1108.3121
Favata M (2014) Systematic parameter errors in inspiraling neutron star binaries. Phys Rev Lett 112:101101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.112.101101. arXiv:1310.8288 [gr-qc]
Favata M, Hughes SA, Holz DE (2004a) How black holes get their kicks: gravitational radiation recoil revisited. Astrophys J Lett 607:L5. https://doi.org/10.1086/421552. arXiv:astro-ph/0402056
Faye G, Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2004b) Skeleton approximate solution of the Einstein field equations for multiple black-hole systems. Phys Rev D 69:124029. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.69.124029. arXiv:gr-qc/0311018
Faye G, Blanchet L, Buonanno A (2006) Higher-order spin effects in the dynamics of compact binaries I. Equations of motion. Phys Rev D 74:104033. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.74.104033. arXiv:gr-qc/0605139
Faye G, Marsat S, Blanchet L, Iyer BR (2012) The third and a half post-Newtonian gravitational wave quadrupole mode for quasi-circular inspiralling compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 29:175004. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/29/17/175004. arXiv:1204.1043
Faye G, Blanchet L, Iyer BR (2015) Non-linear multipole interactions and gravitational-wave octupole modes for inspiralling compact binaries to third-and-a-half post-Newtonian order. Class Quantum Grav 32:045016 arXiv:1409.3546 [gr-qc]
Finn LS, Chernoff DF (1993) Observing binary inspiral in gravitational radiation: one interferometer. Phys Rev D 47:2198–2219. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.2198. arXiv:gr-qc/9301003
Fitchett MJ (1983) The influence of gravitational wave momentum losses on the centre of mass motion of a Newtonian binary system. Mon Not R Astron Soc 203:1049–1062
Fitchett MJ, Detweiler S (1984) Linear momentum and gravitational waves: circular orbits around a Schwarzschild black hole. Mon Not R Astron Soc 211:933. https://doi.org/10.1093/mnras/211.4.933
Flanagan É, Hinderer T (2008) Constraining neutron star tidal Love numbers with gravitational wave detectors. Phys Rev D 77:021502. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.021502. arXiv:0709.1915 [astro-ph]
Fock VA (1939) On motion of finite masses in general relativity. J Phys (Moscow) 1(2):81–116
Fock VA (1959) Theory of space, time and gravitation. Pergamon, London
Foffa S, Sturani R (2011) Effective field theory calculation of conservative binary dynamics at third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 84:044031. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.84.044031. arXiv:1104.1122 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R (2012) The dynamics of the gravitational two-body problem in the post-Newtonian approximation at quadratic order in the Newton’s constant. Phys Rev D 87:064011 arXiv:1206.7087 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R (2013) Tail terms in gravitational radiation reaction via effective field theory. Phys Rev D 87:044056. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.044056. arXiv:1111.5488 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R (2014) Effective field theory methods to model compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 31:043001. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/31/4/043001. arXiv:1309.3474 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R (2019) Conservative dynamics of binary systems to fourth post-Newtonian order in the EFT approach. I. Regularized Lagrangian. Phys Rev D 100:024047. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.100.024047. arXiv:1903.05113 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R (2020) Hereditary terms at next-to-leading order in two-body gravitational dynamics. Phys Rev D 101(6):064033. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.101.064033, [Erratum: Phys Rev D 103:089901 (2021)]. arXiv:1907.02869 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R (2021) Near and far zones in two-body dynamics: an effective field theory perspective. Phys Rev D 104(2):024069. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.104.024069. arXiv:2103.03190 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Mastrolia P, Sturani R, Sturm C (2017) Effective field theory approach to the gravitational two-body dynamics at fourth post-Newtonian order and quintic in the Newton constant. Phys Rev D 95:104009. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.95.104009. arXiv:1612.00482 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Porto R, Rothstein I, Sturani R (2019) Conservative dynamics of binary systems to fourth post-Newtonian order in the EFT approach. II. Renormalized Lagrangian. Phys Rev D 100:024048. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.100.024048. arXiv:1903.05118 [gr-qc]
Foffa S, Sturani R, Torres Bobadilla WJ (2021) Efficient resummation of high post-Newtonian contributions to the binding energy. J High Energy Phys 02:165. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP02(2021)165. arXiv:2010.13730 [gr-qc]
Fokker AD (1929) Ein invarianter Variationssatz für die Bewegung mehrerer elektrischer Massenteilchen. Z Phys 58:386–393. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01340389
Forseth E, Evans CR, Hopper S (2016) Eccentric-orbit EMRI gravitational wave energy fluxes to 7PN order. Phys Rev D 93:064058. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.93.064058. arXiv:1512.03051
Friedman JL, Uryū K, Shibata M (2002) Thermodynamics of binary black holes and neutron stars. Phys Rev D 65:064035. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.064035, Erratum: Phys Rev D 70:129904(E) (2004)
Fujita R (2012a) Gravitational radiation for extreme mass ratio inspirals to the 14th post-Newtonian order. Prog Theor Phys 127:583–590. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.127.583. arXiv:1104.5615 [gr-qc]
Fujita R (2012b) Gravitational waves from a particle in circular orbits around a Schwarzschild black hole to the 22nd post-Newtonian order. Prog Theor Phys 128:971–992. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.128.971. arXiv:1211.5535 [gr-qc]
Fujita R, Iyer B (2010) Spherical harmonic modes of 5.5 post-Newtonian gravitational wave polarizations and associated factorized resummed waveforms for a particle in circular orbit around a Schwarzschild black hole. Phys Rev D 82:044051. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.82.044051. arXiv:1005.2266 [gr-qc]
Futamase T (1983) Gravitational radiation reaction in the Newtonian limit. Phys Rev D 28:2373–2381. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.28.2373
Futamase T (1987) Strong-field point-particle limit and the equations of motion in the binary pulsar. Phys Rev D 36:321–329. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.36.321
Futamase T, Itoh Y (2007) The post-Newtonian approximation for relativistic compact binaries. Living Rev Relativ 10:2. https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2007-2
Futamase T, Schutz BF (1983) Newtonian and post-Newtonian approximations are asymptotic to general relativity. Phys Rev D 28:2363–2372. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.28.2363
Galley CR, Leibovich AK, Porto RA, Ross A (2016) Tail effect in gravitational radiation reaction: time nonlocality and renormalization group evolution. Phys Rev D 93:124010. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.93.124010. arXiv:1511.07379 [gr-qc]
Gal’tsov DV, Matiukhin AA, Petukhov VI (1980) Relativistic corrections to the gravitational radiation of a binary system and the fine structure of the spectrum. Phys Lett A 77:387–390. https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(80)90728-8
García-Bellido J, Siles JFN, Morales ER (2021) Bayesian analysis of the spin distribution of LIGO/Virgo black holes. Phys Dark Univ 31:100791. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dark.2021.100791. arXiv:2010.13811
Georgoudis A, Heissenberg C, Vazquez-Holm I (2023) Inelastic exponentiation and classical gravitational scattering at one loop. J High Energy Phys 2023(6). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep06(2023)126
Georgoudis A, Heissenberg C, Russo R (2024a) An eikonal-inspired approach to the gravitational scattering waveform. J High Energy Phys 2024(3):089. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP03(2024)089. arXiv:2312.07452 [hep-th]
Georgoudis A, Heissenberg C, Russo R (2024b) Post-Newtonian multipoles from the next-to-leading post-Minkowskian gravitational waveform. Phys Rev D 109:106020. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.109.106020. arXiv:2402.06316
Gergely L (1999) Spin–spin effects in radiating compact binaries. Phys Rev D 61:024035. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.61.024035. arXiv:gr-qc/9911082
Gergely L (2000) Second post-Newtonian radiative evolution of the relative orientations of angular momenta in spinning compact binaries. Phys Rev D 62:024007. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.024007. arXiv:gr-qc/0003037
Geroch R (1970) Multipole Moments. II. Curved Space. J Math Phys 11:2580–2588. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1665427
Geroch R, Horowitz GT (1978) Asymptotically simple does not imply asymptotically Minkowskian. Phys Rev Lett 40:203–206
Goldberger WD, Ross A (2010) Gravitational radiative corrections from effective field theory. Phys Rev D 81:124015. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.81.124015. arXiv:0912.4254
Goldberger WD, Rothstein IZ (2006) Effective field theory of gravity for extended objects. Phys Rev D 73:104029. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.73.104029. arXiv:hep-th/0409156 [hep-th]
Goldberger WD, Ross A, Rothstein IZ (2014) Black hole mass dynamics and renormalization group evolution. Phys Rev D 89:124033. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.124033. arXiv:1211.6095 [hep-th]
González JA, Sperhake U, Brügmann B, Hannam M, Husa S (2007) Maximum kick from nonspinning black-hole binary inspiral. Phys Rev Lett 98(9):091101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.98.091101. arXiv:gr-qc/0610154
González JA, Sperhake U, Brügmann B (2009) Black-hole binary simulations: the mass ratio 10:1. Phys Rev D 79(12):124006. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.79.124006. arXiv:0811.3952 [gr-qc]
Gopakumar A, Iyer BR (1997) Gravitational waves from inspiraling compact binaries: angular momentum flux, evolution of the orbital elements and the waveform to the second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 56:7708–7731. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.56.7708. arXiv:gr-qc/9710075
Gopakumar A, Iyer BR (2002) Second post-Newtonian gravitational wave polarizations for compact binaries in elliptical orbits. Phys Rev D 65:084011. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.084011. arXiv:gr-qc/0110100
Gopakumar A, Iyer BR, Iyer S (1997) Second post-Newtonian gravitational radiation reaction for two-body systems: nonspinning bodies. Phys Rev D 55:6030–6053. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.55.6030. arXiv:gr-qc/9703075
Gou L, McClintock JE, Reid MJ, Orosz JA, Steiner JF, Narayan R, Xiang J, Remillard RA, Arnaud KA, Davis SW (2011) The extreme spin of the black hole in Cygnus X-1. Astrophys J 742:85. https://doi.org/10.1088/0004-637X/742/2/85. arXiv:1106.3690 [astro-ph.HE]
Gourgoulhon E, Grandclément P, Taniguchi K, Marck JA, Bonazzola S (2001) Quasi-equilibrium sequences of synchronized and irrotational binary neutron stars in general relativity. Phys Rev D 63:064029. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.63.064029. arXiv:gr-qc/0007028
Gourgoulhon E, Grandclément P, Bonazzola S (2002) Binary black holes in circular orbits. I. A global spacetime approach. Phys Rev D 65:044020. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.044020. arXiv:gr-qc/0106015
Gradshteyn IS, Ryzhik IM (1980) Table of integrals. Series and products. Academic Press, London
Gralla SE, Wald RM (2008) A rigorous derivation of gravitational self-force. Class Quantum Grav 25:205009. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/25/20/205009. arXiv:0806.3293
Grandclément P, Novak J (2009) Spectral methods for numerical relativity. Living Rev Relativ 12:1. https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2009-1. arXiv:0706.2286 [gr-qc]
Grandclément P, Gourgoulhon E, Bonazzola S (2002) Binary black holes in circular orbits. II. Numerical methods and first results. Phys Rev D 65:044021. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.044021
Grishchuk LP, Kopeikin SM (1986) Equations of motion for isolated bodies with relativistic corrections including the radiation-reaction force. In: Kovalevsky J, Brumberg VA (eds) Relativity in celestial mechanics and astrometry: high precision dynamical theories and observational verifications. Reidel, Dordrecht; Boston, pp 19–34. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0074180900147941
Gultekin K, Miller MC, Hamilton DP (2004) Growth of intermediate-mass black holes in globular clusters. Astrophys J 616:221. https://doi.org/10.1086/424809. arXiv:astro-ph/0402532
Hadamard J (1932) Le problème de Cauchy et les équations aux dérivées partielles linéaires hyperboliques. Hermann, Paris
Hansen RO (1974) Multipole moments of stationary space-times. J Math Phys 15:46–52. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1666501
Hanson AJ, Regge T (1974) The relativistic spherical top. Ann Phys (NY) 87:498–566. https://doi.org/10.1016/0003-4916(74)90046-3
Hari Dass ND, Soni V (1982) Feynman graph derivation of the Einstein quadrupole formula. J Phys A: Math Gen 15:473–492. https://doi.org/10.1088/0305-4470/15/2/019
Hartung J, Steinhoff J (2011a) Next-to-leading order spin-orbit and spin(a)-spin(b) Hamiltonians for \(n\) gravitating spinning compact objects. Phys Rev D 83:044008. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.83.044008. arXiv:1011.1179 [gr-qc]
Hartung J, Steinhoff J (2011b) Next-to-next-to-leading order post-Newtonian spin-orbit Hamiltonian for self-gravitating binaries. Ann Phys (Berlin) 523:783–790. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.201100094. arXiv:1104.3079 [gr-qc]
Hartung J, Steinhoff J (2011c) Next-to-next-to-leading order post-Newtonian spin(1)–spin(2) Hamiltonian for self-gravitating binaries. Ann Phys (Berlin) 523:919–924. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.201100163. arXiv:1107.4294 [gr-qc]
Hartung J, Steinhoff J, Schäfer G (2013) Next-to-next-to-leading order post-Newtonian linear-in-spin binary Hamiltonians. Ann Phys (Berlin) 525:359–394. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.201200271. arXiv:1302.6723 [gr-qc]
Hellings RW, Moore TA (2003) The information content of gravitational wave harmonics in compact binary inspiral. Class Quantum Grav 20(10):S181. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/20/10/321
Henry Q (2023) Complete gravitational-waveform amplitude modes for quasicircular compact binaries to the 35PN order. Phys Rev D 107(4):044057. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.107.044057. arXiv:2210.15602 [gr-qc]
Henry Q, Khalil M (2023) Spin effects in gravitational waveforms and fluxes for binaries on eccentric orbits to the third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 108(10):104016. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.108.104016. arXiv:2308.13606 [gr-qc]
Henry Q, Faye G, Blanchet L (2020a) Tidal effects in the equations of motion of compact binary systems to next-to-next-to-leading post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 101:064047. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.101.064047. arXiv:1912.01920 [gr-qc]
Henry Q, Faye G, Blanchet L (2020b) Tidal effects in the gravitational-wave phase evolution of compact binary systems to next-to-next-to-leading post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 102:044033. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.102.044033. arXiv:2005.13367 [gr-qc]
Henry Q, Faye G, Blanchet L (2021) The current-type quadrupole moment and gravitational-wave mode (\(\ell \), m) = (2, 1) of compact binary systems at the third post-Newtonian order. Class Quantum Grav 38(18):185004. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ac1850. arXiv:2105.10876 [gr-qc]
Henry Q, Marsat S, Khalil M (2022) Spin contributions to the gravitational-waveform modes for spin-aligned binaries at the 3.5PN order. Phys Rev D 106(12):124018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.106.124018. arXiv:2209.00374 [gr-qc]
Herderschee A, Roiban R, Teng F (2023) The sub-leading scattering waveform from amplitudes. J High Energy Phys 2023(6). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep06(2023)004
Hergt S, Schäfer G (2008a) Higher-order-in-spin interaction Hamiltonians for binary black holes from Poincaré invariance. Phys Rev D 78:124004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.124004. arXiv:0809.2208 [gr-qc]
Hergt S, Schäfer G (2008b) Higher-order-in-spin interaction Hamiltonians for binary black holes from source terms of Kerr geometry in approximate ADM coordinates. Phys Rev D 77:104001. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.104001. arXiv:0712.1515 [gr-qc]
Hergt S, Steinhoff J, Schäfer G (2010) The reduced Hamiltonian for next-to-leading-order spin-squared dynamics of general compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 27:135007. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/27/13/135007. arXiv:1002.2093 [gr-qc]
Herrmann F, Hinder I, Shoemaker D, Laguna P (2007) Unequal mass binary black hole plunges and gravitational recoil. Class Quantum Grav 24(12):S33. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/24/12/S04. arXiv:gr-qc/0601026
Hinderer T (2008) Tidal Love numbers of neutron stars. Astrophys J 677:1216. https://doi.org/10.1086/533487
Hopper S, Kavanagh C, Ottewill AC (2016) Analytic self-force calculations in the post-Newtonian regime: eccentric orbits on a Schwarzschild background. Phys Rev D 93:044010. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.93.044010. arXiv:1512.01556 [gr-qc]
Hulse RA, Taylor JH (1975) Discovery of a pulsar in a binary system. Astrophys J 195:L51–L53. https://doi.org/10.1086/181708
Hunter AJ, Rotenberg MA (1969) The double-series approximation method in general relativity. I. Exact solution of the (24) approximation. II. Discussion of ‘wave tails’ in the (2s) approximation. J Phys A: Math Gen 2:34–49. https://doi.org/10.1088/0305-4470/2/1/007
Isaacson RA (1968) Gravitational radiation in the limit of high frequency. II. Nonlinear terms and the effective stress tensor. Phys Rev 166(5):1272
Isaacson RA, Winicour J (1968) Harmonic and null descriptions of gravitational radiation. Phys Rev 168:1451–1456. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.168.1451
Isenberg J, Nester J (1980) Canonical gravity. In: Held A (ed) General relativity and gravitation, vol 1. One hundred years after the birth of Albert Einstein. Plenum Press, New York, p 23
Ito T, Ohtsuka K (2019) The Lidov–Kozai oscillation and Hugo von Zeipel. Monogr Environ Earth Planets 7:1 arXiv:1911.03984 [astro-ph]
Itoh Y (2004) Equation of motion for relativistic compact binaries with the strong field point particle limit: third post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 69:064018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.69.064018
Itoh Y (2009) Third-and-a-half order post-Newtonian equations of motion for relativistic compact binaries using the strong field point particle limit. Phys Rev D 80:124003. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.124003. arXiv:0911.4232 [gr-qc]
Itoh Y, Futamase T (2003) New derivation of a third post-Newtonian equation of motion for relativistic compact binaries without ambiguity. Phys Rev D 68:121501(R). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.68.121501. arXiv:gr-qc/0310028
Itoh Y, Futamase T, Asada H (2000) Equation of motion for relativistic compact binaries with the strong field point particle limit: formulation, the first post-Newtonian order, and multipole terms. Phys Rev D 62:064002. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.064002. arXiv:gr-qc/9910052
Itoh Y, Futamase T, Asada H (2001) Equation of motion for relativistic compact binaries with the strong field point particle limit: the second and half post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 63:064038. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.63.064038. arXiv:gr-qc/0101114
Iyer BR, Will CM (1993) Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation reaction for two-body systems. Phys Rev Lett 70:113–116. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.70.113
Iyer BR, Will CM (1995) Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation reaction for two-body systems: nonspinning bodies. Phys Rev D 52:6882–6893. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.52.6882
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (1997) Radiative 3.5 post-Newtonian ADM Hamiltonian for many-body point-mass systems. Phys Rev D 55:4712–4722. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.55.4712
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (1998) Third post-Newtonian higher order ADM Hamilton dynamics for two-body point-mass systems. Phys Rev D 57:7274–7291. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.57.7274. arXiv:gr-qc/9712075
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (1999) Binary black-hole problem at the third post-Newtonian approximation in the orbital motion: Static part. Phys Rev D 60:124003. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.60.124003. arXiv:gr-qc/9906092
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2000) The binary black-hole dynamics at the third post-Newtonian order in the orbital motion. Ann Phys (Berlin) 9:378–383. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1521-3889(200005)9:3/5<378::AID-ANDP378>3.0.CO;2-M. arXiv:gr-qc/0003054
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2012) Towards the fourth post-Newtonian Hamiltonian for two-point-mass systems. Phys Rev D 86:061503(R). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.86.061503. arXiv:1207.5448 [gr-qc]
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2013) Dimensional regularization of local singularities in the 4th post-Newtonian two-point-mass Hamiltonian. Phys Rev D 87:081503(R). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.081503. arXiv:1303.3225 [gr-qc]
Jaranowski P, Schäfer G (2015) Derivation of the local-in-time fourth post-Newtonian ADM Hamiltonian for spinless compact binaries. Phys Rev D 92:124043. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.92.124043. arXiv:1508.01016 [gr-qc]
Junker W, Schäfer G (1992) Binary systems: higher order gravitational radiation damping and wave emission. Mon Not R Astron Soc 254:146–164
Kavanagh C, Ottewill AC, Wardell B (2015) Analytical high-order post-Newtonian expansions for extreme mass ratio binaries. Phys Rev D 92:084025. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.92.084025. arXiv:1503.02334 [gr-qc]
Kennefick D (2007) Traveling at the speed of thought: Einstein and the quest for gravitational waves. Princeton University Press, Princeton
Kerlick GD (1980a) Finite reduced hydrodynamic equations in the slow-motion approximation to general relativity. Part I. First post-Newtonian equations. Gen Relativ Gravit 12:467–482. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00756177
Kerlick GD (1980b) Finite reduced hydrodynamic equations in the slow-motion approximation to general relativity. Part II. Radiation reaction and higher-order divergent terms. Gen Relativ Gravit 12:521–543. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00756528
Kidder LE (1995) Coalescing binary systems of compact objects to (post)\(^{5/2}\)-Newtonian order. V. Spin effects. Phys Rev D 52:821–847. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.52.821
Kidder LE (2008) Using full information when computing modes of post-Newtonian waveforms from inspiralling compact binaries in circular orbits. Phys Rev D 77:044016. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.044016. arXiv:0710.0614
Kidder LE, Will CM, Wiseman AG (1993) Coalescing binary systems of compact objects to (post)\(^{5/2}\)-Newtonian order. III. Transition from inspiral to plunge. Phys Rev D 47:3281–3291. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.3281
Kidder LE, Will CM, Wiseman AG (1993) Spin effects in the inspiral of coalescing compact binaries. Phys Rev D 47:R4183–R4187. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.R4183. arXiv:gr-qc/9211025
Kim JW, Levi M, Yin Z (2023a) N3LO quadratic-in-spin interactions for generic compact binaries. J High Energy Phys 2023(3). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep03(2023)098
Kim JW, Levi M, Yin Z (2023b) N3LO spin-orbit interaction via the EFT of spinning gravitating objects. J High Energy Phys 2023(5). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep05(2023)184
Kochanek CS (1992) Coalescing binary neutron stars. Astrophys J 398:234–247. https://doi.org/10.1086/171851
Kol B, Smolkin M (2008) Non-relativistic gravitation: from Newton to Einstein and back. Class Quantum Grav 25:145011. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/25/14/145011. arXiv:0712.4116 [hep-th]
Königsdörffer C, Gopakumar A (2006) Phasing of gravitational waves from inspiralling eccentric binaries at the third-and-a-half post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 73:124012. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.73.124012. arXiv:gr-qc/0603056
Königsdörffer C, Faye G, Schäfer G (2003) The binary black-hole dynamics at the third-and-a-half post-Newtonian order in the ADM-formalism. Phys Rev D 68:044004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.68.044004. arXiv:astro-ph/0305048
Kopeikin SM (1985) The equations of motion of extended bodies in general-relativity with conservative corrections and radiation damping taken into account. Astron Zh 62:889–904
Kopeikin SM (1988) Celestial coordinate reference systems in curved spacetime. Celest Mech 44:87. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01230709
Kopeikin SM, Schäfer G, Gwinn CR, Eubanks TM (1999) Astrometric and timing effects of gravitational waves from localized sources. Phys Rev D 59:084023. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.59.084023. arXiv:gr-qc/9811003
Kozai Y (1962) Secular perturbations of asteroids with high inclination and eccentricity. Astron J 67:591–598. https://doi.org/10.1086/108790
Kozameh C, Quirega G (2016) Center of mass and spin for isolated sources of gravitational radiation. Phys Rev D 93:064050. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.93.064050. arXiv:1311.5854 [gr-qc]
Kozameh C, Nieva J, Quirega G (2018) Spin and center of mass comparison between the post-Newtonian approach and the asymptotic formulation. Phys Rev D 98:064005. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.98.064005. arXiv:1711.11375 [gr-qc]
Kramer M, Wex N (2009) The double pulsar system: a unique laboratory for gravity. Class Quantum Grav 26(7):073001. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/26/7/073001
Kramer M, Stairs IH, Manchester RN, Wex N, Deller AT, Coles WA, Ali M, Burgay M, Camilo F, Cognard I et al (2021) Strong-field gravity tests with the double pulsar. Phys Rev X 11(4):041050. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevX.11.041050. arXiv:2112.06795 [astro-ph]
Królak A, Kokkotas KD, Schäfer G (1995) Estimation of the post-Newtonian parameters in the gravitational-wave emission of a coalescing binary. Phys Rev D 52:2089–2111. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.52.2089. arXiv:gr-qc/9503013
Lagarias J (2013) Euler’s constant: Euler’s work and modern developments. Bull Am Math Soc 50(4):527–628
Landau LD, Lifshitz EM (1971) The classical theory of fields, 3rd edn. Pergamon Press, Oxford
Landry P (2018) Rotational-tidal phasing of the binary neutron star waveform. arXiv e-prints 1805.01882
Lang RN (2014) Compact binary systems in scalar-tensor gravity. II. Tensor gravitational waves to second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 89(8):084014. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.084014. arXiv:1310.3320 [gr-qc]
Lang RN (2015) Compact binary systems in scalar-tensor gravity III Scalar waves and energy flux. Phys Rev D 91(8):084027. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.91.084027. arXiv:1411.3073 [gr-qc]
Larrouturou F, Blanchet L, Henry Q, Faye G (2022a) The quadrupole moment of compact binaries to the fourth post-Newtonian order: II. Dimensional regularization and renormalization. Class Quantum Grav 39(11):115008. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ac5ba0. arXiv:2110.02243 [gr-qc]
Larrouturou F, Henry Q, Blanchet L, Faye G (2022b) The quadrupole moment of compact binaries to the fourth post-Newtonian order: I Non-locality in time and infra-red divergencies. Class Quantum Grav 39(11):115007. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ac5762. arXiv:2110.02240 [gr-qc]
Le Tiec A (2015) First law of mechanics for compact binaries on eccentric orbits. Phys Rev D 92:084021. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.92.084021. arXiv:1506.05648 [gr-qc]
Le Tiec A, Blanchet L (2010) The close-limit approximation for black hole binaries with post-Newtonian initial conditions. Class Quantum Grav 27:045008. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/27/4/045008. arXiv:0901.4593 [gr-qc]
Le Tiec A, Blanchet L, Will CM (2010) Gravitational-wave recoil from the ringdown phase of coalescing black hole binaries. Class Quantum Grav 27:012001. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/27/1/012001. arXiv:0901.4594 [gr-qc]
Le Tiec A, Mroué AH, Barack L, Buonanno A, Pfeiffer HP, Sago N, Taracchini A (2011) Periastron advance in black-hole binaries. Phys Rev Lett 107:141101 arXiv:1106.3278 [gr-qc]
Le Tiec A, Barausse E, Buonanno A (2012a) Gravitational self-force correction to the binding energy of compact binary systems. Phys Rev Lett 108:131103. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.108.131103. arXiv:1111.5609 [gr-qc]
Le Tiec A, Blanchet L, Whiting BF (2012b) First law of binary black hole mechanics in general relativity and post-Newtonian theory. Phys Rev D 85:064039. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.85.064039. arXiv:1111.5378 [gr-qc]
Ledvinka T, Schäfer G, Bičák J (2008) Relativistic closed-form Hamiltonian for many-body gravitating systems in the post-Minkowskian approximation. Phys Rev Lett 100:251101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.100.251101. arXiv:0807.0214 [gr-qc]
Lehner L, Pretorius F (2014) Numerical relativity and astrophysics. Annu Rev Astron Astrophys 52:661–694. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-astro-081913-040031
Leibovich AK, Maia NT, Rothstein IZ, Yang Z (2020) Second post-Newtonian order radiative dynamics of inspiralling compact binaries in the effective field theory approach. Phys Rev D 101(8):084058. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.101.084058. arXiv:1912.12546 [gr-qc]
Leibovich AK, Pardo BA, Yang Z (2023) Radiation reaction for nonspinning bodies at 4.5PN in the effective field theory approach. Phys Rev D 108(2):024017. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.108.024017. arXiv:2302.11016 [gr-qc]
Levi M (2010a) Next-to-leading order gravitational spin-orbit coupling in an effective field theory approach. Phys Rev D 82:104004. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.82.104004. arXiv:1006.4139 [gr-qc]
Levi M (2010b) Next-to-leading order gravitational spin1-spin2 coupling with Kaluza–Klein reduction. Phys Rev D 82:064029. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.82.064029. arXiv:0802.1508 [gr-qc]
Levi M (2012) Binary dynamics from spin1–spin2 coupling at fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 85:064043. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.85.064043. arXiv:1107.4322
Levi M (2020) Effective field theories of post-Newtonian gravity: a comprehensive review. Rep Prog Phys 83(7):075901. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6633/ab12bc. arXiv:1807.01699 [gr-qc]
Levi M, Steinhoff J (2014) Equivalence of ADM Hamiltonian and effective field theory approaches at next-to-next-to-leading order spin1–spin2 coupling of binary inspirals. J Cosmol Astropart Phys 12:003. https://doi.org/10.1088/1475-7516/2014/12/003. arXiv:1408.5762 [gr-qc]
Levi M, Steinhoff J (2015a) Leading order finite size effects with spins for inspiralling compact binaries. J High Energy Phys 06:059. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP06(2015)059. arXiv:1410.2601 [gr-qc]
Levi M, Steinhoff J (2015b) Spinning gravitating objects in the effective field theory in the post-Newtonian scheme. J High Energy Phys 09:219. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP09(2015)219. arXiv:1501.04956 [gr-qc]
Levi M, Steinhoff J (2016) Next-to-next-to-leading order gravitational spin-orbit coupling via the effective field theory for spinning objects in the post-Newtonian scheme. J Cosmol Astropart Phys 01:011. https://doi.org/10.1088/1475-7516/2016/01/011. arXiv:1506.05056 [gr-qc]
Lidov ML (1962) The evolution of orbits of artificial satellites of planets under the action of gravitational perturbations of external bodies. Planet Space Sci 9:719. https://doi.org/10.1016/0032-0633(62)90129-0
Limousin F, Gondek-Rosinska D, Gourgoulhon E (2005) Last orbits of binary strange quark stars. Phys Rev D 71:064012. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.71.064012. arXiv:gr-qc/0411127 [gr-qc]
Lincoln CW, Will CM (1990) Coalescing binary systems of compact objects to (post)\(^{5/2}\)-Newtonian order: late-time evolution and gravitational-radiation emission. Phys Rev D 42:1123–1143. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.42.1123
Lorentz HA, Droste J (1937) The motion of a system of bodies under the influence of their mutual attraction, according to Einstein’s theory, Nijhoff, The Hague, pp 330–355. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-015-3445-1_11, translated from Versl. K. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam, 26, 392 and 649 (1917)
Loutrel N, Yunes N (2017) Hereditary effects in eccentric compact binary inspirals to third post-Newtonian order. Class Quantum Grav 34(4):044003. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/aa59c3. arXiv:1607.05409 [gr-qc]
Love AEH (1911) Some problems of geodynamics. Cambridge University Press. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924060184367
Madore J (1970a) Gravitational radiation from a bounded source I. Ann Inst Henri Poincaré 12:285
Madore J (1970b) Gravitational radiation from a bounded source II. Ann Inst Henri Poincaré 12:365
Maggiore M (2008) Gravitational waves: volume 1: theory and experiments. Oxford University Press: Oxford. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198570745.001.0001
Mandal MK, Mastrolia P, Patil R, Steinhoff J (2023a) Gravitational quadratic-in-spin Hamiltonian at NNNLO in the post-Newtonian framework. J High Energy Phys 2023(7). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep07(2023)128
Mandal MK, Mastrolia P, Patil R, Steinhoff J (2023b) Gravitational spin-orbit Hamiltonian at NNNLO in the post-Newtonian framework. J High Energy Phys 2023(3). https://doi.org/10.1007/jhep03(2023)130
Mano S, Takasugi E (1997) Analytic solutions of the Teukolsky equation and their properties. Prog Theor Phys 97:213. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.97.213. arXiv:gr-qc/9611014
Mano S, Susuki H, Takasugi E (1996a) Analytic solutions of the Regge–Wheeler equation and the post-Minkowskian expansion. Prog Theor Phys 96:549. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.96.549. arXiv:gr-qc/9605057
Mano S, Susuki H, Takasugi E (1996b) Analytic solutions of the Teukolsky equation and their low frequency expansions. Prog Theor Phys 95:1079. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.95.1079. arXiv:gr-qc/9603020
Marchand T, Blanchet L, Faye G (2016) Gravitational-wave tail effects to quartic non-linear order. Class Quantum Grav 33:244003. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/33/24/244003. arXiv:1607.07601 [gr-qc]
Marchand T, Bernard L, Blanchet L, Faye G (2018) Ambiguity-free completion of the equations of motion of compact binary systems at the fourth post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 97:044023 arXiv:1707.09289 [gr-qc]
Marchand T, Henry Q, Larrouturou F, Marsat S, Faye G, Blanchet L (2020) The mass quadrupole moment of compact binary systems at the fourth post-Newtonian order. Class Quantum Grav 37(21):215006. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/ab9ce1. arXiv:2003.13672 [gr-qc]
Marsat S (2015) Cubic order spin effects in the dynamics and gravitational wave energy flux of compact object binaries. Class Quantum Grav 32:085008. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/32/8/085008. arXiv:1411.4118 [gr-qc]
Marsat S, Bohé A, Blanchet L, Buonanno A (2013a) Next-to-leading tail-induced spin-orbit effects in the gravitational radiation of compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 31:025023. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/30/5/055007. arXiv:1307.6793 [gr-qc]
Marsat S, Bohé A, Faye G, Blanchet L (2013b) Next-to-next-to-leading order spin-orbit effects in the equations of motion of compact binary systems. Class Quantum Grav 30:055007. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/30/5/055007. arXiv:1210.4143
Martin J, Sanz JL (1979) Slow motion approximation in predictive relativistic mechanics. II. Non-interaction theorem for interactions derived from the classical field-theory. J Math Phys 20:25–34. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.523958
Mathews J (1962) Gravitational multipole radiation. J Soc Ind Appl Math 10:768–780. https://doi.org/10.1137/0110059
Mathisson M (1937) Neue Mechanik materieller Systeme. Acta Phys Polon 6:163–200
Mathisson M (2010) Republication of: new mechanics of material systems. Gen Relativ Gravit 42:1011–1048. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10714-010-0939-y
McClintock JE, Shafee R, Narayan R, Remillard RA, Davis SW, Li LX (2006) The spin of the near-extreme kerr black hole GRS 1915+105. Astrophys J 652:518–539. https://doi.org/10.1086/508457. arXiv:astro-ph/0606076
Memmesheimer R, Gopakumar A, Schäfer G (2004) Third post-Newtonian accurate generalized quasi-Keplerian parametrization for compact binaries in eccentric orbits. Phys Rev D 70:104011. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.70.104011. arXiv:gr-qc/0407049
Merritt D, Milosavljević M, Favata M, Hughes SA, Holz DE (2004) Consequences of gravitational radiation recoil. Astrophys J Lett 607:L9–L12. https://doi.org/10.1086/421551. arXiv:astro-ph/0402057
Messina F, Nagar A (2017) Parametrized-4.5PN TaylorF2 approximant(s) and tail effects to quartic nonlinear order from the effective one body formalism. Phys Rev D 96:049907. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.95.124001. arXiv:1703.08107 [gr-qc]
Mikóczi B, Vasúth M, Gergely L (2005) Self-interaction spin effects in inspiralling compact binaries. Phys Rev D 71:124043. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.71.124043. arXiv:astro-ph/0504538
Miller MC, Hamilton DP (2002) Four-body effects in globular cluster black hole coalescence. Astrophys J 576:894. https://doi.org/10.1086/341788. arXiv:astro-ph/0202298
Mino Y, Sasaki M, Shibata M, Tagoshi H, Tanaka T (1997a) Black hole perturbation. Prog Theor Phys Suppl 128:1–121. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTPS.128.1. arXiv:gr-qc/9712057
Mino Y, Sasaki M, Tanaka T (1997b) Gravitational radiation reaction to a particle motion. Phys Rev D 55:3457–3476. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.55.3457. arXiv:gr-qc/9606018
Mirshekari S, Will CM (2013) Compact binary systems in scalar-tensor gravity: equations of motion to 2.5 post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 87:084070. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.87.084070. arXiv:1301.4680 [gr-qc]
Mishra CK, Arun KG, Iyer BR (2012) 2.5PN linear momentum flux from inspiralling compact binaries in quasicircular orbits and associated recoil: Nonspinning case. Phys Rev D 85(4). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevd.85.044021
Misner CW, Thorne KS, Wheeler JA (1973) Gravitation. W. H. Freeman, San Francisco
Moore TA, Hellings RW (2002) Angular resolution of space-based gravitational wave detectors. Phys Rev D 65:062001. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.062001
Mora T, Will CM (2004) Post-Newtonian diagnostic of quasi-equilibrium binary configurations of compact objects. Phys Rev D 69:104021. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.69.104021. arXiv:gr-qc/0312082
Mougiakakos S, Riva MM, Vernizzi F (2021) Gravitational Bremsstrahlung in the post-Minkowskian effective field theory. Phys Rev D 104(2):024041. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.104.024041
Munna C, Evans CR, Hopper S, Forseth E (2020) Determination of new coefficients in the angular momentum and energy fluxes at infinity to 9PN order for eccentric Schwarzschild extreme-mass-ratio inspirals using mode-by-mode fitting. Phys Rev D 102(2):024047. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.102.024047. arXiv:2005.03044
Nakamura T, Oohara K, Kojima Y (1987) General relativistic collapse to black holes and gravitational waves from black holes. Prog Theor Phys Suppl 90:1. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTPS.90.1
Newman E, Penrose R (1962) An approach to gravitational radiation by a method of spin coefficients. J Math Phys 3:566–578. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1724257
Newman ET, Penrose R (1966) Note on the Bondi–Metzner–Sachs group. J Math Phys 7(5):863–870. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1931221
Newman ET, Unti T (1963) A class of null flat-space coordinate systems. J Math Phys 4(12):1467–1469. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1703927
Nichols DA (2018) Center-of-mass angular momentum and memory effect in asymptotically flat spacetimes. Phys Rev D 98:064032. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.98.064032. arXiv:1807.08767 [gr-qc]
Nissanke S, Blanchet L (2005) Gravitational radiation reaction in the equations of motion of compact binaries to 3.5 post-Newtonian order. Class Quantum Grav 22:1007–1031. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/22/6/008. arXiv:gr-qc/0412018
Nowak MA, Wilms J, Pottschmidt K, Schulz N, Miller J, Maitra D (2012) Suzaku observations of 4u 1957+11: the most rapidly spinning black hole in the galaxy? In: Petre R, Mitsuda K, Angelini L (eds) SUZAKU 2011. Exploring the X-ray Universe: Suzaku and Beyond (SUZAKU 2011). AIP Conference Proceedings, vol 1427. AIP Publishing, Melville, NY, pp 48–51. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.3696149
Ohta T, Okamura H, Kimura T, Hiida K (1973) Physically acceptable solution of Einstein’s equation for many-body system. Prog Theor Phys 50:492–514. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.50.492
Ohta T, Okamura H, Kimura T, Hiida K (1974a) Coordinate condition and higher order gravitational potential in canocical formalism. Prog Theor Phys 51:1598–1612. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.51.1598
Ohta T, Okamura H, Kimura T, Hiida K (1974b) Higher-order gravitational potential for many-body system. Prog Theor Phys 51:1220–1238. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.51.1220
Okamura H, Ohta T, Kimura T, Hiida K (1973) Perturbation calculation of gravitational potentials. Prog Theor Phys 50:2066–2079. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.50.2066
Oohara K, Nakamura T (1983) Energy, momentum and angular momentum of gravitational waves induced by a particle plunging into a Schwarzschild black hole. Prog Theor Phys 70:757. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.70.757
Owen BJ, Tagoshi H, Ohashi A (1998) Nonprecessional spin-orbit effects on gravitational waves from inspiraling compact binaries to second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 57:6168–6175. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.57.6168. arXiv:gr-qc/9710134
Owen CB, Haster CJ, Perkins S, Cornish NJ, Yunes N (2023) Waveform accuracy and systematic uncertainties in current gravitational wave observations. Phys Rev D 108(4):044018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.108.044018. arXiv:2301.11941 [gr-qc]
Pan Y, Buonanno A, Buchman LT, Chu T, Kidder LE, Pfeiffer HP, Scheel MA (2010) Effective-one-body waveforms calibrated to numerical relativity simulations: coalescence of non-precessing, spinning, equal-mass black holes. Phys Rev D 81:084041. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.81.084041. arXiv:0912.3466 [gr-qc]
Papapetrou A (1951a) Equations of motion in general relativity. Proc Phys Soc London Sect B 64:57–75
Papapetrou A (1951b) Spinning test-particles in general relativity. I. Proc R Soc London Ser A 209:248–258. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1951.0200
Papapetrou A (1962) Relativité - une formule pour le rayonnement gravitationnel en première approximation. C R Acad Sci Ser II 255:1578
Papapetrou A (1969) Coordonnées radiatives “cartésiennes’’. Ann Inst Henri Poincaré A XI:251
Papapetrou A (1971) Étude systématique du rayonnement gravitationnel 4-polaire. Énergie-impulsion et moment cinétique du rayonnement. Ann Inst Henri Poincare XIV:79
Papapetrou A, Linet B (1981) Equation of motion including the reaction of gravitational radiation. Gen Relativ Gravit 13:335. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01025468
Pati ME, Will CM (2000) Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation and equations of motion via direct integration of the relaxed Einstein equations: foundations. Phys Rev D 62:124015. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.124015. arXiv:gr-qc/0007087
Pati ME, Will CM (2002) Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation and equations of motion via direct integration of the relaxed Einstein equations. II. Two-body equations of motion to second post-Newtonian order, and radiation reaction to 3.5 post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 65:104008. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.104008. arXiv:gr-qc/0201001
Paul K, Mishra CK (2023) Spin effects in spherical harmonic modes of gravitational waves from eccentric compact binary inspirals. Phys Rev D 108(2):024023 arXiv:2211.04155 [gr-qc]
Penrose R (1963) Asymptotic properties of fields and space-times. Phys Rev Lett 10:66–68. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.10.66
Penrose R (1965) Zero rest-mass fields including gravitation: asymptotic behaviour. Proc R Soc Lond Ser A 284:159–203. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1965.0058
Peres A (1962) Classical gravitational recoil. Phys Rev 128:2471. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.128.2471
Peters PC (1964) Gravitational radiation and the motion of two point masses. Phys Rev 136:B1224–B1232. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.136.B1224
Peters PC, Mathews J (1963) Gravitational radiation from point masses in a Keplerian orbit. Phys Rev 131:435–440. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.131.435
Petrova NM (1949) Ob Uravnenii Dvizheniya i Tenzore Materii dlya Sistemy Konechnykh Mass v Obshchei Teorii Otnositielnosti. J Exp Theor Phys 19(11):989–999
Pfeiffer HP, Teukolsky SA, Cook GB (2000) Quasicircular orbits for spinning binary black holes. Phys Rev D 62:104018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.62.104018. arXiv:gr-qc/0006084
Pirani FAE (1965) Introduction to gravitational radiation theory. In: Trautman A, Pirani FAE, Bondi H (eds) Lectures on General Relativity, vol 1. Prentice-Hall. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, pp 249–373
Plebański JF, Bazański SL (1959) The general Fokker action principle and its application in general relativity theory. Acta Phys Pol 18:307–345
Poisson E (1993) Gravitational radiation from a particle in circular orbit around a black hole. I. Analytic results for the nonrotating case. Phys Rev D 47:1497–1510. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.47.1497
Poisson E (1995) Gravitational radiation from a particle in circular orbit around a black-hole. VI. Accuracy of the post-Newtonian expansion. Phys Rev D 52:5719–5723. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.52.5719, Erratum: Phys Rev D 55:7980 (1997). arXiv:gr-qc/9505030
Poisson E (1997) Gravitational waves from inspiraling compact binaries: the quadrupole-moment term. Phys Rev D 57:5287–5290. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.57.5287. arXiv:gr-qc/9709032
Poisson E, Sasaki M (1995) Gravitational radiation from a particle in circular orbit around a black hole. V. Black-hole absorption and tail corrections. Phys Rev D 51:5753–5767. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.51.5753. arXiv:gr-qc/9412027
Poisson E, Will CM (1995) Gravitational waves from inspiraling compact binaries: parameter estimation using second-post-Newtonian wave forms. Phys Rev D 52:848–855. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.52.848. arXiv:gr-qc/9502040
Poisson E, Pound A, Vega I (2011) The motion of point particles in curved spacetime. Living Rev Relativ 14:7. https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2011-7. arXiv:1102.0529 [gr-qc]
Porto RA (2006) Post-Newtonian corrections to the motion of spinning bodies in NRGR. Phys Rev D 73:104031. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.73.104031. arXiv:gr-qc/0511061
Porto RA (2008) Absorption effects due to spin in the worldline approach to black hole dynamics. Phys Rev D 77:064026. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.064026. arXiv:0710.5150 [hep-th]
Porto RA (2010) Next-to-leading-order spin-orbit effects in the motion of inspiralling compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 27:205001. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/27/20/205001. arXiv:1005.5730 [gr-qc]
Porto RA (2016) The effective field theorist’s approach to gravitational dynamics. Phys Rep 633:1–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physrep.2016.04.003
Porto RA, Rothstein IZ (2006) Calculation of the first nonlinear contribution to the general-relativistic spin–spin interaction for binary systems. Phys Rev Lett 97:021101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.97.021101. arXiv:gr-qc/0604099
Porto RA, Rothstein IZ (2008a) Next to leading order spin(1)spin(1) effects in the motion of inspiralling compact binaries. Phys Rev D 78:044013. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.044013. arXiv:0804.0260 [gr-qc]
Porto RA, Rothstein IZ (2008b) Spin(1)spin(2) effects in the motion of inspiralling compact binaries at third order in the post-Newtonian expansion. Phys Rev D 78:044012. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.044012. arXiv:0802.0720 [gr-qc]
Porto RA, Rothstein IZ (2017) Apparent ambiguities in the post-Newtonian expansion for binary systems. Phys Rev D 96(2):024062. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.96.024062. arXiv:1703.06433 [gr-qc]
Porto RA, Ross A, Rothstein IZ (2011) Spin induced multipole moments for the gravitational wave flux from binary inspirals to third Post-Newtonian order. J Cosmol Astropart Phys 3:009. https://doi.org/10.1088/1475-7516/2011/03/009. arXiv:1007.1312 [gr-qc]
Poujade O, Blanchet L (2002) Post-Newtonian approximation for isolated systems calculated by matched asymptotic expansions. Phys Rev D 65:124020. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.65.124020. arXiv:gr-qc/0112057
Pound A, Wardell B, Warburton N, Miller J (2020) Second-order self-force calculation of gravitational binding energy in compact binaries. Phys Rev Lett 124(2):021101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.124.021101
Pratten G, Husa S, Garcia-Quiros C, Colleoni M, Ramos-Buades A, Estelles H, Jaume R (2020) Setting the cornerstone for a family of models for gravitational waves from compact binaries: the dominant harmonic for nonprecessing quasicircular black holes. Phys Rev D 102(6):064001. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.102.064001. arXiv:2001.11412 [gr-qc]
Press WH (1977) Gravitational radiation from sources which extend into their own wave zone. Phys Rev D 15:965–968. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.15.965
Pretorius F (2005) Evolution of binary black-hole spacetimes. Phys Rev Lett 95:121101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.95.121101. arXiv:gr-qc/0507014
Quinn TC, Wald RM (1997) Axiomatic approach to electromagnetic and gravitational radiation reaction of particles in curved spacetime. Phys Rev D 56:3381–3394. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.56.3381. arXiv:gr-qc/9610053
Racine E, Buonanno A, Kidder L (2009) Recoil velocity at second post-Newtonian order for spinning black hole binaries. Phys Rev D 80:044010. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.80.044010. arXiv:0812.4413 [gr-qc]
Rendall AD (1990) Convergent and divergent perturbation series and the post-Minkowskian scheme. Class Quantum Grav 7:803. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/7/5/010
Rendall AD (1992) On the definition of post-Newtonian approximations. Proc R Soc London Ser A 438:341–360. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1992.0111
Rendall AD (1994) The Newtonian limit for asymptotically flat solutions of the Einstein–Vlasov system. Commun Math Phys 163:89–112. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02101736. arXiv:gr-qc/9303027
Reynolds CS (2014) Measuring black hole spin using X-ray reflection spectroscopy. Space Sci Rev 183:277–294. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11214-013-0006-6. arXiv:1302.3260 [astro-ph.HE]
Rieth R, Schäfer G (1997) Spin and tail effects in the gravitational-wave emission of compact binaries. Class Quantum Grav 14:2357. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/14/8/029
Sachs RK (1961) Gravitational waves in general relativity. VI. The outgoing radiation condition. Proc R Soc London Ser A 264:309–338. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1961.0202
Sachs RK (1962) Gravitational waves in general relativity. VIII. Waves in asymptotically flat space-time. Proc R Soc London Ser A 270:103–126. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1962.0206
Sachs RK, Bergmann PG (1958) Structure of particles in linearized gravitational theory. Phys Rev 112:674–680. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.112.674
Sago N, Barack L, Detweiler S (2008) Two approaches for the gravitational self force in black hole spacetime: comparison of numerical results. Phys Rev D 78:124024. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.124024. arXiv:0810.2530
Saketh MVS, Steinhoff J, Vines J, Buonanno A (2023) Modeling horizon absorption in spinning binary black holes using effective worldline theory. Phys Rev D 107(8):084006. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.107.084006. arXiv:2212.13095 [gr-qc]
Santamaría L, Ohme F, Ajith P, Brügmann B, Dorband N, Hannam M, Husa S, Mösta P, Pollney D, Reisswig C, Robinson EL, Seiler J, Krishnan B (2010) Matching post-Newtonian and numerical relativity waveforms: systematic errors and a new phenomenological model for non-processing black hole binaries. Phys Rev D 82:064016. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.82.064016. arXiv:1005.3306 [gr-qc]
Sasaki M (1994) Post-Newtonian expansion of the ingoing-wave Regge–Wheeler function. Prog Theor Phys 92:17–36. https://doi.org/10.1143/ptp/92.1.17
Sasaki M, Tagoshi H (2003) Analytic black hole perturbation approach to gravitational radiation. Living Rev Relativ 6:6. https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2003-6. arXiv:gr-qc/0306120
Schäfer G (1981) The gravitational quadrupole formulae and gravitationally bound matter systems. Astrophys J 250:L5–L8
Schäfer G (1982) The equations of motion for an astrophysical binary with accuracy \(1/c^5\). Prog Theor Phys 68(6):2191–2193. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.68.2191
Schäfer G (1984) Acceleration-dependent Lagrangians in general relativity. Phys Lett A 100:128. https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(84)90947-2
Schäfer G (1985) The gravitational quadrupole radiation-reaction force and the canonical formalism of ADM. Ann Phys (NY) 161:81–100. https://doi.org/10.1016/0003-4916(85)90337-9
Schäfer G (1986) The ADM Hamiltonian at the postlinear approximation. Gen Relativ Gravit 18:255–270. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00765886
Schäfer G (1987) Three-body Hamiltonian in general relativity. Phys Lett 123:336–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(87)90389-6
Schäfer G (2011) Post-Newtonian methods: analytic results on the binary problem. In: Blanchet L, Spallicci A, Whiting B (eds) Mass and motion in general relativity. fundamental theories of physics, vol 162. Springer, Dordrecht, pp 167–210. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-3015-3_6
Schäfer G, Jaranowski P (2024) Hamiltonian formulation of general relativity and post-Newtonian dynamics of compact binaries. Living Rev Relativ 27:2. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41114-024-00048-7. arXiv:1805.07240 [gr-qc]
Schäfer G, Wex N (1993) Second post-Newtonian motion of compact binaries. Phys Lett A 174:196–205. https://doi.org/10.1016/0375-9601(93)90758-R, Erratum: Phys Lett A 177:461 (1993)
Schott GA (1915) On the motion of the Lorentz electron. Philos Mag 29:49. https://doi.org/10.1080/14786440108635280
Schwartz L (1978) Théorie des distributions. Hermann, Paris
Sellier A (1994) Hadamard’s finite part concept in dimension \(n \ge 2\), distributional definition, regularization forms and distributional derivatives. Proc R Soc London Ser A 445:69–98. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1994.0049
Sennett N, Marsat S, Buonanno A (2016) Gravitational waveforms in scalar-tensor gravity at 2PN relative order. Phys Rev D 94(8):084003. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.94.084003. arXiv:1607.01420 [gr-qc]
Shah A, Friedmann J, Whiting BF (2014) Finding high-order analytic post-Newtonian parameters from a high-precision numerical self-force calculation. Phys Rev D 89:064042. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.89.064042. arXiv:1312.1952 [gr-qc]
Simon W, Beig R (1983) The multipole structure of stationary space-times. J Math Phys 24:1163–1171. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.525846
Sopuerta CF, Yunes N, Laguna P (2006) Gravitational recoil from binary black hole mergers: the close-limit approximation. Phys Rev D 74:124010. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.74.124010. arXiv:astro-ph/0608600
Steinhoff J (2011) Canonical formulation of spin in general relativity. Ann Phys (Berlin) 523:296. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.201000178. arXiv:1106.4203 [gr-qc]
Steinhoff J, Puetzfeld D (2010) Multipolar equations of motion for extended test bodies in general relativity. Phys Rev D 81(4):044019. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.81.044019. arXiv:0909.3756 [gr-qc]
Steinhoff J, Hergt S, Schäfer G (2008a) Next-to-leading order gravitational spin(1)–spin(2) dynamics in Hamiltonian form. Phys Rev D 77:081501(R) arXiv:0712.1716 [gr-qc]
Steinhoff J, Hergt S, Schäfer G (2008b) Spin-squared Hamiltonian of next-to-leading order gravitational interaction. Phys Rev D 78:101503(R) arXiv:0809.2200 [gr-qc]
Steinhoff J, Schäfer G, Hergt S (2008) ADM canonical formalism for gravitating spinning objects. Phys Rev D 77:104018. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.104018. arXiv:0805.3136 [gr-qc]
Strohmayer TE (2001) Discovery of a 450 Hz quasi-periodic oscillation from the microquasar GRO J1655–40 with the Rossi X-ray timing explorer. Astrophys J Lett 552:L49–L53. https://doi.org/10.1086/320258
Strominger A, Zhiboedov A (2016) Gravitational memory, BMS supertranslations and soft theorems. J High Energy Phys 01:086. https://doi.org/10.1007/JHEP01(2016)086. arXiv:1411.5745 [hep-th]
’t Hooft G, Veltman M, (1972) Regularization and renormalization of gauge fields. Nucl Phys B 44:139. https://doi.org/10.1016/0550-3213(72)90279-9
Tagoshi H, Nakamura T (1994) Gravitational waves from a point particle in circular orbit around a black hole: logarithmic terms in the post-Newtonian expansion. Phys Rev D 49:4016–4022. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.49.4016
Tagoshi H, Sasaki M (1994) Post-Newtonian expansion of gravitational waves from a particle in circular orbit around a Schwarzschild black hole. Prog Theor Phys 92:745–771. https://doi.org/10.1143/ptp.92.745. arXiv:gr-qc/9405062
Tagoshi H, Shibata M, Tanaka T, Sasaki M (1996) Post-Newtonian expansion of gravitational waves from a particle in circular orbit around a rotating black hole: up to \(O(v^{8})\) beyond the quadrupole formula. Phys Rev D 54:1439–1459. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.54.1439
Tagoshi H, Mano S, Takasugi E (1997) Post-Newtonian expansion of gravitational waves from a particle in circular orbits around a rotating black hole. Prog Theor Phys 98:829. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.98.829. arXiv:gr-qc/9711072
Tagoshi H, Ohashi A, Owen BJ (2001) Gravitational field and equations of motion of spinning compact binaries to 2.5-post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 63:044006. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.63.044006. arXiv:gr-qc/0010014
Tanaka T, Tagoshi H, Sasaki M (1996) Gravitational waves by a particle in circular orbit around a Schwarzschild black hole: 5.5 post-Newtonian formula. Prog Theor Phys 96:1087–1101. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTP.96.1087. arXiv:gr-qc/9701050
Taylor JH (1993) Pulsar timing and relativistic gravity. Class Quantum Grav 10:167–174. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/10/S/017
Taylor JH, Weisberg JM (1982) A new test of general relativity: gravitational radiation and the binary pulsar PSR 1913+16. Astrophys J 253:908–920. https://doi.org/10.1086/159690
Taylor JH, Fowler LA, McCulloch PM (1979) Measurements of general relativistic effects in the binary pulsar PSR 1913+16. Nature 277:437–440. https://doi.org/10.1038/277437a0
Tessmer M, Schäfer G (2010) Full-analytic frequency-domain 1PN-accurate gravitational wave forms from eccentric compact binaries. Phys Rev D 82:124064. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.82.124064. arXiv:1006.3714 [gr-qc]
Tessmer M, Schäfer G (2011) Full-analytic frequency-domain gravitational wave forms from eccentric compact binaries to 2PN accuracy. Ann Phys (Berlin) 523:813. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.201100007. arXiv:1012.3894 [gr-qc]
Thorne KS (1980) Multipole expansions of gravitational radiation. Rev Mod Phys 52:299–339. https://doi.org/10.1103/RevModPhys.52.299
Thorne KS (1983) The theory of gravitational radiation: an introductory review. In: Deruelle N, Piran T (eds) Gravitational radiation. North-Holland; Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp 1–57
Thorne KS (1987) Gravitational radiation. In: Hawking SW, Israel W (eds) Three hundred years of gravitation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp 330–458
Thorne KS (1992) Gravitational-wave bursts with memory: the Christodoulou effect. Phys Rev D 45:520. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.45.520
Thorne KS, Hartle JB (1985) Laws of motion and precession for black holes and other bodies. Phys Rev D 31:1815–1837. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.31.1815
Thorne KS, Kovàcs SJ (1975) Generation of gravitational waves. I. Weak-field sources. Astrophys J 200:245–262. https://doi.org/10.1086/153783
Tichy W, Flanagan ÉÉ, Poisson E (2000) Can the post-Newtonian gravitational wave form of an inspiraling binary be improved by solving the energy balance equation numerically? Phys Rev D 61:104015. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.61.104015. arXiv:gr-qc/9912075
Tolman R (1962) Relativity. Thermodynamics and cosmology. Clarendon Press, Oxford
Trautman A (2002) Lectures on general relativity. Gen Relativ Gravit 34:721–762. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1015939926662
Trestini D (2024) Quasi-Keplerian parametrization for eccentric compact binaries in scalar-tensor theories at second post-Newtonian order and applications. Phys Rev D 109:104003. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.109.104003. arXiv:2401.06844 [gr-qc]
Trestini D, Blanchet L (2023) Gravitational-wave tails of memory. Phys Rev D 107(10):104048. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.107.104048
Trestini D, Larrouturou F, Blanchet L (2023) The quadrupole moment of compact binaries to the fourth post-Newtonian order: relating the harmonic and radiative metrics. Class Quantum Grav 40(5):055006. https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6382/acb5de
Trias M, Sintes AM (2008) LISA observations of supermassive black holes: parameter estimation using full post-Newtonian inspiral waveforms. Phys Rev D 77:024030. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.77.024030. arXiv:0707.4434 [gr-qc]
Tulczyjew W (1957) On the energy-momentum tensor density for simple pole particles. Bull Acad Polon Sci Cl III 5:279
Tulczyjew W (1959) Motion of multipole particles in general relativity theory. Acta Phys Pol 18:37
Vaidya V (2015) Gravitational spin Hamiltonians from the \(S\) matrix. Phys Rev D 91:024017. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.91.024017. arXiv:1410.5348 [hep-th]
van de Meent M (2017) Self-force corrections to the periapsis advance around a spinning black hole. Phys Rev Lett 118:011101. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.118.011101. arXiv:1610.03497 [gr-qc]
Vines J, Hinderer T, Flanagan É (2011) Post-1-Newtonian tidal effects in the gravitational waveform from binary inspirals. Phys Rev D 83:084051. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.83.084051. arXiv:1101.1673 [gr-qc]
Vines JE, Flanagan EE (2013) First-post-Newtonian quadrupole tidal interactions in binary systems. Phys Rev D 88:024046. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.88.024046
von Zeipel H (1910) Sur l’application des séries de M. Lindstedt à l’étude du mouvement des comètes périodiques. Astron Nachr 183(22–24):345–418. https://doi.org/10.1002/asna.19091832202
Wagoner RV (1975) Test for existence of gravitational radiation. Astrophys J Lett 196:L63–L65. https://doi.org/10.1086/181745
Wagoner RV, Will CM (1976) Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation from orbiting point masses. Astrophys J 210:764–775. https://doi.org/10.1086/154886
Wald RM (1973) On perturbations of a Kerr black hole. J Math Phys 14:1453–1461. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1666203
Walker M, Will CM (1980) The approximation of radiative effects in relativistic gravity: Gravitational radiation reaction and energy loss in nearly Newtonian systems. Astrophys J Lett 242:L129–L133. https://doi.org/10.1086/183417
Warburton N, Pound A, Wardell B, Miller J, Durkan L (2021) Gravitational-wave energy flux for compact binaries through second order in the mass ratio. Phys Rev Lett 127(15):151102. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.127.151102
Wardell B, Pound A, Warburton N, Miller J, Durkan L, Le Tiec A (2023) Gravitational waveforms for compact binaries from second-order self-force theory. Phys Rev Lett 130(24):241402. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.130.241402. arXiv:2112.12265 [gr-qc]
Wen L (2003) On the eccentricity distribution of coalescing black hole binaries driven by the Kozai mechanism in globular clusters. Astrophys J 598:419. https://doi.org/10.1086/378794. arXiv:astro-ph/0211492
Westpfahl K (1985) High-speed scattering of charged and uncharged particles in general relativity. Fortschr Phys 33:417. https://doi.org/10.1002/prop.2190330802
Westpfahl K, Goller M (1979) Gravitational scattering of two relativistic particles in post-linear approximation. Lett Nuovo Cim 26:573. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02817047
Westpfahl K, Hoyler H (1980) Gravitational bremsstrahlung in post-linear fast-motion approximation. Lett Nuovo Cim 27:581. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02750304
Wex N (1995) The second post-Newtonian motion of compact binary-star systems with spin. Class Quantum Grav 12:983–1005. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/12/4/009
Wiener N (1942) Response of a non-linear device to noise. Tech. rep., MIT Radiation Lab. https://apps.dtic.mil/sti/citations/tr/ADA800212
Will CM (1993) Gravitational waves from inspiralling compact binaries: a post-Newtonian approach. In: Sasaki M (ed) Relativistic cosmology. NYMSS, vol 8. Universal Academy Press, Tokyo, pp 83–98. arXiv:gr-qc/9403033
Will CM (1999) Generation of post-Newtonian gravitational radiation via direct integration of the relaxed Einstein equations. Prog Theor Phys Suppl 136:158–167. https://doi.org/10.1143/PTPS.136.158. arXiv:gr-qc/9910057
Will CM (2005) Post-Newtonian gravitational radiation and equations of motion via direct integration of the relaxed Einstein equations III Radiation reaction for binary systems with spinning bodies. Phys Rev D 71:084027. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.71.084027
Will CM, Wiseman AG (1996) Gravitational radiation from compact binary systems: Gravitational waveforms and energy loss to second post-Newtonian order. Phys Rev D 54:4813–4848. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.54.4813. arXiv:gr-qc/9608012
Wilson J, Matthews G (1989) Relativistic hydrodynamics. In: Evans C, Finn L, Hobill D (eds) Frontiers in numerical relativity. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, p 306
Wiseman AG (1992) Coalescing binary systems of compact objects to (post)\(^{5/2}\)-Newtonian order. II. Higher-order wave forms and radiation recoil. Phys Rev D 46:1517–1539. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.46.1517
Wiseman AG (1993) Coalescing binary systems of compact objects to (post)\(^{5/2}\)-Newtonian order. IV. The gravitational wave tail. Phys Rev D 48:4757–4770. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.48.4757
Wiseman AG, Will CM (1991) Christodoulou’s nonlinear gravitational-wave memory: evaluation in the quadrupole approximation. Phys Rev D 44:R2945–R2949. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.44.R2945
Zel’dovich YB, Polnarev A (1974) Radiation of gravitational waves by a cluster of superdense stars. Sov Astron 18:17
Zeng J, Will CM (2007) Application of energy and angular momentum balance to gravitational radiation reaction for binary systems with spin-orbit coupling. Gen Relativ Gravit 39:1661. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10714-007-0475-6. arXiv:0704.2720
Author information
Authors and Affiliations
Corresponding author
Additional information
Publisher's Note
Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
Rights and permissions
Open Access This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the Creative Commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. The images or other third party material in this article are included in the article's Creative Commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. If material is not included in the article's Creative Commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
About this article
Cite this article
Blanchet, L. Post-Newtonian theory for gravitational waves. Living Rev Relativ 27, 4 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1007/s41114-024-00050-z
Received:
Accepted:
Published:
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s41114-024-00050-z
Keywords
- Gravitational radiation
- Post-Newtonian approximation
- Post-Minkowskian approximation
- Multipolar expansion
- Dimensional regularization
- Equations of motion
- Inspiralling compact binary
Article history
Latest
Post-Newtonian theory for gravitational waves- Published:
- 10 July 2024
- Received:
- 05 February 2024
- Accepted:
- 07 May 2024
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/s41114-024-00050-z
- Gravitational Radiation from Post-Newtonian Sources and Inspiralling Compact Binaries
- Published:
- 01 December 2014
- Accepted:
- 27 January 2014
DOI: https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2014-2
Original
Gravitational Radiation from Post-Newtonian Sources and Inspiralling Compact Binaries- Published:
- 01 December 2006
- Accepted:
- 16 May 2006
DOI: https://doi.org/10.12942/lrr-2006-4